--- a/contrib/hgdiff Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/contrib/hgdiff Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@
def diff_files(file1, file2):
if file1 is None:
- b = file(file2).read().splitlines(1)
+ b = file(file2).read().splitlines(True)
l1 = "--- %s\n" % (file2)
l2 = "+++ %s\n" % (file2)
l3 = "@@ -0,0 +1,%d @@\n" % len(b)
l = [l1, l2, l3] + ["+" + e for e in b]
elif file2 is None:
- a = file(file1).read().splitlines(1)
+ a = file(file1).read().splitlines(True)
l1 = "--- %s\n" % (file1)
l2 = "+++ %s\n" % (file1)
l3 = "@@ -1,%d +0,0 @@\n" % len(a)
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@
else:
t1 = file(file1).read()
t2 = file(file2).read()
- l1 = t1.splitlines(1)
- l2 = t2.splitlines(1)
+ l1 = t1.splitlines(True)
+ l2 = t2.splitlines(True)
if options.difflib:
l = difflib.unified_diff(l1, l2, file1, file2)
else:
--- a/contrib/perf.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/contrib/perf.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
def t():
repo.changelog = mercurial.changelog.changelog(repo.sopener)
repo.manifest = mercurial.manifest.manifest(repo.sopener)
- repo.tagscache = None
+ repo._tags = None
return len(repo.tags())
timer(t)
--- a/contrib/win32/mercurial.ini Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/contrib/win32/mercurial.ini Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,30 +1,71 @@
-; System-wide Mercurial config file. To override these settings on a
-; per-user basis, please edit the following file instead, where
-; USERNAME is your Windows user name:
-; C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Mercurial.ini
+; System-wide Mercurial config file.
+;
+; !!! Do Not Edit This File !!!
+;
+; This file will be replaced by the installer on every upgrade.
+; Editing this file can cause strange side effects on Vista.
+;
+; http://bitbucket.org/tortoisehg/stable/issue/135
+;
+; To change settings you see in this file, override (or enable) them in
+; your user Mercurial.ini file, where USERNAME is your Windows user name:
+;
+; XP or older - C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Mercurial.ini
+; Vista or later - C:\Users\USERNAME\Mercurial.ini
+
[ui]
+; editor used to enter commit logs, etc. Most text editors will work.
editor = notepad
; show changed files and be a bit more verbose if True
; verbose = True
-
+
; username data to appear in commits
; it usually takes the form: Joe User <joe.user@host.com>
; username = Joe User <j.user@example.com>
-
-; By default, we try to encode and decode all files that do not
-; contain ASCII NUL characters. What this means is that we try to set
-; line endings to Windows style on update, and to Unix style on
-; commit. This lets us cooperate with Linux and Unix users, so
-; everybody sees files with their native line endings.
+; In order to push/pull over ssh you must specify an ssh tool
+;ssh = "C:\Progra~1\TortoiseSVN\bin\TortoisePlink.exe" -ssh -2
+;ssh = C:\cygwin\bin\ssh
+;
+; For more information about mercurial extensions, start here
+; http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/wiki/index.cgi/UsingExtensions
+;
+; Extensions shipped with Mercurial
+;
[extensions]
-; The win32text extension is available and installed by default. It
-; provides built-in Python hooks to perform line ending conversions.
-; This is normally much faster than running an external program.
-hgext.win32text =
+;acl =
+;alias =
+;bookmarks =
+;bugzilla =
+;children =
+;churn =
+;color =
+;convert =
+;extdiff =
+;fetch =
+;gpg =
+;graphlog =
+;hgcia =
+;hgk =
+;highlight =
+;interhg =
+;keyword =
+;mq =
+;notify =
+;pager =
+;parentrevspec =
+;patchbomb =
+;purge =
+;rebase =
+;record =
+;transplant =
+;win32mbcs =
+;win32text =
+;zeroconf =
+; To use cleverencode/cleverdecode, you must enable win32text extension
[encode]
; Encode files that don't contain NUL characters.
@@ -44,10 +85,40 @@
; Alternatively, you can explicitly specify each file extension that
; you want decoded (any you omit will be left untouched), like this:
+
; **.txt = dumbdecode:
+
+[patch]
+; If you enable win32text filtering, you will want to enable this
+; line as well to allow patching to work correctly.
+
+; eol = crlf
+
+
+;
+; Define external diff commands
+;
+[extdiff]
+;cmd.bc3diff = C:\Program Files\Beyond Compare 3\BCompare.exe
+;cmd.vdiff = C:\Progra~1\TortoiseSVN\bin\TortoiseMerge.exe
+;cmd.vimdiff = gvim.exe
+;opts.vimdiff = -f '+next' '+execute "DirDiff ".argv(0)." ".argv(1)'
+
+
[hgk]
; Replace the following with your path to hgk, uncomment it and
-; install ActiveTcl (or another win32 port)
+; install ActiveTcl (or another win32 port like tclkit)
; path="C:\Program Files\Mercurial\Contrib\hgk.tcl"
+; vdiff=vdiff
+
+;
+; The git extended diff format can represent binary files, file
+; permission changes, and rename information that the normal patch format
+; cannot describe. However it is also not compatible with tools which
+; expect normal patches. so enable git patches at your own risk.
+;
+[diff]
+;git = false
+;nodates = false
--- a/contrib/win32/win32-build.txt Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/contrib/win32/win32-build.txt Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
add_path (you need only add_path.exe in the zip file)
http://www.barisione.org/apps.html#add_path
- Asciidoc - optional
- http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/
+ Docutils
+ http://docutils.sourceforge.net/
And, of course, Mercurial itself.
@@ -82,11 +82,16 @@
Microsoft.VC90.MFC.manifest)
Before building the installer, you have to build Mercurial HTML documentation
-(or fix mercurial.iss to not reference the doc directory). Assuming you have an
-"asciidoc.bat" batch file somewhere in your PATH:
+(or fix mercurial.iss to not reference the doc directory). Docutils does not
+come with a ready-made script for rst2html.py, so you will have to write your
+own and put it in %PATH% like:
+
+ @python c:\pythonXX\scripts\rst2html.py %*
+
+Then build the documentation with:
cd doc
- mingw32-make ASCIIDOC=asciidoc.bat html
+ mingw32-make RST2HTML=rst2html.bat html
cd ..
If you use ISTool, you open the C:\hg\hg-release\contrib\win32\mercurial.iss
@@ -108,7 +113,7 @@
echo compiler=mingw32 >> setup.cfg
python setup.py py2exe -b 1
cd doc
- mingw32-make ASCIIDOC=asciidoc.bat html
+ mingw32-make RST2HTML=rst2html.bat html
cd ..
iscc contrib\win32\mercurial.iss /DVERSION=snapshot
--- a/doc/Makefile Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/doc/Makefile Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@
MANDIR=$(PREFIX)/share/man
INSTALL=install -c -m 644
PYTHON=python
-ASCIIDOC=asciidoc
+RST2HTML=rst2html
+RST2MAN=rst2man
all: man html
@@ -16,19 +17,18 @@
hg.1.txt: hg.1.gendoc.txt
touch hg.1.txt
-hg.1.gendoc.txt: ../mercurial/commands.py ../mercurial/help.py
+hg.1.gendoc.txt: gendoc.py ../mercurial/commands.py ../mercurial/help.py
${PYTHON} gendoc.py > $@
-%: %.xml
- xmlto man $*.xml && \
- sed -e 's/^\.hg/\\\&.hg/' $* > $*~ && \
- mv $*~ $*
+%: %.txt common.txt
+ # add newline after all literal blocks and fix backslash escape
+ $(RST2MAN) $*.txt \
+ | sed -e 's/^\.fi$$/.fi\n/' \
+ | sed -e 's/\\fB\\\\fP/\\fB\\e\\fP/' \
+ > $*
-%.xml: %.txt
- $(ASCIIDOC) -d manpage -b docbook $*.txt
-
-%.html: %.txt
- $(ASCIIDOC) -b html4 $*.txt || $(ASCIIDOC) -b html $*.txt
+%.html: %.txt common.txt
+ $(RST2HTML) $*.txt > $*.html
MANIFEST: man html
# tracked files are already in the main MANIFEST
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@
done
clean:
- $(RM) $(MAN) $(MAN:%=%.xml) $(MAN:%=%.html) *.[0-9].gendoc.txt MANIFEST
+ $(RM) $(MAN) $(MAN:%=%.html) *.[0-9].gendoc.txt MANIFEST
--- a/doc/README Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/doc/README Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,23 +1,17 @@
-Mercurial's documentation is currently kept in ASCIIDOC format, which
-is a simple plain text format that's easy to read and edit. It's also
-convertible to a variety of other formats including standard UNIX man
-page format and HTML.
+Mercurial's documentation is kept in reStructuredText format, which is
+a simple plain text format that's easy to read and edit:
-To do this, you'll need to install ASCIIDOC:
+ http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html
- http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/
-
-To generate the man page:
+It's also convertible to a variety of other formats including standard
+UNIX man page format and HTML.
- asciidoc -d manpage -b docbook hg.1.txt
- xmlto man hg.1.xml
+To do this, you'll need to install the rst2html and rst2man tools,
+which are part of Docutils:
-To display:
+ http://docutils.sourceforge.net/
- groff -mandoc -Tascii hg.1 | more
-
-To create the html page (without stylesheets):
+The rst2man tool is still in their so-called "sandbox". The above page
+has links to tarballs of both Docutils and their sandbox.
- asciidoc -b html4 hg.1.txt
-
-(older asciidoc may want html instead of html4 above)
+Use the Makefile in this directory to generate the man and HTML pages.
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/doc/common.txt Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+.. Common link and substitution definitions.
+
+.. |hg(1)| replace:: **hg**\ (1)
+.. _hg(1): hg.1.html
+.. |hgrc(5)| replace:: **hgrc**\ (5)
+.. _hgrc(5): hgrc.5.html
+.. |hgignore(5)| replace:: **hgignore**\ (5)
+.. _hgignore(5): hgignore.5.html
--- a/doc/gendoc.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/doc/gendoc.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -54,18 +54,18 @@
return d
def show_doc(ui):
- def bold(s, text=""):
- ui.write("%s\n%s\n%s\n" % (s, "="*len(s), text))
- def underlined(s, text=""):
- ui.write("%s\n%s\n%s\n" % (s, "-"*len(s), text))
+ def section(s):
+ ui.write("%s\n%s\n\n" % (s, "-" * len(s)))
+ def subsection(s):
+ ui.write("%s\n%s\n\n" % (s, '"' * len(s)))
# print options
- underlined(_("OPTIONS"))
+ section(_("OPTIONS"))
for optstr, desc in get_opts(globalopts):
- ui.write("%s::\n %s\n\n" % (optstr, desc))
+ ui.write("%s\n %s\n\n" % (optstr, desc))
# print cmds
- underlined(_("COMMANDS"))
+ section(_("COMMANDS"))
h = {}
for c, attr in table.items():
f = c.split("|")[0]
@@ -78,15 +78,15 @@
if f.startswith("debug"): continue
d = get_cmd(h[f])
# synopsis
- ui.write("[[%s]]\n" % d['cmd'])
- ui.write("%s::\n" % d['synopsis'].replace("hg ","", 1))
+ ui.write(".. _%s:\n\n" % d['cmd'])
+ ui.write("``%s``\n" % d['synopsis'].replace("hg ","", 1))
# description
ui.write("%s\n\n" % d['desc'][1])
# options
opt_output = list(d['opts'])
if opt_output:
opts_len = max([len(line[0]) for line in opt_output])
- ui.write(_(" options:\n"))
+ ui.write(_(" options:\n\n"))
for optstr, desc in opt_output:
if desc:
s = "%-*s %s" % (opts_len, optstr, desc)
@@ -101,8 +101,11 @@
ui.write(_(" aliases: %s\n\n") % " ".join(d['aliases']))
# print topics
- for names, section, doc in helptable:
- underlined(section.upper())
+ for names, sec, doc in helptable:
+ for name in names:
+ ui.write(".. _%s:\n" % name)
+ ui.write("\n")
+ section(sec.upper())
if callable(doc):
doc = doc()
ui.write(doc)
--- a/doc/hg.1.txt Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/doc/hg.1.txt Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,64 +1,70 @@
-HG(1)
-=====
-Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
-:man source: Mercurial
-:man manual: Mercurial Manual
+====
+ hg
+====
-NAME
-----
-hg - Mercurial source code management system
+---------------------------------------
+Mercurial source code management system
+---------------------------------------
+
+:Author: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
+:Organization: Mercurial
+:Manual section: 1
+:Manual group: Mercurial Manual
+
SYNOPSIS
--------
-*hg* 'command' ['option']... ['argument']...
+**hg** *command* [*option*]... [*argument*]...
DESCRIPTION
-----------
-The *hg* command provides a command line interface to the Mercurial
+The **hg** command provides a command line interface to the Mercurial
system.
COMMAND ELEMENTS
----------------
-files ...::
+files...
indicates one or more filename or relative path filenames; see
"FILE NAME PATTERNS" for information on pattern matching
-path::
+path
indicates a path on the local machine
-revision::
+revision
indicates a changeset which can be specified as a changeset
revision number, a tag, or a unique substring of the changeset
hash value
-repository path::
+repository path
either the pathname of a local repository or the URI of a remote
repository.
-include::hg.1.gendoc.txt[]
+.. include:: hg.1.gendoc.txt
FILES
-----
- `.hgignore`::
+
+``.hgignore``
This file contains regular expressions (one per line) that
- describe file names that should be ignored by *hg*. For details,
- see *hgignore(5)*.
+ describe file names that should be ignored by **hg**. For details,
+ see |hgignore(5)|_.
- `.hgtags`::
+``.hgtags``
This file contains changeset hash values and text tag names (one
of each separated by spaces) that correspond to tagged versions of
the repository contents.
- `/etc/mercurial/hgrc`, `$HOME/.hgrc`, `.hg/hgrc`::
- This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in `.hg/hgrc`
- override those in `$HOME/.hgrc`, and these override settings made in
- the global `/etc/mercurial/hgrc` configuration. See *hgrc(5)* for
- details of the contents and format of these files.
+``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``, ``$HOME/.hgrc``, ``.hg/hgrc``
+ This file contains defaults and configuration. Values in
+ ``.hg/hgrc`` override those in ``$HOME/.hgrc``, and these override
+ settings made in the global ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` configuration.
+ See |hgrc(5)|_ for details of the contents and format of these
+ files.
-Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in `.orig`, if
-the `.orig` file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial, it will
-be overwritten.
+Some commands (e.g. revert) produce backup files ending in ``.orig``,
+if the ``.orig`` file already exists and is not tracked by Mercurial,
+it will be overwritten.
BUGS
----
@@ -67,7 +73,7 @@
SEE ALSO
--------
-*hgignore(5)*, *hgrc(5)*
+|hgignore(5)|_, |hgrc(5)|_
AUTHOR
------
@@ -75,14 +81,16 @@
RESOURCES
---------
-http://mercurial.selenic.com/[Main Web Site]
+Main Web Site: http://mercurial.selenic.com/
-http://selenic.com/hg[Source code repository]
+Source code repository: http://selenic.com/hg
-http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial[Mailing list]
+Mailing list: http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/mercurial
COPYING
-------
Copyright \(C) 2005-2009 Matt Mackall.
Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
Public License (GPL).
+
+.. include:: common.txt
--- a/doc/hgignore.5.txt Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/doc/hgignore.5.txt Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,17 +1,20 @@
-HGIGNORE(5)
-===========
-Vadim Gelfer <vadim.gelfer@gmail.com>
-:man source: Mercurial
-:man manual: Mercurial Manual
+==========
+ hgignore
+==========
-NAME
-----
-hgignore - syntax for Mercurial ignore files
+---------------------------------
+syntax for Mercurial ignore files
+---------------------------------
+
+:Author: Vadim Gelfer <vadim.gelfer@gmail.com>
+:Organization: Mercurial
+:Manual section: 5
+:Manual group: Mercurial Manual
SYNOPSIS
--------
-The Mercurial system uses a file called `.hgignore` in the root
+The Mercurial system uses a file called ``.hgignore`` in the root
directory of a repository to control its behavior when it searches
for files that it is not currently tracking.
@@ -21,61 +24,61 @@
The working directory of a Mercurial repository will often contain
files that should not be tracked by Mercurial. These include backup
files created by editors and build products created by compilers.
-These files can be ignored by listing them in a `.hgignore` file in
-the root of the working directory. The `.hgignore` file must be
+These files can be ignored by listing them in a ``.hgignore`` file in
+the root of the working directory. The ``.hgignore`` file must be
created manually. It is typically put under version control, so that
the settings will propagate to other repositories with push and pull.
An untracked file is ignored if its path relative to the repository
root directory, or any prefix path of that path, is matched against
-any pattern in `.hgignore`.
+any pattern in ``.hgignore``.
-For example, say we have an an untracked file, `file.c`, at
-`a/b/file.c` inside our repository. Mercurial will ignore `file.c` if
-any pattern in `.hgignore` matches `a/b/file.c`, `a/b` or `a`.
+For example, say we have an an untracked file, ``file.c``, at
+``a/b/file.c`` inside our repository. Mercurial will ignore ``file.c``
+if any pattern in ``.hgignore`` matches ``a/b/file.c``, ``a/b`` or ``a``.
In addition, a Mercurial configuration file can reference a set of
-per-user or global ignore files. See the hgrc(5) man page for details
+per-user or global ignore files. See the |hgrc(5)|_ man page for details
of how to configure these files. Look for the "ignore" entry in the
"ui" section.
To control Mercurial's handling of files that it manages, see the
-hg(1) man page. Look for the "-I" and "-X" options.
+|hg(1)|_ man page. Look for the "``-I``" and "``-X``" options.
SYNTAX
------
An ignore file is a plain text file consisting of a list of patterns,
-with one pattern per line. Empty lines are skipped. The "`#`"
-character is treated as a comment character, and the "`\`" character
+with one pattern per line. Empty lines are skipped. The "``#``"
+character is treated as a comment character, and the "``\``" character
is treated as an escape character.
Mercurial supports several pattern syntaxes. The default syntax used
is Python/Perl-style regular expressions.
-To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form:
+To change the syntax used, use a line of the following form::
-syntax: NAME
+ syntax: NAME
-where NAME is one of the following:
+where ``NAME`` is one of the following:
-regexp::
+``regexp``
Regular expression, Python/Perl syntax.
-glob::
+``glob``
Shell-style glob.
The chosen syntax stays in effect when parsing all patterns that
follow, until another syntax is selected.
Neither glob nor regexp patterns are rooted. A glob-syntax pattern of
-the form "`*.c`" will match a file ending in "`.c`" in any directory,
-and a regexp pattern of the form "`\.c$`" will do the same. To root a
-regexp pattern, start it with "`^`".
+the form "``*.c``" will match a file ending in "``.c``" in any directory,
+and a regexp pattern of the form "``\.c$``" will do the same. To root a
+regexp pattern, start it with "``^``".
EXAMPLE
-------
-Here is an example ignore file.
+Here is an example ignore file. ::
# use glob syntax.
syntax: glob
@@ -96,7 +99,7 @@
SEE ALSO
--------
-hg(1), hgrc(5)
+|hg(1)|_, |hgrc(5)|_
COPYING
-------
@@ -104,3 +107,5 @@
Mercurial is copyright 2005-2009 Matt Mackall.
Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
Public License (GPL).
+
+.. include:: common.txt
--- a/doc/hgrc.5.txt Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/doc/hgrc.5.txt Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
-HGRC(5)
-=======
-Bryan O'Sullivan <bos@serpentine.com>
-:man source: Mercurial
-:man manual: Mercurial Manual
+======
+ hgrc
+======
-NAME
-----
-hgrc - configuration files for Mercurial
+---------------------------------
+configuration files for Mercurial
+---------------------------------
+
+:Author: Bryan O'Sullivan <bos@serpentine.com>
+:Organization: Mercurial
+:Manual section: 5
+:Manual group: Mercurial Manual
+
SYNOPSIS
--------
@@ -19,51 +23,54 @@
Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
-installed. `*.rc` files from a single directory are read in
+installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
paths are given below, settings from later paths override earlier
ones.
-(Unix) `<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`::
-(Unix) `<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`::
+| (Unix) ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``
+| (Unix) ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc``
+
Per-installation configuration files, searched for in the
- directory where Mercurial is installed. `<install-root>` is the
- parent directory of the hg executable (or symlink) being run. For
- example, if installed in `/shared/tools/bin/hg`, Mercurial will look
- in `/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc`. Options in these files apply
+ directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
+ parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. For
+ example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial will look
+ in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these files apply
to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory.
-(Unix) `/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`::
-(Unix) `/etc/mercurial/hgrc`::
+| (Unix) ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``
+| (Unix) ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``
+
Per-system configuration files, for the system on which Mercurial
is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
override per-installation options.
-(Windows) `<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`::
- or else::
-(Windows) `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`::
- or else::
-(Windows) `C:\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`::
+| (Windows) ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` or else
+| (Windows) ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` or else
+| (Windows) ``C:\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini``
+
Per-installation/system configuration files, for the system on
which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
- a `Mercurial.ini` file or be a directory where `*.rc` files will
+ a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
be read.
-(Unix) `$HOME/.hgrc`::
-(Windows) `%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`::
-(Windows) `%HOME%\.hgrc`::
-(Windows) `%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`::
-(Windows) `%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`::
+| (Unix) ``$HOME/.hgrc``
+| (Windows) ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini``
+| (Windows) ``%HOME%\.hgrc``
+| (Windows) ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini``
+| (Windows) ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc``
+
Per-user configuration file(s), for the user running Mercurial. On
- Windows 9x, `%HOME%` is replaced by `%APPDATA%`. Options in these
+ Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. Options in these
files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
directory. Options in these files override per-installation and
per-system options.
-(Unix, Windows) `<repo>/.hg/hgrc`::
+| (Unix, Windows) ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc``
+
Per-repository configuration options that only apply in a
particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
@@ -75,8 +82,10 @@
SYNTAX
------
-A configuration file consists of sections, led by a "`[section]`" header
-and followed by "`name: value`" entries; "`name=value`" is also accepted.
+A configuration file consists of sections, led by a "``[section]``" header
+and followed by "``name: value``" entries; "``name=value``" is also accepted.
+
+::
[spam]
eggs=ham
@@ -88,7 +97,7 @@
Leading whitespace is removed from values. Empty lines are skipped.
-Lines beginning with "`#`" or "`;`" are ignored and may be used to provide
+Lines beginning with "``#``" or "``;``" are ignored and may be used to provide
comments.
A line of the form "`%include file`" will include `file` into the
@@ -107,41 +116,39 @@
Mercurial "hgrc" file, the purpose of each section, its possible keys,
and their possible values.
-[[alias]]
-alias::
- Defines command aliases.
- Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
- commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments.
-+
---
-Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:
+``alias``
+"""""""""
+Defines command aliases.
+Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
+commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments.
+
+Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
<alias> = <command> [<argument]...
-For example, this definition:
+For example, this definition::
latest = log --limit 5
-creates a new command `latest` that shows only the five most recent
-changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:
+creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
+changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
stable5 = latest -b stable
NOTE: It is possible to create aliases with the same names as existing
commands, which will then override the original definitions. This is
almost always a bad idea!
---
+
-[[auth]]
-auth::
+``auth``
+""""""""
Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. Each line has
-the following format:
+the following format::
<name>.<argument> = <value>
-+
---
+
where <name> is used to group arguments into authentication entries.
-Example:
+Example::
foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial
foo.username = foo
@@ -155,26 +162,26 @@
Supported arguments:
- prefix;;
- Either "\*" or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
+``prefix``
+ Either "``*``" or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
- (where "*" matches everything and counts as a match of length
+ (where "``*``" matches everything and counts as a match of length
1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
- username;;
+``username``
Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
will be prompted for it.
- password;;
+``password``
Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
will be prompted for it.
- key;;
+``key``
Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file.
- cert;;
+``cert``
Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file.
- schemes;;
+``schemes``
Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
@@ -183,20 +190,19 @@
If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
---
+
-[[decode]]
-decode/encode::
- Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
- typically be used for newline processing or other
- localization/canonicalization of files.
-+
---
+``decode/encode``
+"""""""""""""""""
+Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
+typically be used for newline processing or other
+localization/canonicalization of files.
+
Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
-For example, to match any file ending in "`.txt`" in the root
-directory only, use the pattern "\*.txt". To match any file ending
-in "`.c`" anywhere in the repository, use the pattern "**`.c`".
+For example, to match any file ending in "``.txt``" in the root
+directory only, use the pattern "``*.txt``". To match any file ending
+in "``.c``" anywhere in the repository, use the pattern "``**.c``".
The filter command can start with a specifier, either "pipe:" or
"tempfile:". If no specifier is given, "pipe:" is used by default.
@@ -204,7 +210,7 @@
A "pipe:" command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
data on stdout.
-Pipe example:
+Pipe example::
[encode]
# uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
@@ -227,7 +233,7 @@
effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
The most common usage is for LF <-> CRLF translation on Windows. For
-this, use the "smart" converters which check for binary files:
+this, use the "smart" converters which check for binary files::
[extensions]
hgext.win32text =
@@ -236,7 +242,7 @@
[decode]
** = cleverdecode:
-or if you only want to translate certain files:
+or if you only want to translate certain files::
[extensions]
hgext.win32text =
@@ -244,16 +250,16 @@
**.txt = dumbencode:
[decode]
**.txt = dumbdecode:
---
+
+
+``defaults``
+""""""""""""
-[[defaults]]
-defaults::
- Use the [defaults] section to define command defaults, i.e. the
- default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
-+
---
+Use the [defaults] section to define command defaults, i.e. the
+default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
+
The following example makes 'hg log' run in verbose mode, and 'hg
-status' show only the modified files, by default.
+status' show only the modified files, by default::
[defaults]
log = -v
@@ -262,57 +268,59 @@
The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
to the aliases of the commands defined.
---
+
+
+``diff``
+""""""""
-[[diff]]
-diff::
- Settings used when displaying diffs. They are all Boolean and
- defaults to False.
- git;;
+Settings used when displaying diffs. They are all Boolean and
+defaults to False.
+
+``git``
Use git extended diff format.
- nodates;;
+``nodates``
Don't include dates in diff headers.
- showfunc;;
+``showfunc``
Show which function each change is in.
- ignorews;;
+``ignorews``
Ignore white space when comparing lines.
- ignorewsamount;;
+``ignorewsamount``
Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
- ignoreblanklines;;
+``ignoreblanklines``
Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
-[[email]]
-email::
- Settings for extensions that send email messages.
- from;;
+``email``
+"""""""""
+Settings for extensions that send email messages.
+
+``from``
Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
of outgoing messages.
- to;;
+``to``
Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
- cc;;
+``cc``
Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
email addresses.
- bcc;;
+``bcc``
Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
email addresses. Cannot be set interactively.
- method;;
+``method``
Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is "smtp"
(default), use SMTP (see section "[smtp]" for configuration).
Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
(takes "-f" option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
message on stdin). Normally, setting this to "sendmail" or
"/usr/sbin/sendmail" is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
- charsets;;
+``charsets``
Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
first character set to which conversion from local encoding
- (`$HGENCODING`, `ui.fallbackencoding`) succeeds. If correct
+ (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. Defaults to
empty (explicit) list.
-+
---
-Order of outgoing email character sets:
+
+Order of outgoing email character sets::
us-ascii always first, regardless of settings
email.charsets in order given by user
@@ -320,7 +328,7 @@
$HGENCODING if not in email.charsets
utf-8 always last, regardless of settings
-Email example:
+Email example::
[email]
from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
@@ -328,40 +336,40 @@
# charsets for western Europeans
# us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
---
+
+
+``extensions``
+""""""""""""""
-[[extensions]]
-extensions::
- Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
- enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
-+
---
+Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
+enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
+
If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
-you can give the name of the module, followed by "`=`", with nothing
-after the "`=`".
+you can give the name of the module, followed by "``=``", with nothing
+after the "``=``".
-Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by "`=`", followed by
-the path to the "`.py`" file (including the file name extension) that
+Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by "``=``", followed by
+the path to the "``.py``" file (including the file name extension) that
defines the extension.
To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
-broader scope, prepend its path with "`!`", as in
-"`hgext.foo = !/ext/path`" or "`hgext.foo = !`" when path is not
+broader scope, prepend its path with "``!``", as in
+"``hgext.foo = !/ext/path``" or "``hgext.foo = !``" when path is not
supplied.
-Example for `~/.hgrc`:
+Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
[extensions]
# (the mq extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
hgext.mq =
# (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
---
+
-[[format]]
-format::
+``format``
+""""""""""
- usestore;;
+``usestore``
Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
filenames. Enabled by default. Disabling this option will allow
@@ -369,7 +377,7 @@
compatibility and ensures that the on-disk format of newly created
repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 0.9.4.
- usefncache;;
+``usefncache``
Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
@@ -377,26 +385,27 @@
option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created
repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.1.
-[[merge-patterns]]
-merge-patterns::
- This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
- patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
- merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
- root.
-+
-Example:
-+
+``merge-patterns``
+""""""""""""""""""
+
+This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
+patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
+merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
+root.
+
+Example::
+
[merge-patterns]
**.c = kdiff3
**.jpg = myimgmerge
-[[merge-tools]]
-merge-tools::
- This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
- merges.
-+
---
-Example `~/.hgrc`:
+``merge-tools``
+"""""""""""""""
+
+This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
+merges.
+
+Example ``~/.hgrc``::
[merge-tools]
# Override stock tool location
@@ -413,64 +422,63 @@
Supported arguments:
-priority;;
+``priority``
The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
Default: 0.
-executable;;
+``executable``
Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
Default: the tool name.
-args;;
+``args``
The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
files being merged as well as the output file through these
- variables: `$base`, `$local`, `$other`, `$output`.
- Default: `$local $base $other`
-premerge;;
+ variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
+ Default: ``$local $base $other``
+``premerge``
Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
launching external tool.
Default: True
-binary;;
+``binary``
This tool can merge binary files. Defaults to False, unless tool
was selected by file pattern match.
-symlink;;
+``symlink``
This tool can merge symlinks. Defaults to False, even if tool was
selected by file pattern match.
-checkconflicts;;
+``checkconflicts``
Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported
success.
Default: False
-checkchanged;;
+``checkchanged``
Check whether outputs were written even though the tool reported
success.
Default: False
-fixeol;;
+``fixeol``
Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
Default: False
-gui;;
+``gui``
This tool requires a graphical interface to run. Default: False
-regkey;;
+``regkey``
Windows registry key which describes install location of this
tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
- `HKEY_CURRENT_USER` and then under `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE`.
+ ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
Default: None
-regname;;
+``regname``
Name of value to read from specified registry key. Defaults to the
unnamed (default) value.
-regappend;;
+``regappend``
String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
the executable name of the tool.
Default: None
---
+
-[[hooks]]
-hooks::
- Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
- various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
- hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
- action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
- value or setting it to an empty string.
-+
---
-Example `.hg/hgrc`:
+``hooks``
+"""""""""
+Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
+various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
+hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
+action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
+value or setting it to an empty string.
+
+Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
[hooks]
# do not use the site-wide hook
@@ -482,84 +490,84 @@
additional information. For each hook below, the environment
variables it is passed are listed with names of the form "$HG_foo".
-changegroup;;
+``changegroup``
Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle.
- ID of the first new changeset is in `$HG_NODE`. URL from which
- changes came is in `$HG_URL`.
-commit;;
+ ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. URL from which
+ changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
+``commit``
Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID
- of the newly created changeset is in `$HG_NODE`. Parent changeset
- IDs are in `$HG_PARENT1` and `$HG_PARENT2`.
-incoming;;
+ of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
+ IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``incoming``
Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
- `$HG_NODE`. URL that was source of changes came is in `$HG_URL`.
-outgoing;;
+ ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
+``outgoing``
Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of
- first changeset sent is in `$HG_NODE`. Source of operation is in
- `$HG_SOURCE`; see "preoutgoing" hook for description.
-post-<command>;;
+ first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in
+ ``$HG_SOURCE``; see "preoutgoing" hook for description.
+``post-<command>``
Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
- contents of the command line are passed as `$HG_ARGS` and the result
- code in `$HG_RESULT`. Hook failure is ignored.
-pre-<command>;;
+ contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
+ code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Hook failure is ignored.
+``pre-<command>``
Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
- command line are passed as `$HG_ARGS`. If the hook returns failure,
+ command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. If the hook returns failure,
the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
code.
-prechangegroup;;
+``prechangegroup``
Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will
cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes
- will come is in `$HG_URL`.
-precommit;;
+ will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
+``precommit``
Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
- Parent changeset IDs are in `$HG_PARENT1` and `$HG_PARENT2`.
-preoutgoing;;
+ Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``preoutgoing``
Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push
(outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can
just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in
- `$HG_SOURCE`. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote
+ ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote
SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation
is happening on behalf of repository on same system.
-pretag;;
+``pretag``
Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of
- changeset to tag is in `$HG_NODE`. Name of tag is in `$HG_TAG`. Tag is
- local if `$HG_LOCAL=1`, in repository if `$HG_LOCAL=0`.
-pretxnchangegroup;;
+ changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is
+ local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
+``pretxnchangegroup``
Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle,
but before the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is
visible to hook program. This lets you validate incoming changes
before accepting them. Passed the ID of the first new changeset in
- `$HG_NODE`. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero
+ ``$HG_NODE``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero
status will cause the transaction to be rolled back and the push,
pull or unbundle will fail. URL that was source of changes is in
- `$HG_URL`.
-pretxncommit;;
+ ``$HG_URL``.
+``pretxncommit``
Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet
committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you
validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to
- be rolled back. ID of changeset is in `$HG_NODE`. Parent changeset
- IDs are in `$HG_PARENT1` and `$HG_PARENT2`.
-preupdate;;
+ be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
+ IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``preupdate``
Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update.
- Changeset ID of first new parent is in `$HG_PARENT1`. If merge, ID
- of second new parent is in `$HG_PARENT2`.
-tag;;
- Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in `$HG_NODE`.
- Name of tag is in `$HG_TAG`. Tag is local if `$HG_LOCAL=1`, in
- repository if `$HG_LOCAL=0`.
-update;;
+ Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID
+ of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
+``tag``
+ Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
+ Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in
+ repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
+``update``
Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first
- new parent is in `$HG_PARENT1`. If merge, ID of second new parent is
- in `$HG_PARENT2`. If the update succeeded, `$HG_ERROR=0`. If the
- update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), `$HG_ERROR=1`.
+ new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is
+ in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
+ update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
NOTE: it is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be
@@ -568,11 +576,11 @@
generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
NOTE: Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
-hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, `$HG_PARENT2` will
+hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` will
have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
-The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:
+The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
@@ -582,101 +590,111 @@
"ui"), a repository object (keyword "repo"), and a "hooktype"
keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
-"HG_" prefix, and names in lower case.
+"``HG_``" prefix, and names in lower case.
If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
is treated as a failure.
---
+
-[[http_proxy]]
-http_proxy::
- Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
- proxy.
- host;;
+``http_proxy``
+""""""""""""""
+Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
+proxy.
+
+``host``
Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
"myproxy:8000".
- no;;
+``no``
Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
the proxy.
- passwd;;
+``passwd``
Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
- user;;
+``user``
Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
-[[smtp]]
-smtp::
- Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
- host;;
+``smtp``
+""""""""
+Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
+
+``host``
Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
- port;;
+``port``
Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. Default: 25.
- tls;;
+``tls``
Optional. Whether to connect to mail server using TLS. True or
False. Default: False.
- username;;
+``username``
Optional. User name to authenticate to SMTP server with. If
username is specified, password must also be specified.
Default: none.
- password;;
+``password``
Optional. Password to authenticate to SMTP server with. If
username is specified, password must also be specified.
Default: none.
- local_hostname;;
+``local_hostname``
Optional. It's the hostname that the sender can use to identify
itself to the MTA.
-[[patch]]
-patch::
- Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
- command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
- eol;;
+
+``patch``
+"""""""""
+Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
+command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
+
+``eol``
When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
are preserved. When set to 'lf' or 'crlf', both files end of lines
are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows).
Default: strict.
-[[paths]]
-paths::
- Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the
- symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the
- location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting
- the following entries.
- default;;
+
+``paths``
+"""""""""
+Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the
+symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the
+location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting
+the following entries.
+
+``default``
Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified.
Default is set to repository from which the current repository was
cloned.
- default-push;;
+``default-push``
Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination
is specified.
-[[profiling]]
-profiling::
- Specifies profiling format and file output. In this section
- description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data collected
- during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a statistical
- text report generated from the profiling data. The profiling is done
- using lsprof.
- format;;
+
+``profiling``
+"""""""""""""
+Specifies profiling format and file output. In this section
+description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data collected
+during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a statistical
+text report generated from the profiling data. The profiling is done
+using lsprof.
+
+``format``
Profiling format.
Default: text.
- text;;
+
+ ``text``
Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
not kept.
- kcachegrind;;
+ ``kcachegrind``
Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
kcachegrind.
- output;;
+``output``
File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
file exists, it is replaced. Default: None, data is printed on
stderr
-[[server]]
-server::
- Controls generic server settings.
- uncompressed;;
+``server``
+""""""""""
+Controls generic server settings.
+
+``uncompressed``
Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
@@ -686,174 +704,175 @@
about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
extra data transfer overhead. Default is False.
-[[trusted]]
-trusted::
- For security reasons, Mercurial will not use the settings in the
- `.hg/hgrc` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
- user or to a trusted group. The main exception is the web interface,
- which automatically uses some safe settings, since it's common to
- serve repositories from different users.
-+
---
+
+``trusted``
+"""""""""""
+For security reasons, Mercurial will not use the settings in the
+``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
+user or to a trusted group. The main exception is the web interface,
+which automatically uses some safe settings, since it's common to
+serve repositories from different users.
+
This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
-group with name "`*`".
+group with name "``*``".
-users;;
+``users``
Comma-separated list of trusted users.
-groups;;
+``groups``
Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
---
+
-[[ui]]
-ui::
- User interface controls.
-+
---
- archivemeta;;
+``ui``
+""""""
+
+User interface controls.
+
+``archivemeta``
Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
(hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
by the hg archive command or downloaded via hgweb.
Default is true.
- askusername;;
+``askusername``
Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
- neither `$HGUSER` nor `$EMAIL` has been specified, then the user will
+ neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
default USER@HOST is used instead.
Default is False.
- debug;;
+``debug``
Print debugging information. True or False. Default is False.
- editor;;
- The editor to use during a commit. Default is `$EDITOR` or "vi".
- fallbackencoding;;
+``editor``
+ The editor to use during a commit. Default is ``$EDITOR`` or "vi".
+``fallbackencoding``
Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
UTF-8. Default is ISO-8859-1.
- ignore;;
+``ignore``
A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. This
option supports hook syntax, so if you want to specify multiple
ignore files, you can do so by setting something like
- "ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2". For details of the ignore file
- format, see the hgignore(5) man page.
- interactive;;
+ "``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``". For details of the ignore file
+ format, see the |hgignore(5)|_ man page.
+``interactive``
Allow to prompt the user. True or False. Default is True.
- logtemplate;;
+``logtemplate``
Template string for commands that print changesets.
- merge;;
+``merge``
The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
There are some internal tools available:
-+
- internal:local;;
+
+ ``internal:local``
keep the local version
- internal:other;;
+ ``internal:other``
use the other version
- internal:merge;;
+ ``internal:merge``
use the internal non-interactive merge tool
- internal:fail;;
+ ``internal:fail``
fail to merge
-+
+
For more information on configuring merge tools see the
merge-tools section.
- patch;;
+``patch``
command to use to apply patches. Look for 'gpatch' or 'patch' in
PATH if unset.
- quiet;;
+``quiet``
Reduce the amount of output printed. True or False. Default is False.
- remotecmd;;
+``remotecmd``
remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. Default is 'hg'.
- report_untrusted;;
- Warn if a `.hg/hgrc` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
+``report_untrusted``
+ Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
trusted user or group. True or False. Default is True.
- slash;;
- Display paths using a slash ("`/`") as the path separator. This
+``slash``
+ Display paths using a slash ("``/``") as the path separator. This
only makes a difference on systems where the default path
separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
- backslash character ("`\`")).
+ backslash character ("``\``")).
Default is False.
- ssh;;
+``ssh``
command to use for SSH connections. Default is 'ssh'.
- strict;;
+``strict``
Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
abbreviations. True or False. Default is False.
- style;;
+``style``
Name of style to use for command output.
- timeout;;
+``timeout``
The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
means no timeout. Default is 600.
- username;;
+``username``
The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. "Fred Widget
- <fred@example.com>". Default is `$EMAIL` or username@hostname. If
+ <fred@example.com>". Default is ``$EMAIL`` or username@hostname. If
the username in hgrc is empty, it has to be specified manually or
- in a different hgrc file (e.g. `$HOME/.hgrc`, if the admin set
+ in a different hgrc file (e.g. ``$HOME/.hgrc``, if the admin set
"username =" in the system hgrc).
- verbose;;
+``verbose``
Increase the amount of output printed. True or False. Default is False.
---
+
-[[web]]
-web::
- Web interface configuration.
- accesslog;;
+``web``
+"""""""
+Web interface configuration.
+
+``accesslog``
Where to output the access log. Default is stdout.
- address;;
+``address``
Interface address to bind to. Default is all.
- allow_archive;;
+``allow_archive``
List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
Default is empty.
- allowbz2;;
+``allowbz2``
(DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
revisions.
Default is false.
- allowgz;;
+``allowgz``
(DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
revisions.
Default is false.
- allowpull;;
+``allowpull``
Whether to allow pulling from the repository. Default is true.
- allow_push;;
+``allow_push``
Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
- push is not allowed. If the special value "`*`", any remote user can
+ push is not allowed. If the special value "``*``", any remote user can
push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the remote user
must have been authenticated, and the authenticated user name must
be present in this list (separated by whitespace or ","). The
contents of the allow_push list are examined after the deny_push
list.
- allow_read;;
+``allow_read``
If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
user is unauthenticated or not present in the list (separated by
whitespace or ","), then access is denied for the user. If the
list is empty or not set, then access is permitted to all users by
- default. Setting allow_read to the special value "`*`" is equivalent
+ default. Setting allow_read to the special value "``*``" is equivalent
to it not being set (i.e. access is permitted to all users). The
contents of the allow_read list are examined after the deny_read
list.
- allowzip;;
+``allowzip``
(DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
revisions. Default is false. This feature creates temporary files.
- baseurl;;
+``baseurl``
Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
URLs. Example: "http://hgserver/repos/"
- contact;;
+``contact``
Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
- Defaults to ui.username or `$EMAIL` or "unknown" if unset or empty.
- deny_push;;
+ Defaults to ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty.
+``deny_push``
Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
- push is not denied. If the special value "`*`", all remote users are
+ push is not denied. If the special value "``*``", all remote users are
denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
any authenticated user name present in this list (separated by
whitespace or ",") is also denied. The contents of the deny_push
list are examined before the allow_push list.
- deny_read;;
+``deny_read``
Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
authenticated user name present in this list (separated by
whitespace or ",") is also denied access to the repository. If set
- to the special value "`*`", all remote users are denied access
+ to the special value "``*``", all remote users are denied access
(rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, the
determination of repository access depends on the presence and
content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
@@ -863,44 +882,44 @@
the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
list.
- description;;
+``description``
Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
Default is "unknown".
- encoding;;
+``encoding``
Character encoding name.
Example: "UTF-8"
- errorlog;;
+``errorlog``
Where to output the error log. Default is stderr.
- hidden;;
+``hidden``
Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
Default is false.
- ipv6;;
+``ipv6``
Whether to use IPv6. Default is false.
- name;;
+``name``
Repository name to use in the web interface. Default is current
working directory.
- maxchanges;;
+``maxchanges``
Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. Default is 10.
- maxfiles;;
+``maxfiles``
Maximum number of files to list per changeset. Default is 10.
- port;;
+``port``
Port to listen on. Default is 8000.
- prefix;;
+``prefix``
Prefix path to serve from. Default is '' (server root).
- push_ssl;;
+``push_ssl``
Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
prevent password sniffing. Default is true.
- staticurl;;
+``staticurl``
Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
Example: "http://hgserver/static/"
- stripes;;
+``stripes``
How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multiline output.
Default is 1; set to 0 to disable.
- style;;
+``style``
Which template map style to use.
- templates;;
+``templates``
Where to find the HTML templates. Default is install path.
@@ -912,7 +931,7 @@
SEE ALSO
--------
-hg(1), hgignore(5)
+|hg(1)|_, |hgignore(5)|_
COPYING
-------
@@ -920,3 +939,5 @@
Mercurial is copyright 2005-2009 Matt Mackall.
Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General
Public License (GPL).
+
+.. include:: common.txt
--- a/hgext/acl.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/acl.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there
is no way to distinguish them.
-To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this:
+To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::
[extensions]
hgext.acl =
@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@
# ("serve" == ssh or http, "push", "pull", "bundle")
sources = serve
-The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a
-glob syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as
-the corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow
-list is.
+The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob
+syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the
+corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list
+is. ::
[acl.allow]
# If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.
--- a/hgext/bookmarks.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/bookmarks.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -9,16 +9,16 @@
Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark
points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a
-changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it,
-the bookmark shifts to the new changeset.
+changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the
+bookmark shifts to the new changeset.
-It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup
-(e.g. hg merge, hg update).
+It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg
+merge, hg update).
By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they
will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more
git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to
-your .hgrc:
+your .hgrc::
[bookmarks]
track.current = True
@@ -249,12 +249,12 @@
key = self._bookmarks[key]
return super(bookmark_repo, self).lookup(key)
- def commit(self, *k, **kw):
+ def commitctx(self, ctx, error=False):
"""Add a revision to the repository and
move the bookmark"""
wlock = self.wlock() # do both commit and bookmark with lock held
try:
- node = super(bookmark_repo, self).commit(*k, **kw)
+ node = super(bookmark_repo, self).commitctx(ctx, error)
if node is None:
return None
parents = self.changelog.parents(node)
@@ -262,12 +262,13 @@
parents = (parents[0],)
marks = parse(self)
update = False
- for mark, n in marks.items():
- if ui.configbool('bookmarks', 'track.current'):
- if mark == current(self) and n in parents:
- marks[mark] = node
- update = True
- else:
+ if ui.configbool('bookmarks', 'track.current'):
+ mark = current(self)
+ if mark and marks[mark] in parents:
+ marks[mark] = node
+ update = True
+ else:
+ for mark, n in marks.items():
if n in parents:
marks[mark] = node
update = True
@@ -288,22 +289,25 @@
node = self.changelog.tip()
marks = parse(self)
update = False
- for mark, n in marks.items():
- if n in parents:
+ if ui.configbool('bookmarks', 'track.current'):
+ mark = current(self)
+ if mark and marks[mark] in parents:
marks[mark] = node
update = True
+ else:
+ for mark, n in marks.items():
+ if n in parents:
+ marks[mark] = node
+ update = True
if update:
write(self, marks)
return result
- def tags(self):
+ def _findtags(self):
"""Merge bookmarks with normal tags"""
- if self.tagscache:
- return self.tagscache
-
- tagscache = super(bookmark_repo, self).tags()
- tagscache.update(parse(self))
- return tagscache
+ (tags, tagtypes) = super(bookmark_repo, self)._findtags()
+ tags.update(parse(self))
+ return (tags, tagtypes)
repo.__class__ = bookmark_repo
--- a/hgext/bugzilla.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/bugzilla.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -21,65 +21,86 @@
be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to
ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.
-Configuring the extension:
+The extension is configured through three different configuration
+sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:
+
+host
+ Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.
+
+db
+ Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.
+
+user
+ Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.
+
+password
+ Password to use to access MySQL server.
+
+timeout
+ Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.
- [bugzilla]
+version
+ Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,
+ '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior
+ to 2.18.
+
+bzuser
+ Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset
+ committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.
+
+bzdir
+ Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default
+ '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.
+
+notify
+ The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification
+ emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)
+ and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;
+ from 2.18 it is "cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl
+ %(id)s %(user)s".
- host Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla
- database.
- db Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.
- user Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.
- password Password to use to access MySQL server.
- timeout Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.
- version Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions
- 3.0 and later, '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18
- and '2.16' for versions prior to 2.18.
- bzuser Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if
- changeset committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.
- bzdir Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify.
- Default '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.
- notify The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change
- notification emails. Substitutes from a map with 3
- keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id) and 'user' (committer
- bugzilla email). Default depends on version; from 2.18
- it is "cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl
- %(id)s %(user)s".
- regexp Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit
- message. Must contain one "()" group. The default
- expression matches 'Bug 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug
- number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug 1234 and 5678' and
- variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.
- style The style file to use when formatting comments.
- template Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides
- style if specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial
- keywords, the extension specifies:
- {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.
- {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial
- repository.
- {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial
- repository.
- {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial
- repositories.
- Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '
- 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'
- strip The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root}
- to produce {webroot}. Default 0.
- usermap Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to
- Bugzilla user ID mappings. If specified, the file
- should contain one mapping per line,
- "committer"="Bugzilla user". See also the [usermap]
- section.
+regexp
+ Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.
+ Must contain one "()" group. The default expression matches 'Bug
+ 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug
+ 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.
+
+style
+ The style file to use when formatting comments.
+
+template
+ Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if
+ specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the
+ extension specifies::
+
+ {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.
+ {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.
+ {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.
+ {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.
- [usermap]
- Any entries in this section specify mappings of Mercurial
- committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.
- "committer"="Bugzilla user"
+ Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '
+ 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'
+
+strip
+ The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce
+ {webroot}. Default 0.
+
+usermap
+ Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID
+ mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per
+ line, "committer"="Bugzilla user". See also the [usermap] section.
- [web]
- baseurl Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference
- from templates as {hgweb}.
+The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial
+committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.
+"committer"="Bugzilla user"
+
+Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:
-Activating the extension:
+baseurl
+ Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from
+ templates as {hgweb}.
+
+Activating the extension::
[extensions]
hgext.bugzilla =
@@ -92,7 +113,7 @@
This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial
repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2
-installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2.
+installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::
[bugzilla]
host=localhost
@@ -100,7 +121,9 @@
version=3.0
bzuser=unknown@domain.com
bzdir=/opt/bugzilla-3.2
- template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\\n{hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\\n{desc}\\n
+ template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.
+ {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n
+ {desc}\\n
strip=5
[web]
@@ -109,7 +132,7 @@
[usermap]
user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com
-Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form:
+Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::
Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.
http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642
--- a/hgext/churn.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/churn.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
def changedlines(ui, repo, ctx1, ctx2, fns):
lines = 0
- fmatch = cmdutil.match(repo, pats=fns)
+ fmatch = cmdutil.matchfiles(repo, fns)
diff = ''.join(patch.diff(repo, ctx1.node(), ctx2.node(), fmatch))
for l in diff.split('\n'):
if (l.startswith("+") and not l.startswith("+++ ") or
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
alternatively the number of matching revisions if the
--changesets option is specified.
- Examples:
+ Examples::
# display count of changed lines for every committer
hg churn -t '{author|email}'
@@ -119,12 +119,12 @@
hg churn -f '%Y' -s
It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address
- by providing a file using the following format:
+ by providing a file using the following format::
- <alias email> <actual email>
+ <alias email> <actual email>
- Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise a
- .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.
+ Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise
+ a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.
'''
def pad(s, l):
return (s + " " * l)[:l]
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@
if not rate:
return
- sortfn = ((not opts.get('sort')) and (lambda a, b: cmp(b[1], a[1])) or None)
- rate.sort(sortfn)
+ sortkey = ((not opts.get('sort')) and (lambda x: -x[1]) or None)
+ rate.sort(key=sortkey)
# Be careful not to have a zero maxcount (issue833)
maxcount = float(max([v for k, v in rate])) or 1.0
--- a/hgext/color.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/color.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -29,36 +29,37 @@
function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the
render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.
-Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file:
+Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::
-[color]
-status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
-status.added = green bold
-status.removed = red bold blue_background
-status.deleted = cyan bold underline
-status.unknown = magenta bold underline
-status.ignored = black bold
+ [color]
+ status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
+ status.added = green bold
+ status.removed = red bold blue_background
+ status.deleted = cyan bold underline
+ status.unknown = magenta bold underline
+ status.ignored = black bold
-# 'none' turns off all effects
-status.clean = none
-status.copied = none
+ # 'none' turns off all effects
+ status.clean = none
+ status.copied = none
-qseries.applied = blue bold underline
-qseries.unapplied = black bold
-qseries.missing = red bold
+ qseries.applied = blue bold underline
+ qseries.unapplied = black bold
+ qseries.missing = red bold
-diff.diffline = bold
-diff.extended = cyan bold
-diff.file_a = red bold
-diff.file_b = green bold
-diff.hunk = magenta
-diff.deleted = red
-diff.inserted = green
-diff.changed = white
-diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background
+ diff.diffline = bold
+ diff.extended = cyan bold
+ diff.file_a = red bold
+ diff.file_b = green bold
+ diff.hunk = magenta
+ diff.deleted = red
+ diff.inserted = green
+ diff.changed = white
+ diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background
'''
import os, sys
+import itertools
from mercurial import cmdutil, commands, extensions, error
from mercurial.i18n import _
@@ -142,14 +143,10 @@
'''run the qseries command with colored output'''
ui.pushbuffer()
retval = orig(ui, repo, **opts)
- patches = ui.popbuffer().splitlines()
- for patch in patches:
- patchname = patch
- if opts['summary']:
- patchname = patchname.split(': ')[0]
- if ui.verbose:
- patchname = patchname.split(' ', 2)[-1]
+ patchlines = ui.popbuffer().splitlines()
+ patchnames = repo.mq.series
+ for patch, patchname in itertools.izip(patchlines, patchnames):
if opts['missing']:
effects = _patch_effects['missing']
# Determine if patch is applied.
@@ -158,7 +155,9 @@
effects = _patch_effects['applied']
else:
effects = _patch_effects['unapplied']
- ui.write(render_effects(patch, effects) + '\n')
+
+ patch = patch.replace(patchname, render_effects(patchname, effects), 1)
+ ui.write(patch + '\n')
return retval
_patch_effects = { 'applied': ['blue', 'bold', 'underline'],
--- a/hgext/convert/__init__.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/convert/__init__.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
"""convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.
Accepted source formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- CVS [cvs]
- Darcs [darcs]
@@ -30,6 +31,7 @@
- Perforce [p4]
Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)
@@ -41,23 +43,28 @@
basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination
repository doesn't exist, it will be created.
- By default, all sources except Mercurial will use
- --branchsort. Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original
- revision numbers order. Sort modes have the following effects:
- --branchsort: convert from parent to child revision when
- possible, which means branches are usually converted one after
- the other. It generates more compact repositories.
- --datesort: sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have
- good-looking changelogs but are often an order of magnitude
- larger than the same ones generated by --branchsort.
- --sourcesort: try to preserve source revisions order, only
- supported by Mercurial sources.
+ By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.
+ Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers
+ order. Sort modes have the following effects:
+
+ --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,
+ which means branches are usually converted one after
+ the other. It generates more compact repositories.
+
+ --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have
+ good-looking changelogs but are often an order of
+ magnitude larger than the same ones generated by
+ --branchsort.
+
+ --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only
+ supported by Mercurial sources.
If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location
(<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file
that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that
- revision, like so:
- <source ID> <destination ID>
+ revision, like so::
+
+ <source ID> <destination ID>
If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's
updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted
@@ -71,7 +78,7 @@
The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files
and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can
- contain one of the following directives:
+ contain one of the following directives::
include path/to/file
@@ -81,11 +88,11 @@
The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a
directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the
- exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly included.
- The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to be omitted.
- The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To rename from
- a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use '.' as the
- path to rename to.
+ exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly
+ included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to
+ be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To
+ rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use
+ '.' as the path to rename to.
The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic
history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is
@@ -110,7 +117,7 @@
in one repository from "default" to a named branch.
Mercurial Source
- -----------------
+ ----------------
--config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)
ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial
@@ -138,36 +145,38 @@
Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect
individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS
source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can
- be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:
- --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+ be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::
+
+ --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+
This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.
The options shown are the defaults.
- Internal cvsps is selected by setting
- --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+ Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::
+
+ --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+
and has a few more configurable options:
- --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
- Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and
- debugging purposes.
- --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
- Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed
- between commits with identical user and log message in a
- single changeset. When very large files were checked in as
- part of a changeset then the default may not be long
- enough.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will insert a dummy revision merging the branch on
- which this log message occurs to the branch indicated in
- the regex.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will add the most recent revision on the branch
- indicated in the regex as the second parent of the
- changeset.
+
+ --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
+ Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and
+ debugging purposes.
+ --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
+ Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed between
+ commits with identical user and log message in a single
+ changeset. When very large files were checked in as part of a
+ changeset then the default may not be long enough.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are
+ matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will
+ insert a dummy revision merging the branch on which this log
+ message occurs to the branch indicated in the regex.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are
+ matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will
+ add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the
+ regex as the second parent of the changeset.
The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin
changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its
@@ -217,7 +226,6 @@
--config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)
specify initial Perforce revision.
-
Mercurial Destination
---------------------
--- a/hgext/convert/cvs.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/convert/cvs.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -38,8 +38,8 @@
self.lastbranch = {}
self.parent = {}
self.socket = None
- self.cvsroot = file(os.path.join(cvs, "Root")).read()[:-1]
- self.cvsrepo = file(os.path.join(cvs, "Repository")).read()[:-1]
+ self.cvsroot = open(os.path.join(cvs, "Root")).read()[:-1]
+ self.cvsrepo = open(os.path.join(cvs, "Repository")).read()[:-1]
self.encoding = locale.getpreferredencoding()
self._connect()
--- a/hgext/convert/cvsps.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/convert/cvsps.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -12,13 +12,6 @@
from mercurial import util
from mercurial.i18n import _
-def listsort(list, key):
- "helper to sort by key in Python 2.3"
- try:
- list.sort(key=key)
- except TypeError:
- list.sort(lambda l, r: cmp(key(l), key(r)))
-
class logentry(object):
'''Class logentry has the following attributes:
.author - author name as CVS knows it
@@ -130,7 +123,7 @@
# Get the real directory in the repository
try:
- prefix = file(os.path.join('CVS','Repository')).read().strip()
+ prefix = open(os.path.join('CVS','Repository')).read().strip()
if prefix == ".":
prefix = ""
directory = prefix
@@ -142,7 +135,7 @@
# Use the Root file in the sandbox, if it exists
try:
- root = file(os.path.join('CVS','Root')).read().strip()
+ root = open(os.path.join('CVS','Root')).read().strip()
except IOError:
pass
@@ -175,7 +168,7 @@
if cache == 'update':
try:
ui.note(_('reading cvs log cache %s\n') % cachefile)
- oldlog = pickle.load(file(cachefile))
+ oldlog = pickle.load(open(cachefile))
ui.note(_('cache has %d log entries\n') % len(oldlog))
except Exception, e:
ui.note(_('error reading cache: %r\n') % e)
@@ -419,7 +412,7 @@
if len(log) % 100 == 0:
ui.status(util.ellipsis('%d %s' % (len(log), e.file), 80)+'\n')
- listsort(log, key=lambda x:(x.rcs, x.revision))
+ log.sort(key=lambda x: (x.rcs, x.revision))
# find parent revisions of individual files
versions = {}
@@ -435,7 +428,7 @@
if cache:
if log:
# join up the old and new logs
- listsort(log, key=lambda x:x.date)
+ log.sort(key=lambda x: x.date)
if oldlog and oldlog[-1].date >= log[0].date:
raise logerror('Log cache overlaps with new log entries,'
@@ -445,7 +438,7 @@
# write the new cachefile
ui.note(_('writing cvs log cache %s\n') % cachefile)
- pickle.dump(log, file(cachefile, 'w'))
+ pickle.dump(log, open(cachefile, 'w'))
else:
log = oldlog
@@ -484,7 +477,7 @@
# Merge changesets
- listsort(log, key=lambda x:(x.comment, x.author, x.branch, x.date))
+ log.sort(key=lambda x: (x.comment, x.author, x.branch, x.date))
changesets = []
files = set()
--- a/hgext/convert/hg.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/convert/hg.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
tagparent = nullid
try:
- oldlines = sorted(parentctx['.hgtags'].data().splitlines(1))
+ oldlines = sorted(parentctx['.hgtags'].data().splitlines(True))
except:
oldlines = []
--- a/hgext/convert/p4.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/convert/p4.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
# list with depot pathnames, longest first
vieworder = views.keys()
- vieworder.sort(key=lambda x: -len(x))
+ vieworder.sort(key=len, reverse=True)
# handle revision limiting
startrev = self.ui.config('convert', 'p4.startrev', default=0)
--- a/hgext/convert/subversion.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/convert/subversion.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
#
# Copyright(C) 2007 Daniel Holth et al
-import locale
import os
import re
import sys
@@ -312,7 +311,7 @@
self.module += '/' + trunk
self.head = self.latest(self.module, self.last_changed)
if not self.head:
- raise util.Abort(_('no revision found in module %s')
+ raise util.Abort(_('no revision found in module %s')
% self.module)
# First head in the list is the module's head
@@ -455,8 +454,8 @@
# Here/tags/tag.1 discarded as well as its children.
# It happens with tools like cvs2svn. Such tags cannot
# be represented in mercurial.
- addeds = dict((p, e.copyfrom_path) for p, e
- in origpaths.iteritems()
+ addeds = dict((p, e.copyfrom_path) for p, e
+ in origpaths.iteritems()
if e.action == 'A' and e.copyfrom_path)
badroots = set()
for destroot in addeds:
--- a/hgext/extdiff.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/extdiff.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,14 +7,14 @@
'''command to allow external programs to compare revisions
-The `extdiff' Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs
-to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external diff
-programs are called with a configurable set of options and two
+The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs
+to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external
+diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two
non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of
files to compare.
-The `extdiff' extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so
-you do not need to type "hg extdiff -p kdiff3" always.
+The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so
+you do not need to type "hg extdiff -p kdiff3" always. ::
[extdiff]
# add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode
@@ -30,13 +30,13 @@
meld =
# add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin
- # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102)
- # Non English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
+ # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non
+ # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
# your .vimrc
vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute "DirDiff" argv(0) argv(1)'
You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal "hg
-diff" command. The `extdiff' extension makes snapshots of only needed
+diff" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed
files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty
fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).
'''
@@ -211,18 +211,17 @@
'''use closure to save diff command to use'''
def mydiff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
return dodiff(ui, repo, path, diffopts, pats, opts)
- mydiff.__doc__ = '''use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)
+ mydiff.__doc__ = _('''\
+use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)
- Show differences between revisions for the specified
- files, using the %(path)s program.
+ Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the
+ %(path)s program.
- When two revision arguments are given, then changes are
- shown between those revisions. If only one revision is
- specified then that revision is compared to the working
- directory, and, when no revisions are specified, the
- working directory files are compared to its parent.''' % {
- 'path': util.uirepr(path),
- }
+ When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
+ those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
+ compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
+ the working directory files are compared to its parent.\
+''') % dict(path=util.uirepr(path))
return mydiff
cmdtable[cmd] = (save(cmd, path, diffopts),
cmdtable['extdiff'][1][1:],
--- a/hgext/graphlog.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/graphlog.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
else:
nodeline[2 * end] = "+"
if start > end:
- (start, end) = (end,start)
+ (start, end) = (end, start)
for i in range(2 * start + 1, 2 * end):
if nodeline[i] != "+":
nodeline[i] = "-"
--- a/hgext/hgcia.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/hgcia.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -3,38 +3,38 @@
"""hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service
-This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook.
-To configure it, set the following options in your hgrc:
+This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To
+configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::
-[cia]
-# your registered CIA user name
-user = foo
-# the name of the project in CIA
-project = foo
-# the module (subproject) (optional)
-#module = foo
-# Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)
-#diffstat = False
-# Template to use for log messages (optional)
-#template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}
-# Style to use (optional)
-#style = foo
-# The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)
-# You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg
-# mailto:cia@cia.vc
-# Make sure to set email.from if you do this.
-#url = http://cia.vc/
-# print message instead of sending it (optional)
-#test = False
+ [cia]
+ # your registered CIA user name
+ user = foo
+ # the name of the project in CIA
+ project = foo
+ # the module (subproject) (optional)
+ #module = foo
+ # Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)
+ #diffstat = False
+ # Template to use for log messages (optional)
+ #template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}
+ # Style to use (optional)
+ #style = foo
+ # The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)
+ # You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg
+ # mailto:cia@cia.vc
+ # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.
+ #url = http://cia.vc/
+ # print message instead of sending it (optional)
+ #test = False
-[hooks]
-# one of these:
-changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook
-#incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook
+ [hooks]
+ # one of these:
+ changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook
+ #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook
-[web]
-# If you want hyperlinks (optional)
-baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo
+ [web]
+ # If you want hyperlinks (optional)
+ baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo
"""
from mercurial.i18n import _
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
msg['From'] = self.emailfrom
msg['Subject'] = 'DeliverXML'
msg['Content-type'] = 'text/xml'
- msgtext = msg.as_string(0)
+ msgtext = msg.as_string()
self.ui.status(_('hgcia: sending update to %s\n') % address)
mail.sendmail(self.ui, util.email(self.emailfrom),
--- a/hgext/hgk.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/hgk.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -19,19 +19,20 @@
The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command
to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify
-the path to hgk in your .hgrc file:
+the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::
[hgk]
path=/location/of/hgk
hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.
-Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add:
+Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::
[hgk]
vdiff=vdiff
Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire
-vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.'''
+vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.
+'''
import os
from mercurial import commands, util, patch, revlog, cmdutil
--- a/hgext/highlight/__init__.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/highlight/__init__.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:
http://pygments.org/
-There is a single configuration option:
+There is a single configuration option::
-[web]
-pygments_style = <style>
+ [web]
+ pygments_style = <style>
The default is 'colorful'.
"""
--- a/hgext/inotify/server.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/inotify/server.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -89,7 +89,11 @@
yield fullpath, dirs, files
except OSError, err:
- if err.errno not in walk_ignored_errors:
+ if err.errno == errno.ENOTDIR:
+ # fullpath was a directory, but has since been replaced
+ # by a file.
+ yield fullpath, dirs, files
+ elif err.errno not in walk_ignored_errors:
raise
return walkit(root, root == '')
@@ -201,6 +205,92 @@
return wrapper
return decorator
+class directory(object):
+ """
+ Representing a directory
+
+ * path is the relative path from repo root to this directory
+ * files is a dict listing the files in this directory
+ - keys are file names
+ - values are file status
+ * dirs is a dict listing the subdirectories
+ - key are subdirectories names
+ - values are directory objects
+ """
+ def __init__(self, relpath=''):
+ self.path = relpath
+ self.files = {}
+ self.dirs = {}
+
+ def dir(self, relpath):
+ """
+ Returns the directory contained at the relative path relpath.
+ Creates the intermediate directories if necessary.
+ """
+ if not relpath:
+ return self
+ l = relpath.split('/')
+ ret = self
+ while l:
+ next = l.pop(0)
+ try:
+ ret = ret.dirs[next]
+ except KeyError:
+ d = directory(join(ret.path, next))
+ ret.dirs[next] = d
+ ret = d
+ return ret
+
+ def walk(self, states):
+ """
+ yield (filename, status) pairs for items in the trees
+ that have status in states.
+ filenames are relative to the repo root
+ """
+ for file, st in self.files.iteritems():
+ if st in states:
+ yield join(self.path, file), st
+ for dir in self.dirs.itervalues():
+ for e in dir.walk(states):
+ yield e
+
+ def lookup(self, states, path):
+ """
+ yield root-relative filenames that match path, and whose
+ status are in states:
+ * if path is a file, yield path
+ * if path is a directory, yield directory files
+ * if path is not tracked, yield nothing
+ """
+ if path[-1] == '/':
+ path = path[:-1]
+
+ paths = path.split('/')
+
+ # we need to check separately for last node
+ last = paths.pop()
+
+ tree = self
+ try:
+ for dir in paths:
+ tree = tree.dirs[dir]
+ except KeyError:
+ # path is not tracked
+ return
+
+ try:
+ # if path is a directory, walk it
+ for file, st in tree.dirs[last].walk(states):
+ yield file
+ except KeyError:
+ try:
+ if tree.files[last] in states:
+ # path is a file
+ yield path
+ except KeyError:
+ # path is not tracked
+ pass
+
class repowatcher(pollable):
"""
Watches inotify events
@@ -231,9 +321,9 @@
self.threshold = watcher.threshold(self.watcher)
self.fileno = self.watcher.fileno
- self.tree = {}
+ self.tree = directory()
self.statcache = {}
- self.statustrees = dict([(s, {}) for s in self.statuskeys])
+ self.statustrees = dict([(s, directory()) for s in self.statuskeys])
self.last_event = None
@@ -288,23 +378,6 @@
self.add_watch(self.repo.path, inotify.IN_DELETE)
self.check_dirstate()
- def dir(self, tree, path):
- if path:
- for name in path.split('/'):
- tree = tree.setdefault(name, {})
- return tree
-
- def lookup(self, path, tree):
- if path:
- try:
- for name in path.split('/'):
- tree = tree[name]
- except KeyError:
- return 'x'
- except TypeError:
- return 'd'
- return tree
-
def filestatus(self, fn, st):
try:
type_, mode, size, time = self.repo.dirstate._map[fn][:4]
@@ -350,53 +423,47 @@
def _updatestatus(self, wfn, newstatus):
'''
- Update the stored status of a file or directory.
+ Update the stored status of a file.
newstatus: - char in (statuskeys + 'ni'), new status to apply.
- or None, to stop tracking wfn
'''
root, fn = split(wfn)
- d = self.dir(self.tree, root)
+ d = self.tree.dir(root)
- oldstatus = d.get(fn)
+ oldstatus = d.files.get(fn)
# oldstatus can be either:
# - None : fn is new
# - a char in statuskeys: fn is a (tracked) file
- # - a dict: fn is a directory
- isdir = isinstance(oldstatus, dict)
if self.ui.debugflag and oldstatus != newstatus:
- if isdir:
- self.ui.note(_('status: %r dir(%d) -> %s\n') %
- (wfn, len(oldstatus), newstatus))
- else:
- self.ui.note(_('status: %r %s -> %s\n') %
+ self.ui.note(_('status: %r %s -> %s\n') %
(wfn, oldstatus, newstatus))
- if not isdir:
- if oldstatus and oldstatus in self.statuskeys \
- and oldstatus != newstatus:
- del self.dir(self.statustrees[oldstatus], root)[fn]
- if newstatus and newstatus != 'i':
- d[fn] = newstatus
- if newstatus in self.statuskeys:
- dd = self.dir(self.statustrees[newstatus], root)
- if oldstatus != newstatus or fn not in dd:
- dd[fn] = newstatus
- else:
- d.pop(fn, None)
+
+ if oldstatus and oldstatus in self.statuskeys \
+ and oldstatus != newstatus:
+ del self.statustrees[oldstatus].dir(root).files[fn]
+ if newstatus and newstatus != 'i':
+ d.files[fn] = newstatus
+ if newstatus in self.statuskeys:
+ dd = self.statustrees[newstatus].dir(root)
+ if oldstatus != newstatus or fn not in dd.files:
+ dd.files[fn] = newstatus
+ else:
+ d.files.pop(fn, None)
def check_deleted(self, key):
# Files that had been deleted but were present in the dirstate
# may have vanished from the dirstate; we must clean them up.
nuke = []
- for wfn, ignore in self.walk(key, self.statustrees[key]):
+ for wfn, ignore in self.statustrees[key].walk(key):
if wfn not in self.repo.dirstate:
nuke.append(wfn)
for wfn in nuke:
root, fn = split(wfn)
- del self.dir(self.statustrees[key], root)[fn]
- del self.dir(self.tree, root)[fn]
+ del self.statustrees[key].dir(root).files[fn]
+ del self.tree.dir(root).files[fn]
def scan(self, topdir=''):
ds = self.repo.dirstate._map.copy()
@@ -438,18 +505,6 @@
self.scan()
self.ui.note(_('%s end dirstate reload\n') % self.event_time())
- def walk(self, states, tree, prefix=''):
- # This is the "inner loop" when talking to the client.
-
- for name, val in tree.iteritems():
- path = join(prefix, name)
- try:
- if val in states:
- yield path, val
- except TypeError:
- for p in self.walk(states, val, path):
- yield p
-
def update_hgignore(self):
# An update of the ignore file can potentially change the
# states of all unknown and ignored files.
@@ -537,9 +592,10 @@
(self.event_time(), wpath))
if evt.mask & inotify.IN_ISDIR:
- tree = self.dir(self.tree, wpath).copy()
- for wfn, ignore in self.walk('?', tree):
- self.deletefile(join(wpath, wfn), '?')
+ tree = self.tree.dir(wpath)
+ todelete = [wfn for wfn, ignore in tree.walk('?')]
+ for fn in todelete:
+ self.deletefile(fn, '?')
self.scan(wpath)
else:
self.deleted(wpath)
@@ -580,6 +636,12 @@
assert evt.fullpath.startswith(self.wprefix)
wpath = evt.fullpath[len(self.wprefix):]
+ # paths have been normalized, wpath never ends with a '/'
+
+ if wpath.startswith('.hg/') and evt.mask & inotify.IN_ISDIR:
+ # ignore subdirectories of .hg/ (merge, patches...)
+ continue
+
if evt.mask & inotify.IN_UNMOUNT:
self.process_unmount(wpath, evt)
elif evt.mask & (inotify.IN_MODIFY | inotify.IN_ATTRIB):
@@ -669,18 +731,13 @@
if not names:
def genresult(states, tree):
- for fn, state in self.repowatcher.walk(states, tree):
+ for fn, state in tree.walk(states):
yield fn
else:
def genresult(states, tree):
for fn in names:
- l = self.repowatcher.lookup(fn, tree)
- try:
- if l in states:
- yield fn
- except TypeError:
- for f, s in self.repowatcher.walk(states, l, fn):
- yield f
+ for f in tree.lookup(states, fn):
+ yield f
return ['\0'.join(r) for r in [
genresult('l', self.repowatcher.statustrees['l']),
--- a/hgext/interhg.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/interhg.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@
'''expand expressions into changelog and summaries
-This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries,
-which will be automatically expanded into links or any other
-arbitrary expression, much like InterWiki does.
+This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which
+will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary
+expression, much like InterWiki does.
-A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may
-be used in your hgrc:
+A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used
+in your hgrc::
[interhg]
issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href="http://bts/issue\\1">issue\\1</a>!
--- a/hgext/keyword.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/keyword.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# keyword.py - $Keyword$ expansion for Mercurial
#
-# Copyright 2007, 2008 Christian Ebert <blacktrash@gmx.net>
+# Copyright 2007-2009 Christian Ebert <blacktrash@gmx.net>
#
# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
# GNU General Public License version 2, incorporated herein by reference.
@@ -38,20 +38,22 @@
Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of
hgrc files.
-Example:
+Example::
[keyword]
# expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*"
**.py =
x* = ignore
-Note: the more specific you are in your filename patterns
- the less you lose speed in huge repositories.
+NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you
+lose speed in huge repositories.
For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and
-control run "hg kwdemo".
+control run "hg kwdemo". See "hg help templates" for a list of
+available templates and filters.
-An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided.
+An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It
+returns a date like "2006/09/18 15:13:13".
The default template mappings (view with "hg kwdemo -d") can be
replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run "hg
@@ -70,17 +72,17 @@
have been checked in.
Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,
-like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map
-"Log = {desc}" expands to the first line of the changeset description.
+like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map "Log =
+{desc}" expands to the first line of the changeset description.
'''
from mercurial import commands, cmdutil, dispatch, filelog, revlog, extensions
from mercurial import patch, localrepo, templater, templatefilters, util, match
from mercurial.hgweb import webcommands
from mercurial.lock import release
-from mercurial.node import nullid, hex
+from mercurial.node import nullid
from mercurial.i18n import _
-import re, shutil, tempfile, time
+import re, shutil, tempfile
commands.optionalrepo += ' kwdemo'
@@ -93,9 +95,8 @@
# not when reading filelog, and unexpand when reading from working dir
restricted = 'merge record resolve qfold qimport qnew qpush qrefresh qrecord'
-def utcdate(date):
- '''Returns hgdate in cvs-like UTC format.'''
- return time.strftime('%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S', time.gmtime(date[0]))
+# provide cvs-like UTC date filter
+utcdate = lambda x: util.datestr(x, '%Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S')
# make keyword tools accessible
kwtools = {'templater': None, 'hgcmd': '', 'inc': [], 'exc': ['.hg*']}
@@ -125,9 +126,8 @@
kwmaps = self.ui.configitems('keywordmaps')
if kwmaps: # override default templates
- kwmaps = [(k, templater.parsestring(v, False))
- for (k, v) in kwmaps]
- self.templates = dict(kwmaps)
+ self.templates = dict((k, templater.parsestring(v, False))
+ for k, v in kwmaps)
escaped = map(re.escape, self.templates.keys())
kwpat = r'\$(%s)(: [^$\n\r]*? )??\$' % '|'.join(escaped)
self.re_kw = re.compile(kwpat)
@@ -277,10 +277,12 @@
Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their
expansions.
- Extend current configuration by specifying maps as arguments and
- optionally by reading from an additional hgrc file.
+ Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments
+ and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.
- Override current keyword template maps with "default" option.
+ Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.
+
+ See "hg help templates" for information on templates and filters.
'''
def demoitems(section, items):
ui.write('[%s]\n' % section)
@@ -288,40 +290,47 @@
ui.write('%s = %s\n' % (k, v))
msg = 'hg keyword config and expansion example'
- kwstatus = 'current'
fn = 'demo.txt'
branchname = 'demobranch'
tmpdir = tempfile.mkdtemp('', 'kwdemo.')
ui.note(_('creating temporary repository at %s\n') % tmpdir)
repo = localrepo.localrepository(ui, tmpdir, True)
ui.setconfig('keyword', fn, '')
+
+ uikwmaps = ui.configitems('keywordmaps')
if args or opts.get('rcfile'):
- kwstatus = 'custom'
- if opts.get('rcfile'):
- ui.readconfig(opts.get('rcfile'))
- if opts.get('default'):
- kwstatus = 'default'
+ ui.status(_('\n\tconfiguration using custom keyword template maps\n'))
+ if uikwmaps:
+ ui.status(_('\textending current template maps\n'))
+ if opts.get('default') or not uikwmaps:
+ ui.status(_('\toverriding default template maps\n'))
+ if opts.get('rcfile'):
+ ui.readconfig(opts.get('rcfile'))
+ if args:
+ # simulate hgrc parsing
+ rcmaps = ['[keywordmaps]\n'] + [a + '\n' for a in args]
+ fp = repo.opener('hgrc', 'w')
+ fp.writelines(rcmaps)
+ fp.close()
+ ui.readconfig(repo.join('hgrc'))
+ kwmaps = dict(ui.configitems('keywordmaps'))
+ elif opts.get('default'):
+ ui.status(_('\n\tconfiguration using default keyword template maps\n'))
kwmaps = kwtemplater.templates
- if ui.configitems('keywordmaps'):
- # override maps from optional rcfile
+ if uikwmaps:
+ ui.status(_('\tdisabling current template maps\n'))
for k, v in kwmaps.iteritems():
ui.setconfig('keywordmaps', k, v)
- elif args:
- # simulate hgrc parsing
- rcmaps = ['[keywordmaps]\n'] + [a + '\n' for a in args]
- fp = repo.opener('hgrc', 'w')
- fp.writelines(rcmaps)
- fp.close()
- ui.readconfig(repo.join('hgrc'))
- if not opts.get('default'):
- kwmaps = dict(ui.configitems('keywordmaps')) or kwtemplater.templates
+ else:
+ ui.status(_('\n\tconfiguration using current keyword template maps\n'))
+ kwmaps = dict(uikwmaps) or kwtemplater.templates
+
uisetup(ui)
reposetup(ui, repo)
for k, v in ui.configitems('extensions'):
if k.endswith('keyword'):
extension = '%s = %s' % (k, v)
break
- ui.status(_('\n\tconfig using %s keyword template maps\n') % kwstatus)
ui.write('[extensions]\n%s\n' % extension)
demoitems('keyword', ui.configitems('keyword'))
demoitems('keywordmaps', kwmaps.iteritems())
@@ -329,7 +338,7 @@
repo.wopener(fn, 'w').write(keywords)
repo.add([fn])
path = repo.wjoin(fn)
- ui.note(_('\n%s keywords written to %s:\n') % (kwstatus, path))
+ ui.note(_('\nkeywords written to %s:\n') % path)
ui.note(keywords)
ui.note('\nhg -R "%s" branch "%s"\n' % (tmpdir, branchname))
# silence branch command if not verbose
@@ -343,8 +352,7 @@
ui.note(_('unhooked all commit hooks\n'))
ui.note('hg -R "%s" ci -m "%s"\n' % (tmpdir, msg))
repo.commit(text=msg)
- fmt = ui.verbose and ' in %s' % path or ''
- ui.status(_('\n\t%s keywords expanded%s\n') % (kwstatus, fmt))
+ ui.status(_('\n\tkeywords expanded\n'))
ui.write(repo.wread(fn))
ui.debug(_('\nremoving temporary repository %s\n') % tmpdir)
shutil.rmtree(tmpdir, ignore_errors=True)
@@ -366,8 +374,8 @@
[keyword] configuration patterns.
Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up
- execution by including only files that are actual candidates
- for expansion.
+ execution by including only files that are actual candidates for
+ expansion.
See "hg help keyword" on how to construct patterns both for
inclusion and exclusion of files.
@@ -375,11 +383,12 @@
Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well.
With -a/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status
- of files are:
- K = keyword expansion candidate
- k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)
- I = ignored
- i = ignored (untracked)
+ of files are::
+
+ K = keyword expansion candidate
+ k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)
+ I = ignored
+ i = ignored (untracked)
'''
kwt = kwtools['templater']
status = _status(ui, repo, kwt, opts.get('untracked'), *pats, **opts)
@@ -496,7 +505,8 @@
release(lock, wlock)
# monkeypatches
- def kwpatchfile_init(orig, self, ui, fname, opener, missing=False, eol=None):
+ def kwpatchfile_init(orig, self, ui, fname, opener,
+ missing=False, eol=None):
'''Monkeypatch/wrap patch.patchfile.__init__ to avoid
rejects or conflicts due to expanded keywords in working dir.'''
orig(self, ui, fname, opener, missing, eol)
--- a/hgext/mq.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/mq.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches
directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
-Common tasks (use "hg help command" for more details):
+Common tasks (use "hg help command" for more details)::
-prepare repository to work with patches qinit
-create new patch qnew
-import existing patch qimport
+ prepare repository to work with patches qinit
+ create new patch qnew
+ import existing patch qimport
-print patch series qseries
-print applied patches qapplied
-print name of top applied patch qtop
+ print patch series qseries
+ print applied patches qapplied
+ print name of top applied patch qtop
-add known patch to applied stack qpush
-remove patch from applied stack qpop
-refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
+ add known patch to applied stack qpush
+ remove patch from applied stack qpop
+ refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
'''
from mercurial.i18n import _
@@ -143,14 +143,27 @@
if not self.updateheader(['From: ', '# User '], user):
try:
patchheaderat = self.comments.index('# HG changeset patch')
- self.comments.insert(patchheaderat + 1,'# User ' + user)
+ self.comments.insert(patchheaderat + 1, '# User ' + user)
except ValueError:
- self.comments = ['From: ' + user, ''] + self.comments
+ if self._hasheader(['Date: ']):
+ self.comments = ['From: ' + user] + self.comments
+ else:
+ tmp = ['# HG changeset patch', '# User ' + user, '']
+ self.comments = tmp + self.comments
self.user = user
def setdate(self, date):
- if self.updateheader(['# Date '], date):
- self.date = date
+ if not self.updateheader(['Date: ', '# Date '], date):
+ try:
+ patchheaderat = self.comments.index('# HG changeset patch')
+ self.comments.insert(patchheaderat + 1, '# Date ' + date)
+ except ValueError:
+ if self._hasheader(['From: ']):
+ self.comments = ['Date: ' + date] + self.comments
+ else:
+ tmp = ['# HG changeset patch', '# Date ' + date, '']
+ self.comments = tmp + self.comments
+ self.date = date
def setmessage(self, message):
if self.comments:
@@ -170,6 +183,14 @@
break
return res
+ def _hasheader(self, prefixes):
+ '''Check if a header starts with any of the given prefixes.'''
+ for prefix in prefixes:
+ for comment in self.comments:
+ if comment.startswith(prefix):
+ return True
+ return False
+
def __str__(self):
if not self.comments:
return ''
@@ -556,7 +577,7 @@
if not pushable:
self.explain_pushable(patchname, all_patches=True)
continue
- self.ui.warn(_("applying %s\n") % patchname)
+ self.ui.status(_("applying %s\n") % patchname)
pf = os.path.join(patchdir, patchname)
try:
@@ -1081,6 +1102,8 @@
except: pass
repo.dirstate.forget(f)
repo.dirstate.setparents(qp, nullid)
+ for patch in reversed(self.applied[start:end]):
+ self.ui.status(_("popping %s\n") % patch.name)
del self.applied[start:end]
self.strip(repo, rev, update=False, backup='strip')
if len(self.applied):
@@ -1344,19 +1367,24 @@
def qseries(self, repo, missing=None, start=0, length=None, status=None,
summary=False):
- def displayname(patchname):
+ def displayname(pfx, patchname):
if summary:
ph = patchheader(self.join(patchname))
msg = ph.message
msg = msg and ': ' + msg[0] or ': '
else:
msg = ''
- return '%s%s' % (patchname, msg)
+ msg = "%s%s%s" % (pfx, patchname, msg)
+ if self.ui.interactive():
+ msg = util.ellipsis(msg, util.termwidth())
+ self.ui.write(msg + '\n')
applied = set([p.name for p in self.applied])
if length is None:
length = len(self.series) - start
if not missing:
+ if self.ui.verbose:
+ idxwidth = len(str(start+length - 1))
for i in xrange(start, start+length):
patch = self.series[i]
if patch in applied:
@@ -1367,10 +1395,10 @@
stat = 'G'
pfx = ''
if self.ui.verbose:
- pfx = '%d %s ' % (i, stat)
+ pfx = '%*d %s ' % (idxwidth, i, stat)
elif status and status != stat:
continue
- self.ui.write('%s%s\n' % (pfx, displayname(patch)))
+ displayname(pfx, patch)
else:
msng_list = []
for root, dirs, files in os.walk(self.path):
@@ -1384,7 +1412,7 @@
msng_list.append(fl)
for x in sorted(msng_list):
pfx = self.ui.verbose and ('D ') or ''
- self.ui.write("%s%s\n" % (pfx, displayname(x)))
+ displayname(pfx, x)
def issaveline(self, l):
if l.name == '.hg.patches.save.line':
@@ -1537,7 +1565,7 @@
raise util.Abort(_('option "-r" not valid when importing '
'files'))
rev = cmdutil.revrange(repo, rev)
- rev.sort(lambda x, y: cmp(y, x))
+ rev.sort(reverse=True)
if (len(files) > 1 or len(rev) > 1) and patchname:
raise util.Abort(_('option "-n" not valid when importing multiple '
'patches'))
@@ -1847,7 +1875,7 @@
summary=opts.get('summary'))
def setupheaderopts(ui, opts):
- def do(opt,val):
+ def do(opt, val):
if not opts[opt] and opts['current' + opt]:
opts[opt] = val
do('user', ui.username())
@@ -2330,7 +2358,7 @@
if ui.verbose:
guards['NONE'] = noguards
guards = guards.items()
- guards.sort(lambda a, b: cmp(a[0][1:], b[0][1:]))
+ guards.sort(key=lambda x: x[0][1:])
if guards:
ui.note(_('guards in series file:\n'))
for guard, count in guards:
@@ -2423,34 +2451,33 @@
raise util.Abort(_('source has mq patches applied'))
return super(mqrepo, self).push(remote, force, revs)
- def tags(self):
- if self.tagscache:
- return self.tagscache
-
- tagscache = super(mqrepo, self).tags()
+ def _findtags(self):
+ '''augment tags from base class with patch tags'''
+ result = super(mqrepo, self)._findtags()
q = self.mq
if not q.applied:
- return tagscache
+ return result
mqtags = [(bin(patch.rev), patch.name) for patch in q.applied]
if mqtags[-1][0] not in self.changelog.nodemap:
self.ui.warn(_('mq status file refers to unknown node %s\n')
% short(mqtags[-1][0]))
- return tagscache
+ return result
mqtags.append((mqtags[-1][0], 'qtip'))
mqtags.append((mqtags[0][0], 'qbase'))
mqtags.append((self.changelog.parents(mqtags[0][0])[0], 'qparent'))
+ tags = result[0]
for patch in mqtags:
- if patch[1] in tagscache:
+ if patch[1] in tags:
self.ui.warn(_('Tag %s overrides mq patch of the same name\n')
% patch[1])
else:
- tagscache[patch[1]] = patch[0]
+ tags[patch[1]] = patch[0]
- return tagscache
+ return result
def _branchtags(self, partial, lrev):
q = self.mq
@@ -2579,10 +2606,10 @@
[('e', 'edit', None, _('edit commit message')),
('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
('s', 'short', None, _('refresh only files already in the patch and specified files')),
- ('U', 'currentuser', None, _('add/update "From: <current user>" in patch')),
- ('u', 'user', '', _('add/update "From: <given user>" in patch')),
- ('D', 'currentdate', None, _('update "Date: <current date>" in patch (if present)')),
- ('d', 'date', '', _('update "Date: <given date>" in patch (if present)'))
+ ('U', 'currentuser', None, _('add/update author field in patch with current user')),
+ ('u', 'user', '', _('add/update author field in patch with given user')),
+ ('D', 'currentdate', None, _('add/update date field in patch with current date')),
+ ('d', 'date', '', _('add/update date field in patch with given date'))
] + commands.walkopts + commands.commitopts,
_('hg qrefresh [-I] [-X] [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-s] [FILE]...')),
'qrename|qmv':
--- a/hgext/notify.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/notify.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,62 +7,66 @@
'''hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time
-Subscriptions can be managed through hgrc. Default mode is to print
-messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.
+Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to
+print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.
-To use, configure notify extension and enable in hgrc like this:
+To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like
+this::
- [extensions]
- hgext.notify =
+ [extensions]
+ hgext.notify =
- [hooks]
- # one email for each incoming changeset
- incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
- changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ [hooks]
+ # one email for each incoming changeset
+ incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
+ changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- [notify]
- # config items go in here
+ [notify]
+ # config items go here
- config items:
+Required configuration items::
- REQUIRED:
- config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+ config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+
+Optional configuration items::
- OPTIONAL:
- test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
- strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
- domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
- style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
- template = ... # template to use when formatting email
- incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
- changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
- maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
- maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
- diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
- sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
- # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
- [email]
- from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
- [web]
- baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
+ test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
+ strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
+ domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
+ style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
+ template = ... # template to use when formatting email
+ incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
+ changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
+ maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
+ maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
+ diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
+ sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
+ # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
+ [email]
+ from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
+ [web]
+ baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
- notify config file has same format as regular hgrc. it has two
- sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier
- for you.
+The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has
+two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is
+handier for you.
- [usersubs]
- # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
- user@host = pattern
+::
+
+ [usersubs]
+ # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
+ user@host = pattern
- [reposubs]
- # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
- pattern = user@host
+ [reposubs]
+ # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
+ pattern = user@host
- glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
+Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
- if you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users
- can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.'''
+If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users
+can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.
+'''
from mercurial.i18n import _
from mercurial import patch, cmdutil, templater, util, mail
@@ -226,7 +230,7 @@
hash(self.repo.root), socket.getfqdn()))
msg['To'] = ', '.join(self.subs)
- msgtext = msg.as_string(0)
+ msgtext = msg.as_string()
if self.test:
self.ui.write(msgtext)
if not msgtext.endswith('\n'):
--- a/hgext/pager.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/pager.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
'''browse command output with an external pager
-To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable:
+To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::
[pager]
pager = LESS='FSRX' less
@@ -23,19 +23,19 @@
$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.
If you notice "BROKEN PIPE" error messages, you can disable them by
-setting:
+setting::
[pager]
quiet = True
You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the
-pager.ignore list:
+pager.ignore list::
[pager]
ignore = version, help, update
You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using
-pager.attend:
+pager.attend::
[pager]
attend = log
--- a/hgext/parentrevspec.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/parentrevspec.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -10,15 +10,15 @@
This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the
ancestors of a specific revision.
-For example, if you can refer to a revision as "foo", then:
+For example, if you can refer to a revision as "foo", then::
-- foo^N = Nth parent of foo
+ foo^N = Nth parent of foo
foo^0 = foo
foo^1 = first parent of foo
foo^2 = second parent of foo
foo^ = foo^1
-- foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo
+ foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo
foo~0 = foo
foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo
foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo
--- a/hgext/patchbomb.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/patchbomb.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -14,11 +14,9 @@
first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The
message contains two or three body parts:
- The changeset description.
-
- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
-
- The patch itself, as generated by "hg export".
+- The changeset description.
+- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
+- The patch itself, as generated by "hg export".
Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To
and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded
@@ -29,7 +27,7 @@
you are sending the right changes.
To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc
-file:
+file::
[email]
from = My Name <my@email>
@@ -52,13 +50,13 @@
patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will
create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file
can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox
-files, e.g. with mutt:
+files, e.g. with mutt::
% mutt -R -f mbox
-When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use `formail'
+When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``
(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail
-package), to send each message out:
+package), to send each message out::
% formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox
@@ -68,9 +66,10 @@
to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so
that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs
directly from the commandline. See the [email] and [smtp] sections in
-hgrc(5) for details.'''
+hgrc(5) for details.
+'''
-import os, errno, socket, tempfile, cStringIO
+import os, errno, socket, tempfile, cStringIO, time
import email.MIMEMultipart, email.MIMEBase
import email.Utils, email.Encoders, email.Generator
from mercurial import cmdutil, commands, hg, mail, patch, util
@@ -201,22 +200,22 @@
single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment
will be sent.
- Examples:
+ Examples::
- hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only
- hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001
- hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005
- hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)
+ hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only
+ hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001
+ hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005
+ hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)
- hg email -o # send all patches not in default
- hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST
- hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default
- hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
+ hg email -o # send all patches not in default
+ hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST
+ hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default
+ hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
- hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default
- hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST
- hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default
- hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
+ hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default
+ hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST
+ hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default
+ hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST
Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your
hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.
@@ -417,7 +416,7 @@
first = False
m['User-Agent'] = 'Mercurial-patchbomb/%s' % util.version()
- m['Date'] = email.Utils.formatdate(start_time[0])
+ m['Date'] = email.Utils.formatdate(start_time[0], localtime=True)
start_time = (start_time[0] + 1, start_time[1])
m['From'] = sender
@@ -446,7 +445,7 @@
ui.status(_('Writing '), subj, ' ...\n')
fp = open(opts.get('mbox'), 'In-Reply-To' in m and 'ab+' or 'wb+')
generator = email.Generator.Generator(fp, mangle_from_=True)
- date = util.datestr(start_time, '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y')
+ date = time.ctime(start_time[0])
fp.write('From %s %s\n' % (sender_addr, date))
generator.flatten(m, 0)
fp.write('\n\n')
--- a/hgext/purge.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/purge.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
# This is a small extension for Mercurial (http://mercurial.selenic.com/)
# that removes files not known to mercurial
#
-# This program was inspired by the "cvspurge" script contained in CVS utilities
-# (http://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/).
+# This program was inspired by the "cvspurge" script contained in CVS
+# utilities (http://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/).
#
# For help on the usage of "hg purge" use:
# hg help purge
@@ -36,13 +36,16 @@
and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.
This means that purge will delete:
- - Unknown files: files marked with "?" by "hg status"
- - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless
- they contain files under source control management
+
+ - Unknown files: files marked with "?" by "hg status"
+ - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless
+ they contain files under source control management
+
But it will leave untouched:
- - Modified and unmodified tracked files
- - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)
- - New files added to the repository (with "hg add")
+
+ - Modified and unmodified tracked files
+ - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)
+ - New files added to the repository (with "hg add")
If directories are given on the command line, only files in these
directories are considered.
--- a/hgext/rebase.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/rebase.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
repository.
For more information:
-http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseProject
+http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension
'''
from mercurial import util, repair, merge, cmdutil, commands, error
--- a/hgext/record.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/record.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -291,25 +291,28 @@
_('Record &all changes to all remaining files'),
_('&Quit, recording no changes'),
_('&?'))
- r = (ui.prompt("%s %s " % (query, resps), choices)
- or _('y')).lower()
- if r == _('?'):
+ r = ui.promptchoice("%s %s " % (query, resps), choices)
+ if r == 7: # ?
doc = gettext(record.__doc__)
c = doc.find(_('y - record this change'))
for l in doc[c:].splitlines():
if l: ui.write(l.strip(), '\n')
continue
- elif r == _('s'):
- r = resp_file[0] = 'n'
- elif r == _('f'):
- r = resp_file[0] = 'y'
- elif r == _('d'):
- r = resp_all[0] = 'n'
- elif r == _('a'):
- r = resp_all[0] = 'y'
- elif r == _('q'):
+ elif r == 0: # yes
+ ret = 'y'
+ elif r == 1: # no
+ ret = 'n'
+ elif r == 2: # Skip
+ ret = resp_file[0] = 'n'
+ elif r == 3: # file (Record remaining)
+ ret = resp_file[0] = 'y'
+ elif r == 4: # done, skip remaining
+ ret = resp_all[0] = 'n'
+ elif r == 5: # all
+ ret = resp_all[0] = 'y'
+ elif r == 6: # quit
raise util.Abort(_('user quit'))
- return r
+ return ret
pos, total = 0, len(chunks) - 1
while chunks:
chunk = chunks.pop()
@@ -362,19 +365,19 @@
You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each
modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each
change to use. For each query, the following responses are
- possible:
+ possible::
- y - record this change
- n - skip this change
+ y - record this change
+ n - skip this change
- s - skip remaining changes to this file
- f - record remaining changes to this file
+ s - skip remaining changes to this file
+ f - record remaining changes to this file
- d - done, skip remaining changes and files
- a - record all changes to all remaining files
- q - quit, recording no changes
+ d - done, skip remaining changes and files
+ a - record all changes to all remaining files
+ q - quit, recording no changes
- ? - display help'''
+ ? - display help'''
def record_committer(ui, repo, pats, opts):
commands.commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts)
@@ -409,7 +412,7 @@
def recordfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
"""This is generic record driver.
- It's job is to interactively filter local changes, and accordingly
+ Its job is to interactively filter local changes, and accordingly
prepare working dir into a state, where the job can be delegated to
non-interactive commit command such as 'commit' or 'qrefresh'.
--- a/hgext/share.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/share.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@
'''share a common history between several working directories'''
-import os
from mercurial.i18n import _
from mercurial import hg, commands
--- a/hgext/transplant.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/transplant.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -439,9 +439,9 @@
Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working
directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is
- specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form:
+ specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::
- (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)
+ (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)
You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.
Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as
--- a/hgext/win32mbcs.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/win32mbcs.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -19,19 +19,22 @@
operation.
This extension is useful for:
- * Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.
- * Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.
- * All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on
- case-insensitive file system.
+
+- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.
+- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.
+- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on
+ case-insensitive file system.
This extension is not needed for:
- * Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.
- * Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.
+
+- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.
+- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.
Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:
- * You should use single encoding in one repository.
- * You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or
- HGENCODING.
+
+- You should use single encoding in one repository.
+- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or
+ HGENCODING.
Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and
encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale
--- a/hgext/win32text.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/win32text.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,30 +7,30 @@
'''perform automatic newline conversion
-To perform automatic newline conversion, use:
+To perform automatic newline conversion, use::
-[extensions]
-hgext.win32text =
-[encode]
-** = cleverencode:
-# or ** = macencode:
+ [extensions]
+ hgext.win32text =
+ [encode]
+ ** = cleverencode:
+ # or ** = macencode:
-[decode]
-** = cleverdecode:
-# or ** = macdecode:
+ [decode]
+ ** = cleverdecode:
+ # or ** = macdecode:
-If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident:
+If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::
-[hooks]
-pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
-# or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
+ [hooks]
+ pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
+ # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being
-pushed or pulled:
+pushed or pulled::
-[hooks]
-pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
-# or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
+ [hooks]
+ pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf
+ # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr
'''
from mercurial.i18n import _
--- a/hgext/zeroconf/__init__.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/hgext/zeroconf/__init__.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -12,15 +12,15 @@
without knowing their actual IP address.
To allow other people to discover your repository using run "hg serve"
-in your repository.
+in your repository::
- $ cd test
- $ hg serve
+ $ cd test
+ $ hg serve
-You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running "hg paths".
+You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running "hg paths"::
- $ hg paths
- zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test
+ $ hg paths
+ zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test
'''
import Zeroconf, socket, time, os
--- a/i18n/pt_BR.po Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/i18n/pt_BR.po Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -54,8 +54,12 @@
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr "COMANDOS"
-msgid " options:\n"
-msgstr " opções:\n"
+msgid ""
+" options:\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" opções:\n"
+"\n"
#, python-format
msgid ""
@@ -82,7 +86,7 @@
"Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
"is no way to distinguish them.\n"
"\n"
-"To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this:\n"
+"To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" hgext.acl =\n"
@@ -95,10 +99,10 @@
" # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
" sources = serve\n"
"\n"
-"The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a\n"
-"glob syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as\n"
-"the corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow\n"
-"list is.\n"
+"The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
+"syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
+"corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
+"is. ::\n"
"\n"
" [acl.allow]\n"
" # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
@@ -128,7 +132,7 @@
"gancho. Também não é seguro se usuários remotos compartilharem uma\n"
"conta local, pois não haverá maneira de distingüí-los.\n"
"\n"
-"Para usar, configure a extensão acl em seu hgrc da seguinte forma:\n"
+"Para usar, configure a extensão acl em seu hgrc da seguinte forma::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" hgext.acl =\n"
@@ -144,7 +148,7 @@
"As seções allow (permissões) e deny (restrições) usam um padrão de\n"
"sub-árvore como chave (a sintaxe padrão é a glob), e uma lista de\n"
"usuários separada por vírgulas como valor correspondente. A lista de\n"
-"restrições é verificada antes da lista de permissões.\n"
+"restrições é verificada antes da lista de permissões. ::\n"
"\n"
" [acl.allow]\n"
" # Se acl.allow não estiver presente, todos os usuários são\n"
@@ -199,16 +203,16 @@
"\n"
"Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
"points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
-"changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it,\n"
-"the bookmark shifts to the new changeset.\n"
-"\n"
-"It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup\n"
-"(e.g. hg merge, hg update).\n"
+"changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
+"bookmark shifts to the new changeset.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
+"merge, hg update).\n"
"\n"
"By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
"will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
"git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
-"your .hgrc:\n"
+"your .hgrc::\n"
"\n"
" [bookmarks]\n"
" track.current = True\n"
@@ -231,7 +235,7 @@
"Por padrão, quando vários marcadores apontam para o mesmo changeset,\n"
"todos serão movidos para a frente juntos. É possível obter um\n"
"funcionamento mais semelhante ao do sistema git com a adição das\n"
-"seguintes opções de configuração ao seu .hgrc:\n"
+"seguintes opções de configuração ao seu .hgrc::\n"
"\n"
" [bookmarks]\n"
" track.current = True\n"
@@ -318,65 +322,86 @@
"be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
"ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.\n"
"\n"
-"Configuring the extension:\n"
-"\n"
-" [bugzilla]\n"
-"\n"
-" host Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla\n"
-" database.\n"
-" db Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n"
-" user Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n"
-" password Password to use to access MySQL server.\n"
-" timeout Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n"
-" version Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions\n"
-" 3.0 and later, '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18\n"
-" and '2.16' for versions prior to 2.18.\n"
-" bzuser Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if\n"
-" changeset committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n"
-" bzdir Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify.\n"
-" Default '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
-" notify The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change\n"
-" notification emails. Substitutes from a map with 3\n"
-" keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id) and 'user' (committer\n"
-" bugzilla email). Default depends on version; from 2.18\n"
-" it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
-" %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
-" regexp Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit\n"
-" message. Must contain one \"()\" group. The default\n"
-" expression matches 'Bug 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug\n"
-" number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug 1234 and 5678' and\n"
-" variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.\n"
-" style The style file to use when formatting comments.\n"
-" template Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides\n"
-" style if specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial\n"
-" keywords, the extension specifies:\n"
-" {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
-" {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial\n"
-" repository.\n"
-" {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial\n"
-" repository.\n"
-" {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial\n"
-" repositories.\n"
-" Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
-" 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
-" strip The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root}\n"
-" to produce {webroot}. Default 0.\n"
-" usermap Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to\n"
-" Bugzilla user ID mappings. If specified, the file\n"
-" should contain one mapping per line,\n"
-" \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap]\n"
-" section.\n"
-"\n"
-" [usermap]\n"
-" Any entries in this section specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
-" committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
-" \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
-"\n"
-" [web]\n"
-" baseurl Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference\n"
-" from templates as {hgweb}.\n"
-"\n"
-"Activating the extension:\n"
+"The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
+"sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:\n"
+"\n"
+"host\n"
+" Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.\n"
+"\n"
+"db\n"
+" Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n"
+"\n"
+"user\n"
+" Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n"
+"\n"
+"password\n"
+" Password to use to access MySQL server.\n"
+"\n"
+"timeout\n"
+" Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n"
+"\n"
+"version\n"
+" Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
+" '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
+" to 2.18.\n"
+"\n"
+"bzuser\n"
+" Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
+" committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n"
+"\n"
+"bzdir\n"
+" Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
+" '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
+"\n"
+"notify\n"
+" The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
+" emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
+" and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
+" from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
+" %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"regexp\n"
+" Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
+" Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
+" 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
+" 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.\n"
+"\n"
+"style\n"
+" The style file to use when formatting comments.\n"
+"\n"
+"template\n"
+" Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
+" specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
+" extension specifies::\n"
+"\n"
+" {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
+" {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
+" {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
+" {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+" Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
+" 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
+"\n"
+"strip\n"
+" The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
+" {webroot}. Default 0.\n"
+"\n"
+"usermap\n"
+" Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
+" mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
+" line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section.\n"
+"\n"
+"The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
+"committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
+"\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:\n"
+"\n"
+"baseurl\n"
+" Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
+" templates as {hgweb}.\n"
+"\n"
+"Activating the extension::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" hgext.bugzilla =\n"
@@ -389,7 +414,7 @@
"\n"
"This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
"repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
-"installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2.\n"
+"installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::\n"
"\n"
" [bugzilla]\n"
" host=localhost\n"
@@ -397,8 +422,9 @@
" version=3.0\n"
" bzuser=unknown@domain.com\n"
" bzdir=/opt/bugzilla-3.2\n"
-" template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\\n{hgweb}/{webroot}/"
-"rev/{node|short}\\n\\n{desc}\\n\n"
+" template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
+" {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
+" {desc}\\n\n"
" strip=5\n"
"\n"
" [web]\n"
@@ -407,7 +433,7 @@
" [usermap]\n"
" user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n"
"\n"
-"Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form:\n"
+"Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::\n"
"\n"
" Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
" http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n"
@@ -431,79 +457,98 @@
"você terá que assegurar que as permissões de arquivo da instalação\n"
"do Bugzilla estejam configuradas apropriadamente.\n"
"\n"
-"Configuração da extensão:\n"
-"\n"
-" [bugzilla]\n"
-"\n"
-" host Nome do servidor do MySQL que contém o banco de dados\n"
-" do Bugzilla.\n"
-" db Nome do banco de dados do Bugzilla no MySQL. O padrão\n"
-" é 'bugs'.\n"
-" user Nome de usuário para acessar o servidor MySQL. O\n"
-" padrão é 'bugs'.\n"
-" password Senha para acessar o servidor do MySQL.\n"
-" timeout Tempo de espera máximo para conexão com o banco de\n"
-" dados (em segundos). O padrão é 5.\n"
-" version Versão do Bugzilla. Especifique '3.0' para versões do\n"
-" Bugzilla 3.0 e posteriores, '2.18' para a versão 2.18\n"
-" e '2.16' para versões anteriores à 2.18.\n"
-" bzuser Nome de usuário no Bugzilla utilizado para gravar os\n"
-" comentários se o autor do changeset não for encontrado\n"
-" como um usuário do Bugzilla.\n"
-" bzdir Diretório de instalação do Bugzilla. Usado pelo notify\n"
-" padrão. Seu valor padrão é '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
-" notify O comando que deve ser executado para o Bugzilla\n"
-" enviar o email de notificação de alterações.\n"
-" Substituído de uma mapa com 3 entradas, 'bzdir', 'id'\n"
-" (bug id) e 'user' (email do submetedor do bugzilla).\n"
-" O padrão depende da versão; na 2.18 é\n"
-" \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
-" %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
-" regexp Expressão regular para encontrar os IDs dos bugs na\n"
-" mensagem de consolidação do changeset. Deve conter um\n"
-" grupo de \"()\". A expressão padrão encontra\n"
-" 'Bug 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234',\n"
-" 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug 1234 and 5678' e variações. A\n"
-" equivalência não é sensível a maiúsculas e minúsculas.\n"
-" style O arquivo de estilo usado para formatar os\n"
-" comentários.\n"
-" template O template usado para formatar os comentários.\n"
-" Sobrepõe style se especificado. Além das palavras\n"
-" chave do Mercurial, a extensão define:\n"
-" {bug} O ID do bug no Bugzilla.\n"
-" {root} O caminho completo do repositório do\n"
-" Mercurial.\n"
-" {webroot} O caminho do repositório do Mercurial.\n"
-" {hgweb} URL base para visualizar o repositório\n"
-" do Mercurial via http.\n"
-" Padrão 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
-" 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
-" strip O número de barras que devem ser retiradas do início\n"
-" do {root} para produzir o {webroot}. Padrão 0.\n"
-" usermap Caminho para o arquivo que contem o mapeamento do\n"
-" consolidador do Mercurial para o ID do usuário do\n"
-" Bugzilla. Se especificado, o arquivo deve conter um\n"
-" mapeamento por linha, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\".\n"
-" Veja também a sessão [usermap].\n"
-"\n"
-" [usermap]\n"
-" Quaisquer entradas nessa sessão especificam mapeamentos de IDs\n"
-" dos consolidadores do Mercurial para IDs de usuário do Bugzilla.\n"
-" Veja também [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
-" \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
-"\n"
-" [web]\n"
-" baseurl URL base para visualização de repositórios do\n"
-" Mercurial. Usada em modelos como {hgweb}.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para ativar a extensão:\n"
+"Esta extensão é configurada através de três diferentes seções de\n"
+"configuração. As seguintes chaves são reconhecidas na seção\n"
+"[bugzilla]:\n"
+"\n"
+"host\n"
+" Nome do servidor do MySQL que contém o banco de dados do Bugzilla.\n"
+"\n"
+"db\n"
+" Nome do banco de dados do Bugzilla no MySQL. O padrão é 'bugs'.\n"
+"\n"
+"user\n"
+" Nome de usuário para acessar o servidor MySQL. O padrão é 'bugs'.\n"
+"\n"
+"password\n"
+" Senha para acessar o servidor do MySQL.\n"
+"\n"
+"timeout\n"
+" Tempo de espera máximo para conexão com o banco de dados (em\n"
+" segundos). O padrão é 5.\n"
+"\n"
+"version\n"
+" Versão do Bugzilla. Especifique '3.0' para versões do Bugzilla 3.0\n"
+" e posteriores, '2.18' para a versão 2.18 e '2.16' para versões\n"
+" anteriores à 2.18.\n"
+"\n"
+"bzuser\n"
+" Nome de usuário no Bugzilla utilizado para gravar os comentários\n"
+" se o autor do changeset não for encontrado como um usuário do\n"
+" Bugzilla.\n"
+"\n"
+"bzdir\n"
+" Diretório de instalação do Bugzilla. Usado pelo notify padrão. Seu\n"
+" valor padrão é '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
+"\n"
+"notify\n"
+" O comando que deve ser executado para o Bugzilla enviar o email\n"
+" de notificação de alterações. Substituído de uma mapa com 3\n"
+" entradas, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id) e 'user' (email do submetedor\n"
+" do bugzilla). O padrão depende da versão; na 2.18 é\n"
+" \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"regexp\n"
+" Expressão regular para encontrar os IDs dos bugs na mensagem de\n"
+" consolidação do changeset. Deve conter um grupo de \"()\". A\n"
+" expressão padrão encontra 'Bug 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number\n"
+" 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug 1234 and 5678' e variações. A\n"
+" equivalência não é sensível a maiúsculas e minúsculas.\n"
+"\n"
+"style\n"
+" O arquivo de estilo usado para formatar os comentários.\n"
+"\n"
+"template\n"
+" O template usado para formatar os comentários. Sobrepõe style se\n"
+" especificado. Além das palavras chave do Mercurial, a extensão\n"
+" especifica::\n"
+" {bug} O ID do bug no Bugzilla.\n"
+" {root} O caminho completo do repositório do Mercurial.\n"
+" {webroot} O caminho do repositório do Mercurial.\n"
+" {hgweb} URL base para visualizar o repositório do Mercurial via "
+"http.\n"
+"\n"
+" O valor padrão é 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
+" 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
+"\n"
+"strip\n"
+" O número de barras que devem ser retiradas do início do {root} para\n"
+" produzir o {webroot}. Padrão 0.\n"
+"\n"
+"usermap\n"
+" Caminho para o arquivo que contem o mapeamento do consolidador do\n"
+" Mercurial para o ID do usuário do Bugzilla. Se especificado, o\n"
+" arquivo deve conter um mapeamento por linha, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla "
+"user\". Veja também a sessão [usermap].\n"
+"\n"
+"A seção [usermap]é usada para especificar mapeamentos de IDs dos\n"
+"consolidadores do Mercurial para IDs de usuário do Bugzilla. Veja\n"
+"também [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
+"\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Por fim, a seção [web] suporta uma entrada:\n"
+"\n"
+"baseurl\n"
+" URL base para visualização de repositórios do Mercurial. Usada\n"
+" em modelos como {hgweb}.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para ativar a extensão::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" hgext.bugzilla =\n"
"\n"
" [hooks]\n"
-" # executa o gancho bugzilla a cada mudança trazida\n"
-" # para cá\n"
+" # executa o gancho bugzilla a cada mudança trazida para cá\n"
" incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook\n"
"\n"
"Exemplo de configuração:\n"
@@ -518,8 +563,9 @@
" version=3.0\n"
" bzuser=unknown@domain.com\n"
" bzdir=/opt/bugzilla-3.2\n"
-" template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\\n{hgweb}/{webroot}/"
-"rev/{node|short}\\n\\n{desc}\\n\n"
+" template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
+" {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
+" {desc}\\n\n"
" strip=5\n"
"\n"
" [web]\n"
@@ -529,7 +575,7 @@
" user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n"
"\n"
"Consolidações adicionam um comentário ao registro de bug do Bugzilla\n"
-"com a forma:\n"
+"com a forma::\n"
"\n"
" Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
" http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n"
@@ -662,7 +708,7 @@
" alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
" --changesets option is specified.\n"
"\n"
-" Examples:\n"
+" Examples::\n"
"\n"
" # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
" hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n"
@@ -677,12 +723,12 @@
" hg churn -f '%Y' -s\n"
"\n"
" It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
-" by providing a file using the following format:\n"
-"\n"
-" <alias email> <actual email>\n"
-"\n"
-" Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise a\n"
-" .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
+" by providing a file using the following format::\n"
+"\n"
+" <alias email> <actual email>\n"
+"\n"
+" Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
+" a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"histograma de mudanças do repositório\n"
@@ -697,7 +743,7 @@
" alternativamente no número de revisões, se for usada a opção\n"
" --changesets.\n"
"\n"
-" Exemplos:\n"
+" Exemplos::\n"
"\n"
" # exibe a contagem de linhas modificadas para cada autor\n"
" hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n"
@@ -715,7 +761,7 @@
" endereço principal provendo um arquivo usando o seguinte\n"
" formato:\n"
"\n"
-" <email alternativo> <email principal>\n"
+" <email alternativo> <email principal>\n"
"\n"
" Esse arquivo pode ser especificado com a opção --aliases; de\n"
" outro modo, será usado um arquivo .hgchurn no raiz do diretório\n"
@@ -767,33 +813,33 @@
"function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
"render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.\n"
"\n"
-"Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file:\n"
-"\n"
-"[color]\n"
-"status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
-"status.added = green bold\n"
-"status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
-"status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
-"status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
-"status.ignored = black bold\n"
-"\n"
-"# 'none' turns off all effects\n"
-"status.clean = none\n"
-"status.copied = none\n"
-"\n"
-"qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
-"qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
-"qseries.missing = red bold\n"
-"\n"
-"diff.diffline = bold\n"
-"diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
-"diff.file_a = red bold\n"
-"diff.file_b = green bold\n"
-"diff.hunk = magenta\n"
-"diff.deleted = red\n"
-"diff.inserted = green\n"
-"diff.changed = white\n"
-"diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
+"Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::\n"
+"\n"
+" [color]\n"
+" status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
+" status.added = green bold\n"
+" status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
+" status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
+" status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
+" status.ignored = black bold\n"
+"\n"
+" # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
+" status.clean = none\n"
+" status.copied = none\n"
+"\n"
+" qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
+" qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
+" qseries.missing = red bold\n"
+"\n"
+" diff.diffline = bold\n"
+" diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
+" diff.file_a = red bold\n"
+" diff.file_b = green bold\n"
+" diff.hunk = magenta\n"
+" diff.deleted = red\n"
+" diff.inserted = green\n"
+" diff.changed = white\n"
+" diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
msgstr ""
"colore a saída de alguns comandos\n"
"\n"
@@ -810,33 +856,33 @@
"Esse modulo também provê a função render_text, que pode ser utilizada\n"
"para adicionar efeitos a qualquer texto.\n"
"\n"
-"Os efeitos padrão podem ser sobrepostos pelo arquivo .hgrc:\n"
-"\n"
-"[color]\n"
-"status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
-"status.added = green bold\n"
-"status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
-"status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
-"status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
-"status.ignored = black bold\n"
-"\n"
-"# 'none' desliga todos os efeitos\n"
-"status.clean = none\n"
-"status.copied = none\n"
-"\n"
-"qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
-"qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
-"qseries.missing = red bold\n"
-"\n"
-"diff.diffline = bold\n"
-"diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
-"diff.file_a = red bold\n"
-"diff.file_b = green bold\n"
-"diff.hunk = magenta\n"
-"diff.deleted = red\n"
-"diff.inserted = green\n"
-"diff.changed = white\n"
-"diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
+"Os efeitos padrão podem ser sobrepostos pelo arquivo .hgrc::\n"
+"\n"
+" [color]\n"
+" status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
+" status.added = green bold\n"
+" status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
+" status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
+" status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
+" status.ignored = black bold\n"
+"\n"
+" # 'none' desliga todos os efeitos\n"
+" status.clean = none\n"
+" status.copied = none\n"
+"\n"
+" qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
+" qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
+" qseries.missing = red bold\n"
+"\n"
+" diff.diffline = bold\n"
+" diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
+" diff.file_a = red bold\n"
+" diff.file_b = green bold\n"
+" diff.hunk = magenta\n"
+" diff.deleted = red\n"
+" diff.inserted = green\n"
+" diff.changed = white\n"
+" diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
msgid "when to colorize (always, auto, or never)"
msgstr ""
@@ -857,6 +903,7 @@
"convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n"
"\n"
" Accepted source formats [identifiers]:\n"
+"\n"
" - Mercurial [hg]\n"
" - CVS [cvs]\n"
" - Darcs [darcs]\n"
@@ -868,6 +915,7 @@
" - Perforce [p4]\n"
"\n"
" Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n"
+"\n"
" - Mercurial [hg]\n"
" - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)\n"
"\n"
@@ -879,23 +927,28 @@
" basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
" repository doesn't exist, it will be created.\n"
"\n"
-" By default, all sources except Mercurial will use\n"
-" --branchsort. Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original\n"
-" revision numbers order. Sort modes have the following effects:\n"
-" --branchsort: convert from parent to child revision when\n"
-" possible, which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
-" the other. It generates more compact repositories.\n"
-" --datesort: sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
-" good-looking changelogs but are often an order of magnitude\n"
-" larger than the same ones generated by --branchsort.\n"
-" --sourcesort: try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
-" supported by Mercurial sources.\n"
+" By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
+" Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
+" order. Sort modes have the following effects:\n"
+"\n"
+" --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
+" which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
+" the other. It generates more compact repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+" --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
+" good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
+" magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
+" --branchsort.\n"
+"\n"
+" --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
+" supported by Mercurial sources.\n"
"\n"
" If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
" (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
" that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
-" revision, like so:\n"
-" <source ID> <destination ID>\n"
+" revision, like so::\n"
+"\n"
+" <source ID> <destination ID>\n"
"\n"
" If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
" updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
@@ -909,7 +962,7 @@
"\n"
" The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
" and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
-" contain one of the following directives:\n"
+" contain one of the following directives::\n"
"\n"
" include path/to/file\n"
"\n"
@@ -919,11 +972,11 @@
"\n"
" The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
" directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
-" exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly included.\n"
-" The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to be omitted.\n"
-" The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To rename from\n"
-" a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use '.' as the\n"
-" path to rename to.\n"
+" exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
+" included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
+" be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
+" rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
+" '.' as the path to rename to.\n"
"\n"
" The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
" history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
@@ -948,7 +1001,7 @@
" in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch.\n"
"\n"
" Mercurial Source\n"
-" -----------------\n"
+" ----------------\n"
"\n"
" --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
" ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
@@ -976,36 +1029,38 @@
" Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect\n"
" individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS\n"
" source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can\n"
-" be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n"
+" be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n"
+"\n"
" This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.\n"
"\n"
" The options shown are the defaults.\n"
"\n"
-" Internal cvsps is selected by setting\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n"
+" Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n"
+"\n"
" and has a few more configurable options:\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
-" Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
-" debugging purposes.\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)\n"
-" Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed\n"
-" between commits with identical user and log message in a\n"
-" single changeset. When very large files were checked in as\n"
-" part of a changeset then the default may not be long\n"
-" enough.\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
-" Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages\n"
-" are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion\n"
-" process will insert a dummy revision merging the branch on\n"
-" which this log message occurs to the branch indicated in\n"
-" the regex.\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
-" Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages\n"
-" are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion\n"
-" process will add the most recent revision on the branch\n"
-" indicated in the regex as the second parent of the\n"
-" changeset.\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
+" Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
+" debugging purposes.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)\n"
+" Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed between\n"
+" commits with identical user and log message in a single\n"
+" changeset. When very large files were checked in as part of a\n"
+" changeset then the default may not be long enough.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
+" Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
+" matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
+" insert a dummy revision merging the branch on which this log\n"
+" message occurs to the branch indicated in the regex.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
+" Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
+" matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
+" add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
+" regex as the second parent of the changeset.\n"
"\n"
" The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin\n"
" changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
@@ -1055,7 +1110,6 @@
" --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
" specify initial Perforce revision.\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
" Mercurial Destination\n"
" ---------------------\n"
"\n"
@@ -1071,6 +1125,7 @@
"converte um repositório de um outro sistema em um do Mercurial.\n"
"\n"
" Formatos de origem aceitos [identificadores]:\n"
+"\n"
" - Mercurial [hg]\n"
" - CVS [cvs]\n"
" - Darcs [darcs]\n"
@@ -1082,6 +1137,7 @@
" - Perforce [p4]\n"
"\n"
" Formatos de destino aceitos [identificadores]:\n"
+"\n"
" - Mercurial [hg]\n"
" - Subversion [svn] (histórico em ramos não é preservado)\n"
"\n"
@@ -1097,22 +1153,25 @@
" usará --branchsort. O Mercurial usa --sourcesort para preservar\n"
" a ordem de números de revisão original. Modos de ordenação têm\n"
" os seguintes efeitos:\n"
-" --branchsort: converte de revisão pai para filha quando\n"
-" possível, o que faz com que ramos sejam usualmente\n"
-" convertidos um após o outro. Esta opção gera repositórios\n"
-" mais compactos.\n"
-" --datesort: ordena revisões por data. Os repositórios\n"
-" convertidos tendem a ter changelogs de boa aparência, mas\n"
-" algumas vezes são uma ordem de grandeza maiores que os\n"
-" mesmos gerados por --branchsort.\n"
-" --sourcesort: tenta preservar a ordem de revisões da origem,\n"
-" suportada apenas pela origem Mercurial.\n"
+" --branchsort converte de revisão pai para filha quando possível,\n"
+" o que faz com que ramos sejam usualmente convertidos\n"
+" um após o outro. Esta opção gera repositórios mais\n"
+" compactos.\n"
+"\n"
+" --datesort ordena revisões por data. Os repositórios convertidos\n"
+" tendem a ter changelogs de boa aparência, mas algumas\n"
+" vezes são uma ordem de grandeza maiores que os mesmos\n"
+" gerados por --branchsort.\n"
+"\n"
+" --sourcesort tenta preservar a ordem de revisões da origem, opção\n"
+" suportada apenas pela origem Mercurial.\n"
"\n"
" Se não for dado o <REVMAP>, ele será posto em um local padrão\n"
" (<destino>/.hg/shamap). O <REVMAP> é um simples arquivo texto\n"
" que mapeia cada ID de commit da origem para o ID de destino para\n"
-" aquela revisão, da seguinte forma:\n"
-" <ID origem> <ID destino>\n"
+" aquela revisão, da seguinte forma::\n"
+"\n"
+" <ID origem> <ID destino>\n"
"\n"
" Se o arquivo não existir, será automaticamente criado. Ele é\n"
" atualizado a cada commit copiado, assim a conversão pode ser\n"
@@ -1137,7 +1196,7 @@
"\n"
" A diretiva 'include' faz com que um arquivo, ou todos os arquivos\n"
" em um diretório, sejam incluídos no repositório de destino, e\n"
-" também exclui todos os outros arquivos e diretórios não incluídos\n"
+" exclui todos os outros arquivos e diretórios não incluídos\n"
" explicitamente. A diretiva 'exclude' faz com que os arquivos e\n"
" diretórios sejam omitidos. A diretiva 'rename' renomeia um\n"
" arquivo ou diretório. Para renomear de um subdiretório para o\n"
@@ -1168,7 +1227,7 @@
" para um ramo nomeado.\n"
"\n"
" Origem Mercurial\n"
-" -----------------\n"
+" ----------------\n"
"\n"
" --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (booleana)\n"
" ignora erros de integridade ao ler. Use-a para corrigir\n"
@@ -1196,36 +1255,41 @@
" Como o CVS não possui changesets, é necessário coletar commits\n"
" individuais do CVS e mesclá-los em changesets. A origem CVS usa\n"
" seu código interno de mesclagem por padrão, mas pode ser\n"
-" configurada para chamar o utilitário externo 'cvsps' definindo:\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n"
+" configurada para chamar o utilitário externo 'cvsps' definindo::\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n"
+"\n"
" Esta opção é obsoleta e será removida no Mercurial 1.4.\n"
"\n"
" As opções exibidas são os valores padrão.\n"
"\n"
-" O cvsps interno é selecionado com\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n"
+" O cvsps interno é selecionado com::\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n"
+"\n"
" e possui algumas outras opções de configuração:\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (booleana)\n"
-" Defina como False para desabilitar o cache do log\n"
-" remoto, para teste ou depuração.\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (inteiro)\n"
-" Especifica o tempo máximo (em segundos) permitido entre\n"
-" commits com usuário e mensagem de log em um único\n"
-" changeset. Se arquivos muito grandes forem armazenados\n"
-" como parte de um changeset, o padrão pode não ser\n"
-" suficiente.\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
-" Especifica uma expressão regular com a qual mensagens de\n"
-" log de commit são verificadas. Se um casamento for\n"
-" encontrado, a conversão inserirá uma revisão artificial\n"
-" mesclando o ramo onde essa mensagem de log aparece ao\n"
-" ramo indicado na expressão regular.\n"
-" --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
-" Especifica uma expressão regular com a qual mensagens de\n"
-" log de commit são verificadas. Se um casamento for\n"
-" encontrado, a conversão inserirá a revisão mais recente\n"
-" do ramo indicado na expressão regular como segundo pai do\n"
-" changeset.\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (booleana)\n"
+" Defina como False para desabilitar o cache do log\n"
+" remoto, para teste ou depuração.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (inteiro)\n"
+" Especifica o tempo máximo (em segundos) permitido entre\n"
+" commits com usuário e mensagem de log em um único\n"
+" changeset. Se arquivos muito grandes forem armazenados\n"
+" como parte de um changeset, o padrão pode não ser\n"
+" suficiente.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
+" Especifica uma expressão regular com a qual mensagens de\n"
+" log de commit são verificadas. Se um casamento for\n"
+" encontrado, a conversão inserirá uma revisão artificial\n"
+" mesclando o ramo onde essa mensagem de log aparece ao\n"
+" ramo indicado na expressão regular.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
+" Especifica uma expressão regular com a qual mensagens de\n"
+" log de commit são verificadas. Se um casamento for\n"
+" encontrado, a conversão inserirá a revisão mais recente\n"
+" do ramo indicado na expressão regular como segundo pai do\n"
+" changeset.\n"
"\n"
" O script hgext/convert/cvsps permite que o código de mesclagem\n"
" interno seja executado fora do processo de conversão. Seus\n"
@@ -1277,7 +1341,6 @@
" --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (número de changelist p4)\n"
" especifica a revisão inicial do Perforce.\n"
"\n"
-"\n"
" Destino Mercurial\n"
" ---------------------\n"
"\n"
@@ -1844,14 +1907,14 @@
msgid ""
"command to allow external programs to compare revisions\n"
"\n"
-"The `extdiff' Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
-"to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external diff\n"
-"programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
+"The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
+"to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
+"diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
"non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
"files to compare.\n"
"\n"
-"The `extdiff' extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
-"you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always.\n"
+"The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
+"you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::\n"
"\n"
" [extdiff]\n"
" # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
@@ -1867,28 +1930,27 @@
" meld =\n"
"\n"
" # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
-" # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102)\n"
-" # Non English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" "
-"in\n"
+" # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
+" # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
" # your .vimrc\n"
" vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n"
"\n"
"You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
-"diff\" command. The `extdiff' extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
+"diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
"files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
"fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).\n"
msgstr ""
"comando que usa programas externos para comparar revisões\n"
"\n"
-"A extensão `extdiff' do Mercurial permite o uso de programas externos\n"
+"A extensão extdiff do Mercurial permite o uso de programas externos\n"
"para comparar revisões ou revisões e a cópia local. Os programas de\n"
"diff externos são chamados com um conjunto configurável de opções e\n"
"dois argumentos: caminhos para diretórios contendo cópias temporárias\n"
"dos arquivos a serem comparados.\n"
"\n"
-"A extensão `extdiff' também permite configurar novos comandos\n"
+"A extensão extdiff também permite configurar novos comandos\n"
"de diff, de modo que você não precise sempre digitar\n"
-"\"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\".\n"
+"\"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\". ::\n"
"\n"
" [extdiff]\n"
" # adiciona um novo comando que executa o GNU diff(1) em modo\n"
@@ -1913,7 +1975,7 @@
" vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n"
"\n"
"Você pode usar -I/-X e uma lista de nomes de arquivos ou diretórios\n"
-"como no comando \"hg diff\" normal. A extensão `extdiff' faz cópias\n"
+"como no comando \"hg diff\" normal. A extensão extdiff faz cópias\n"
"temporárias apenas dos arquivos necessários, de modo que a execução\n"
"do diff externo seja rápida (ao menos mais rápida que comparar a\n"
"árvore completa).\n"
@@ -1991,6 +2053,31 @@
msgstr "hg extdiff [OPÇÃO]... [ARQUIVO]..."
#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
+"\n"
+" Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
+" %(path)s program.\n"
+"\n"
+" When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
+" those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision "
+"is\n"
+" compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are "
+"specified,\n"
+" the working directory files are compared to its parent."
+msgstr ""
+"usa %(path)s para exibir diffs do repositório ou arquivos\n"
+"\n"
+" Mostra diferenças entre revisões para os arquivos especificados,\n"
+" usando o programa %(path)s.\n"
+"\n"
+" Quando dois argumentos de revisão forem dados, são exibidas as\n"
+" mudanças entre essas revisões. Se apenas uma revisão for\n"
+" especificada, tal revisão será comparada com o diretório de\n"
+" trabalho, e se nenhuma revisão for especificada, os arquivos do\n"
+" diretório de trabalho serão comparados com seu pai."
+
+#, python-format
msgid "hg %s [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
msgstr "hg %s [OPÇÃO]... [ARQUIVO]..."
@@ -2252,73 +2339,73 @@
msgid ""
"hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service\n"
"\n"
-"This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook.\n"
-"To configure it, set the following options in your hgrc:\n"
-"\n"
-"[cia]\n"
-"# your registered CIA user name\n"
-"user = foo\n"
-"# the name of the project in CIA\n"
-"project = foo\n"
-"# the module (subproject) (optional)\n"
-"#module = foo\n"
-"# Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)\n"
-"#diffstat = False\n"
-"# Template to use for log messages (optional)\n"
-"#template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}\n"
-"# Style to use (optional)\n"
-"#style = foo\n"
-"# The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)\n"
-"# You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg\n"
-"# mailto:cia@cia.vc\n"
-"# Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
-"#url = http://cia.vc/\n"
-"# print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
-"#test = False\n"
-"\n"
-"[hooks]\n"
-"# one of these:\n"
-"changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
-"#incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
-"\n"
-"[web]\n"
-"# If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
-"baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
+"This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
+"configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::\n"
+"\n"
+" [cia]\n"
+" # your registered CIA user name\n"
+" user = foo\n"
+" # the name of the project in CIA\n"
+" project = foo\n"
+" # the module (subproject) (optional)\n"
+" #module = foo\n"
+" # Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)\n"
+" #diffstat = False\n"
+" # Template to use for log messages (optional)\n"
+" #template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}\n"
+" # Style to use (optional)\n"
+" #style = foo\n"
+" # The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)\n"
+" # You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg\n"
+" # mailto:cia@cia.vc\n"
+" # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
+" #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
+" # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
+" #test = False\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" # one of these:\n"
+" changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
+" #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
+"\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
+" baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
msgstr ""
"ganchos para integração com o serviço de notificação CIA.vc\n"
"\n"
"Isto deve ser executado como um gancho changegroup ou incoming.\n"
-"Para configurá-lo, defina as seguintes opções em seu hgrc:\n"
-"\n"
-"[cia]\n"
-"# seu nome de usuário CIA registrado\n"
-"user = foo\n"
-"# o nome do projeto CIA\n"
-"project = foo\n"
-"# o módulo (subprojeto) (opcional)\n"
-"#module = foo\n"
-"# Anexa um diffstat à mensagem de log (opcional)\n"
-"#diffstat = False\n"
-"# Modelo a ser usado em mensagens de log (opcional)\n"
-"#template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}\n"
-"# Estilo a ser usado (opcional)\n"
-"#style = foo\n"
-"# A URL do serviço de notificação CIA (opcional)\n"
-"# Você pode usar URLs mailto: para enviar por e-mail, por exemplo\n"
-"# mailto:cia@cia.vc\n"
-"# Certifique-se de definir email.from se você fizer isso.\n"
-"#url = http://cia.vc/\n"
-"# imprime a mensagem ao invés de enviá-la (opcional)\n"
-"#test = False\n"
-"\n"
-"[hooks]\n"
-"# um destes:\n"
-"changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
-"#incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
-"\n"
-"[web]\n"
-"# Se você desejar hyperlinks (opcional)\n"
-"baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
+"Para configurá-lo, defina as seguintes opções em seu hgrc::\n"
+"\n"
+" [cia]\n"
+" # seu nome de usuário CIA registrado\n"
+" user = foo\n"
+" # o nome do projeto CIA\n"
+" project = foo\n"
+" # o módulo (subprojeto) (opcional)\n"
+" #module = foo\n"
+" # Anexa um diffstat à mensagem de log (opcional)\n"
+" #diffstat = False\n"
+" # Modelo a ser usado em mensagens de log (opcional)\n"
+" #template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}\n"
+" # Estilo a ser usado (opcional)\n"
+" #style = foo\n"
+" # A URL do serviço de notificação CIA (opcional)\n"
+" # Você pode usar URLs mailto: para enviar por e-mail, por exemplo\n"
+" # mailto:cia@cia.vc\n"
+" # Certifique-se de definir email.from se você fizer isso.\n"
+" #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
+" # imprime a mensagem ao invés de enviá-la (opcional)\n"
+" #test = False\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" # use um destes:\n"
+" changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
+" #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
+"\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" # Se você desejar hyperlinks (opcional)\n"
+" baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
#, python-format
msgid "hgcia: sending update to %s\n"
@@ -2348,19 +2435,19 @@
"\n"
"The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
"to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
-"the path to hgk in your .hgrc file:\n"
+"the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::\n"
"\n"
" [hgk]\n"
" path=/location/of/hgk\n"
"\n"
"hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
-"Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add:\n"
+"Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::\n"
"\n"
" [hgk]\n"
" vdiff=vdiff\n"
"\n"
"Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
-"vdiff on hovered and selected revisions."
+"vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
msgstr ""
"visualiza o repositório em modo gráfico\n"
"\n"
@@ -2376,20 +2463,20 @@
"\n"
"O comando hg view irá lançar o script Tcl hgk. Para esse comando\n"
"funcionar, hgk deve estar em seu caminho de busca. Alternativamente,\n"
-"você pode especificar o caminho para o hgk em seu arquivo .hgrc:\n"
+"você pode especificar o caminho para o hgk em seu arquivo .hgrc::\n"
"\n"
" [hgk]\n"
" path=/localização/do/hgk\n"
"\n"
"O hgk pode usar a extensão extdiff para visualizar revisões.\n"
"Assumindo que você já configurou o comando vdiff da extdiff, basta\n"
-"adicionar:\n"
+"adicionar::\n"
"\n"
" [hgk]\n"
" vdiff=vdiff\n"
"\n"
"Os menus de contexto das revisões vão agora mostrar entradas\n"
-"adicionais para disparar o vdiff em revisões selecionadas."
+"adicionais para disparar o vdiff em revisões selecionadas.\n"
msgid "diff trees from two commits"
msgstr "calcula a diferença entre duas revisões"
@@ -2478,10 +2565,10 @@
"It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
"http://pygments.org/\n"
"\n"
-"There is a single configuration option:\n"
-"\n"
-"[web]\n"
-"pygments_style = <style>\n"
+"There is a single configuration option::\n"
+"\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" pygments_style = <style>\n"
"\n"
"The default is 'colorful'.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2490,10 +2577,10 @@
"Esta extensão depende da biblioteca Pygments de realce de sintaxe:\n"
"http://pygments.org/\n"
"\n"
-"Há uma única opção de configuração:\n"
-"\n"
-"[web]\n"
-"pygments_style = <estilo>\n"
+"Há uma única opção de configuração::\n"
+"\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" pygments_style = <estilo>\n"
"\n"
"O padrão é 'colorful'.\n"
@@ -2610,10 +2697,6 @@
msgstr "observando diretórios sobre %r\n"
#, python-format
-msgid "status: %r dir(%d) -> %s\n"
-msgstr "situação: %r dir(%d) -> %s\n"
-
-#, python-format
msgid "status: %r %s -> %s\n"
msgstr "situação: %r %s -> %s\n"
@@ -2682,12 +2765,12 @@
msgid ""
"expand expressions into changelog and summaries\n"
"\n"
-"This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries,\n"
-"which will be automatically expanded into links or any other\n"
-"arbitrary expression, much like InterWiki does.\n"
-"\n"
-"A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may\n"
-"be used in your hgrc:\n"
+"This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
+"will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
+"expression, much like InterWiki does.\n"
+"\n"
+"A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
+"in your hgrc::\n"
"\n"
" [interhg]\n"
" issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
@@ -2703,7 +2786,7 @@
"faz.\n"
"\n"
"Alguns exemplos de padrões (link para bug tracking, etc.) que podem\n"
-"ser usados em seu hgrc:\n"
+"ser usados em seu hgrc::\n"
"\n"
" [interhg]\n"
" issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
@@ -2732,20 +2815,22 @@
"Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
"hgrc files.\n"
"\n"
-"Example:\n"
+"Example::\n"
"\n"
" [keyword]\n"
" # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
" **.py =\n"
" x* = ignore\n"
"\n"
-"Note: the more specific you are in your filename patterns\n"
-" the less you lose speed in huge repositories.\n"
+"NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
+"lose speed in huge repositories.\n"
"\n"
"For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
-"control run \"hg kwdemo\".\n"
-"\n"
-"An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided.\n"
+"control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
+"available templates and filters.\n"
+"\n"
+"An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
+"returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\".\n"
"\n"
"The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
"replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
@@ -2764,8 +2849,8 @@
"have been checked in.\n"
"\n"
"Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
-"like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map\n"
-"\"Log = {desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
+"like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
+"{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
msgstr ""
"expande palavras chave em arquivos rastreados\n"
"\n"
@@ -2781,7 +2866,7 @@
"A configuração é feita nas seções [keyword] e [keywordmaps] de\n"
"arquivos hgrc.\n"
"\n"
-"Exemplo:\n"
+"Exemplo::\n"
"\n"
" [keyword]\n"
" # expande palavras chave em todo arquivo python exceto\n"
@@ -2789,13 +2874,15 @@
" **.py =\n"
" x* = ignore\n"
"\n"
-"Nota: quanto mais específico você for em seus padrões de arquivo\n"
-" menos velocidade será perdida em repositórios muito grandes.\n"
+"NOTA: quanto mais específico você for em seus padrões de arquivo,\n"
+"menos velocidade será perdida em repositórios muito grandes.\n"
"\n"
"Para uma demonstração da expansão e do mapeamento de modelos em\n"
-"[keywordmaps] execute \"hg kwdemo\".\n"
-"\n"
-"É fornecido um filtro {date|utcdate} adicional para modelos.\n"
+"[keywordmaps] execute \"hg kwdemo\". Veja \"hg help templates\"\n"
+"para uma lista dos modelos e filtros disponíveis.\n"
+"\n"
+"É fornecido um filtro {date|utcdate} adicional para modelos. Ele\n"
+"devolve uma data semelhante a \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\".\n"
"\n"
"Os mapeamentos de modelo padrões (veja com \"hg kwdemo -d\") podem\n"
"ser substituídos com palavras chave customizáveis e modelos.\n"
@@ -2840,10 +2927,12 @@
" Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
" expansions.\n"
"\n"
-" Extend current configuration by specifying maps as arguments and\n"
-" optionally by reading from an additional hgrc file.\n"
-"\n"
-" Override current keyword template maps with \"default\" option.\n"
+" Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
+" and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"imprime a configuração [keywordmaps] e um exemplo de expansão\n"
@@ -2851,39 +2940,67 @@
" Mostra os mapeamentos de modelo de palavras chave atual,\n"
" customizado ou padrão, e suas expansões.\n"
"\n"
-" Amplia a configuração atual com a especificação de mapas como\n"
-" argumentos e opcionalmente lendo de um arquivo hgrc adicional.\n"
-"\n"
-" Sobrepõe mapas de modelo de palavras chave atuais com opções\n"
-" \"default\".\n"
+" Você pode ampliar a configuração atual especificando mapas como\n"
+" argumentos e usando -f/--rcfile para ler opções de um arquivo\n"
+" hgrc externo adicional.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use -d/--default para desabilitar a configuração atual.\n"
+"\n"
+" Veja \"hg help templates\" para informações sobre modelos e\n"
+" filtros.\n"
" "
#, python-format
msgid "creating temporary repository at %s\n"
msgstr "criando repositório temporário em %s\n"
-#, python-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"\tconfig using %s keyword template maps\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"%s keywords written to %s:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"%s palavras chave escritas em %s:\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguration using custom keyword template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguração usando mapas de modelo de palavras chave customizados\n"
+
+msgid "\textending current template maps\n"
+msgstr "\texpandindo mapas de modelo atuais\n"
+
+msgid "\toverriding default template maps\n"
+msgstr "\tsobrepondo mapas de modelo padrão\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguration using default keyword template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguração usando mapas de modelo de palavras chave padrão\n"
+
+msgid "\tdisabling current template maps\n"
+msgstr "\tdesabilitando mapas de modelo atuais\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguration using current keyword template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguração usando mapas de modelo de palavras chave atuais\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"keywords written to %s:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"palavras chave escritas em %s:\n"
msgid "unhooked all commit hooks\n"
msgstr "removidos os registros de todos os ganchos de consolidação\n"
-#, python-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"\t%s keywords expanded%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tkeywords expanded\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\tpalavras chave expandidas\n"
#, python-format
msgid ""
@@ -2916,8 +3033,8 @@
" [keyword] configuration patterns.\n"
"\n"
" Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
-" execution by including only files that are actual candidates\n"
-" for expansion.\n"
+" execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
+" expansion.\n"
"\n"
" See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
" inclusion and exclusion of files.\n"
@@ -2925,11 +3042,12 @@
" Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well.\n"
"\n"
" With -a/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
-" of files are:\n"
-" K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
-" k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)\n"
-" I = ignored\n"
-" i = ignored (untracked)\n"
+" of files are::\n"
+"\n"
+" K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
+" k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)\n"
+" I = ignored\n"
+" i = ignored (untracked)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"mostra arquivos configurados para expansão de palavras chave\n"
@@ -2947,11 +3065,12 @@
" Use -u/--untracked para listar também arquivos não rastreados.\n"
"\n"
" Com -a/--all e -v/--verbose os códigos usados para mostrar o\n"
-" status dos arquivos são:\n"
-" K = candidato à expansão de palavras chave\n"
-" k = candidato à expansão de palavras chave (não rastreado)\n"
-" I = ignorado\n"
-" i = ignorado (não rastreado)\n"
+" status dos arquivos são::\n"
+"\n"
+" K = candidato à expansão de palavras chave\n"
+" k = candidato à expansão de palavras chave (não rastreado)\n"
+" I = ignorado\n"
+" i = ignorado (não rastreado)\n"
" "
msgid ""
@@ -3009,19 +3128,19 @@
"Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
"directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.\n"
"\n"
-"Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details):\n"
-"\n"
-"prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
-"create new patch qnew\n"
-"import existing patch qimport\n"
-"\n"
-"print patch series qseries\n"
-"print applied patches qapplied\n"
-"print name of top applied patch qtop\n"
-"\n"
-"add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
-"remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
-"refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
+"Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::\n"
+"\n"
+" prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
+" create new patch qnew\n"
+" import existing patch qimport\n"
+"\n"
+" print patch series qseries\n"
+" print applied patches qapplied\n"
+" print name of top applied patch qtop\n"
+"\n"
+" add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
+" remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
+" refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
msgstr ""
"gerencia uma pilha de patches\n"
"\n"
@@ -3034,19 +3153,19 @@
"diretório .hg/patches . Patches aplicados são tanto arquivos de\n"
"patch como changesets.\n"
"\n"
-"Tarefas comuns (use \"hg help comando\" para mais detalhes):\n"
-"\n"
-"prepara um repositório para trabalhar com patches qinit\n"
-"cria um novo patch qnew\n"
-"importa um patch existente qimport\n"
-"\n"
-"imprime a série de patches qseries\n"
-"imprime patches aplicados qapplied\n"
-"imprime o nome do patch aplicado do topo qtop\n"
-"\n"
-"adiciona um patch conhecido à pilha de aplicados qpush\n"
-"remove um patch da pilha de aplicados qpop\n"
-"renova o conteúdo do patch aplicado do topo qrefresh\n"
+"Tarefas comuns (use \"hg help comando\" para mais detalhes)::\n"
+"\n"
+" prepara um repositório para trabalhar com patches qinit\n"
+" cria um novo patch qnew\n"
+" importa um patch existente qimport\n"
+"\n"
+" imprime a série de patches qseries\n"
+" imprime patches aplicados qapplied\n"
+" imprime o nome do patch aplicado do topo qtop\n"
+"\n"
+" adiciona um patch conhecido à pilha de aplicados qpush\n"
+" remove um patch da pilha de aplicados qpop\n"
+" renova o conteúdo do patch aplicado do topo qrefresh\n"
#, python-format
msgid "%s appears more than once in %s"
@@ -3280,6 +3399,10 @@
msgid "deletions found between repo revs"
msgstr "remoções encontradas entre revisões do repositório"
+#, python-format
+msgid "popping %s\n"
+msgstr "desempilhando %s\n"
+
msgid "patch queue now empty\n"
msgstr "a fila de patches agora está vazia\n"
@@ -4145,16 +4268,18 @@
msgid "refresh only files already in the patch and specified files"
msgstr "renova apenas os arquivos especificados ou que já estão no patch"
-msgid "add/update \"From: <current user>\" in patch"
-msgstr "adiciona/atualiza \"From: <usuário atual>\" no patch"
-
-msgid "add/update \"From: <given user>\" in patch"
-msgstr "adiciona/atualiza \"From: <usuário fornecido>\" no patch"
-
-msgid "update \"Date: <current date>\" in patch (if present)"
-msgstr "atualiza \"Date: <data atual>\" no patch (se presente)"
-
-msgid "update \"Date: <given date>\" in patch (if present)"
+msgid "add/update author field in patch with current user"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add/update author field in patch with given user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "add/update date field in patch with current date"
+msgstr "atualiza \"Date: <data fornecida>\" no patch (se presente)"
+
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "add/update date field in patch with given date"
msgstr "atualiza \"Date: <data fornecida>\" no patch (se presente)"
msgid "hg qrefresh [-I] [-X] [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-s] [FILE]..."
@@ -4235,73 +4360,74 @@
msgid ""
"hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time\n"
"\n"
-"Subscriptions can be managed through hgrc. Default mode is to print\n"
-"messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n"
-"\n"
-"To use, configure notify extension and enable in hgrc like this:\n"
-"\n"
-" [extensions]\n"
-" hgext.notify =\n"
-"\n"
-" [hooks]\n"
-" # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
-" incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
-" # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
-" changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
-"\n"
-" [notify]\n"
-" # config items go in here\n"
-"\n"
-" config items:\n"
-"\n"
-" REQUIRED:\n"
-" config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n"
-"\n"
-" OPTIONAL:\n"
-" test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
-" strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
-" domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
-" style = ... # style file to use when formatting email\n"
-" template = ... # template to use when formatting email\n"
-" incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook\n"
-" changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook\n"
-" maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
-" maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
-" diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
-" sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this "
+"Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
+"print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n"
+"\n"
+"To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
+"this::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" hgext.notify =\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
+" incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
+" # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
+" changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
+"\n"
+" [notify]\n"
+" # config items go here\n"
+"\n"
+"Required configuration items::\n"
+"\n"
+" config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n"
+"\n"
+"Optional configuration items::\n"
+"\n"
+" test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
+" strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
+" domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
+" style = ... # style file to use when formatting email\n"
+" template = ... # template to use when formatting email\n"
+" incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook\n"
+" changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook\n"
+" maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
+" maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
+" diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
+" sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this "
"list\n"
-" # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
-" [email]\n"
-" from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
-" [web]\n"
-" baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n"
-"\n"
-" notify config file has same format as regular hgrc. it has two\n"
-" sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier\n"
-" for you.\n"
-"\n"
-" [usersubs]\n"
-" # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob "
-"patterns\n"
-" user@host = pattern\n"
-"\n"
-" [reposubs]\n"
-" # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber "
-"emails\n"
-" pattern = user@host\n"
-"\n"
-" glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n"
-"\n"
-" if you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
-" can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions."
+" # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
+" [email]\n"
+" from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n"
+"\n"
+"The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
+"two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
+"handier for you.\n"
+"\n"
+"::\n"
+"\n"
+" [usersubs]\n"
+" # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
+" user@host = pattern\n"
+"\n"
+" [reposubs]\n"
+" # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
+" pattern = user@host\n"
+"\n"
+"Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
+"can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
msgstr ""
"gancho para enviar notificações por e-mail em commit/push\n"
"\n"
-"Assinantes podem ser gerenciados através de hgrc. O modo padrão é\n"
+"Assinantes podem ser gerenciados através do arquivo hgrc. O modo padrão é\n"
"imprimir as mensagens para stdout, para testes e configuração.\n"
"\n"
-"Para usar, configure e habilite a extensão notify no hgrc, dessa\n"
-"forma:\n"
+"Para usar, configure e habilite a extensão notify no hgrc da seguinte\n"
+"forma::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" hgext.notify =\n"
@@ -4315,51 +4441,52 @@
" [notify]\n"
" # ítens de configuração vão aqui\n"
"\n"
-" itens de configuração:\n"
-"\n"
-" NECESSÁRIOS:\n"
-" config = /caminho/arquivo # arquivo contendo assinantes\n"
-"\n"
-" OPCIONAIS:\n"
-" test = True # imprime mensagens para stdout para teste\n"
-" strip = 3 # número de barras a remover de URLs\n"
-" domain = example.com # domínio a usar se autor não tiver domínio\n"
-" style = ... # arquivo de estilo para formatar o e-mail\n"
-" template = ... # modelo para formatar o e-mail\n"
-" incoming = ... # modelo ao rodar como gancho de entrada\n"
-" changegroup = ... # modelo ao rodar como gancho changegroup\n"
-" maxdiff = 300 # no. máximo de linhas de diff incluídas\n"
-" # (0=nenhuma, -1=todas)\n"
-" maxsubject = 67 # trunca linhas de assunto maiores que isso\n"
-" diffstat = True # adiciona um diffstat antes do diff\n"
-" sources = serve # notifica se a fonte de mudanças recebidas\n"
-" # estiver nessa lista\n"
-" # (serve == ssh ou http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
-" [email]\n"
-" from = user@host.com # endereço de e-mail de envio se não houver\n"
-" [web]\n"
-" baseurl = http://hgserver/... # raiz do web site hg para\n"
-" # visualizar consolidações\n"
-"\n"
-" o arquivo de configuração do notify tem o mesmo formato que um\n"
-" hgrc comum. Possui duas seções, com isso você pode exprimir as\n"
-" assinaturas do modo mais conveniente para você.\n"
-"\n"
-" [usersubs]\n"
-" # a chave é o e-mail do assinante, o valor é uma lista separada\n"
-" # por vírgulas de padrões glob\n"
-" user@host = padrão,padrão\n"
-"\n"
-" [reposubs]\n"
-" # a chave é o padrão glob, o valor é uma lista separada por\n"
-" # vírgulas de e-mails dos assinantes\n"
-" padrão = user@host\n"
-"\n"
-" padrões glob são casados com o caminho da raiz do repositório.\n"
-"\n"
-" se você quiser, você pode colocar o arquivo de configuração do\n"
-" notify em um repositório com acesso de envio para os usuários,\n"
-" de modo que eles possam gerenciar suas próprias assinaturas."
+"Ítens de configuração necessários::\n"
+"\n"
+" config = /caminho/arquivo # arquivo contendo assinantes\n"
+"\n"
+"Ítens de configuração opcionais::\n"
+"\n"
+" test = True # imprime mensagens para stdout para teste\n"
+" strip = 3 # número de barras a remover de URLs\n"
+" domain = example.com # domínio a usar se autor não tiver domínio\n"
+" style = ... # arquivo de estilo para formatar o e-mail\n"
+" template = ... # modelo para formatar o e-mail\n"
+" incoming = ... # modelo ao rodar como gancho de entrada\n"
+" changegroup = ... # modelo ao rodar como gancho changegroup\n"
+" maxdiff = 300 # no. máximo de linhas de diff incluídas\n"
+" # (0=nenhuma, -1=todas)\n"
+" maxsubject = 67 # trunca linhas de assunto maiores que isso\n"
+" diffstat = True # adiciona um diffstat antes do diff\n"
+" sources = serve # notifica se a fonte de mudanças recebidas\n"
+" # estiver nessa lista\n"
+" # (serve == ssh ou http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
+" [email]\n"
+" from = user@host.com # endereço de e-mail de envio se não houver\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" baseurl = http://hgserver/... # raiz do web site hg para\n"
+" # visualizar consolidações\n"
+"O arquivo de configuração do notify tem o mesmo formato que um\n"
+"hgrc comum. Possui duas seções, com isso você pode exprimir as\n"
+"assinaturas do modo mais conveniente para você.\n"
+"\n"
+"::\n"
+"\n"
+" [usersubs]\n"
+" # a chave é o e-mail do assinante, o valor é uma lista separada\n"
+" # por vírgulas de padrões glob\n"
+" user@host = padrão,padrão\n"
+"\n"
+" [reposubs]\n"
+" # a chave é o padrão glob, o valor é uma lista separada por\n"
+" # vírgulas de e-mails dos assinantes\n"
+" padrão = user@host\n"
+"\n"
+"Padrões glob são casados com o caminho da raiz do repositório.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se você quiser, você pode colocar o arquivo de configuração do\n"
+"notify em um repositório com acesso de envio para os usuários,\n"
+"de modo que eles possam gerenciar suas próprias assinaturas.\n"
#, python-format
msgid "%s: %d new changesets"
@@ -4400,7 +4527,7 @@
msgid ""
"browse command output with an external pager\n"
"\n"
-"To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable:\n"
+"To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n"
@@ -4409,19 +4536,19 @@
"$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.\n"
"\n"
"If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
-"setting:\n"
+"setting::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" quiet = True\n"
"\n"
"You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
-"pager.ignore list:\n"
+"pager.ignore list::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" ignore = version, help, update\n"
"\n"
"You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
-"pager.attend:\n"
+"pager.attend::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" attend = log\n"
@@ -4433,7 +4560,7 @@
msgstr ""
"visualiza a saída do comando com um pager externo\n"
"\n"
-"Para definir o pager a ser usado, defina a variável de aplicação:\n"
+"Para definir o pager a ser usado, defina a variável de aplicação::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n"
@@ -4443,19 +4570,19 @@
"nenhum pager será usado.\n"
"\n"
"Se você notar mensagens de erro \"PIPE QUEBRADO\" (ou\n"
-"\"BROKEN PIPE\"), você pode desabilitá-las definindo:\n"
+"\"BROKEN PIPE\"), você pode desabilitá-las definindo::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" quiet = True\n"
"\n"
"Você pode desabilitar o pager para certos comandos adicionando-os\n"
-"à lista pager.ignore:\n"
+"à lista pager.ignore::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" ignore = version, help, update\n"
"\n"
"Você também pode habilitar o pager para apenas certos comandos\n"
-"usando pager.attend:\n"
+"usando pager.attend::\n"
"\n"
" [pager]\n"
" attend = log\n"
@@ -4471,15 +4598,15 @@
"This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
"ancestors of a specific revision.\n"
"\n"
-"For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then:\n"
-"\n"
-"- foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
+"For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::\n"
+"\n"
+" foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
" foo^0 = foo\n"
" foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
" foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
" foo^ = foo^1\n"
"\n"
-"- foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
+" foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
" foo~0 = foo\n"
" foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
" foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
@@ -4490,15 +4617,15 @@
"aos ancestrais de uma revisão específica.\n"
"\n"
"Por exemplo, se você puder se referir a uma revisão com \"foo\",\n"
-"então:\n"
-"\n"
-"- foo^N = N-ésimo pai de foo\n"
+"então::\n"
+"\n"
+" foo^N = N-ésimo pai de foo\n"
" foo^0 = foo\n"
" foo^1 = primeiro pai de foo\n"
" foo^2 = segundo pai de foo\n"
" foo^ = foo^1\n"
"\n"
-"- foo~N = N-ésimo avô de foo\n"
+" foo~N = N-ésimo avô de foo\n"
" foo~0 = foo\n"
" foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = primeiro pai de foo\n"
" foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = primeiro pai do primeiro pai de foo\n"
@@ -4513,11 +4640,9 @@
"first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
"message contains two or three body parts:\n"
"\n"
-" The changeset description.\n"
-"\n"
-" [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
-"\n"
-" The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n"
+"- The changeset description.\n"
+"- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
+"- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n"
"\n"
"Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
"and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
@@ -4528,7 +4653,7 @@
"you are sending the right changes.\n"
"\n"
"To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
-"file:\n"
+"file::\n"
"\n"
" [email]\n"
" from = My Name <my@email>\n"
@@ -4551,13 +4676,13 @@
"patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
"create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
"can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
-"files, e.g. with mutt:\n"
+"files, e.g. with mutt::\n"
"\n"
" % mutt -R -f mbox\n"
"\n"
-"When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use `formail'\n"
+"When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
"(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
-"package), to send each message out:\n"
+"package), to send each message out::\n"
"\n"
" % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n"
"\n"
@@ -4567,7 +4692,7 @@
"to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
"that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
"directly from the commandline. See the [email] and [smtp] sections in\n"
-"hgrc(5) for details."
+"hgrc(5) for details.\n"
msgstr ""
"comando para enviar changesets como uma série de e-mails de patch\n"
"\n"
@@ -4579,11 +4704,9 @@
"changeset como texto do assunto. A mensagem contém dois ou três\n"
"corpos:\n"
"\n"
-" A descrição do changeset.\n"
-"\n"
-" [Opcional] O resultado da execução de diffstat no patch.\n"
-"\n"
-" O patch em si, como gerado por \"hg export\".\n"
+"- A descrição do changeset.\n"
+"- [Opcional] O resultado da execução de diffstat no patch.\n"
+"- O patch em si, como gerado por \"hg export\".\n"
"\n"
"Cada mensagem faz referência à primeira da série usando os cabeçalhos\n"
"In-Reply-To e References, de modo que as mensagens aparecerão como\n"
@@ -4595,7 +4718,7 @@
"para que você tenha certeza de enviar as mudanças corretas.\n"
"\n"
"Para configurar outros padrões, adicione uma seção como esta em seu\n"
-"arquivo hgrc:\n"
+"arquivo hgrc::\n"
"\n"
" [email]\n"
" from = Meu Nome <meu@email>\n"
@@ -4619,13 +4742,13 @@
"mensagens como texto ou enviá-las diretamente, o comando irá criar\n"
"um arquivo de mailbox UNIX com os e-mails de patch. Este arquivo de\n"
"mailbox pode ser visualizado com qualquer cliente de e-mails que\n"
-"suporte arquivos mbox UNIX, por exemplo o mutt:\n"
+"suporte arquivos mbox UNIX, por exemplo o mutt::\n"
"\n"
" % mutt -R -f mbox\n"
"\n"
-"Ao rever cada mensagem do patchbomb, você pode usar `formail' (um\n"
+"Ao rever cada mensagem do patchbomb, você pode usar ``formail`` (um\n"
"utilitário comumente instalado como parte do pacote procmail) para\n"
-"enviar cada mensagem:\n"
+"enviar cada mensagem::\n"
"\n"
" % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n"
"\n"
@@ -4636,7 +4759,7 @@
"como preencher a seção [smtp] para que a extensão patchbomb possa\n"
"automaticamente enviar patchbombs diretamente da linha de comando.\n"
"Veja as seções [email] e [smtp] na página de manual hgrc(5) para\n"
-"mais detalhes."
+"mais detalhes.\n"
msgid "Please enter a valid value.\n"
msgstr "Por favor, entre um valor válido.\n"
@@ -4675,23 +4798,24 @@
" single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
" will be sent.\n"
"\n"
-" Examples:\n"
-"\n"
-" hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
-" hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
-" hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
-" hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n"
-"\n"
-" hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
-" hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
-" hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
-" hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
-"\n"
-" hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
-" hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
-" hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
+" Examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
+" hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
+" hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
+" hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
+" hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
+" hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
+" hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
+" hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
+" hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
"default\n"
-" hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
+" hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
+"DEST\n"
"\n"
" Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
" hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
@@ -4727,28 +4851,28 @@
"\n"
" Exemplos:\n"
"\n"
-" hg email -r 3000 # envia apenas o patch\n"
-" hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # envia os patches 3000 e 3001\n"
-" hg email -r 3000:3005 # envia os patches de 3000 até 3005\n"
-" hg email 3000 # envia o patch 3000 (obsoleto)\n"
-"\n"
-" hg email -o # envia todos os patches não presentes\n"
-" # no destino padrão\n"
-" hg email -o DEST # envia todos os patches não presentes\n"
-" # em DEST\n"
-" hg email -o -r 3000 # envia todos os ancestrais de 3000 não\n"
-" # presentes no destino padrão\n"
-" hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # envia todos os ancestrais de 3000 não\n"
-" # presentes em DEST\n"
-"\n"
-" hg email -b # envia um bundle de todos os patches\n"
-" # não presentes no destino padrão\n"
-" hg email -b DEST # envia um bundle de todos os patches\n"
-" # não presentes em DEST\n"
-" hg email -b -r 3000 # um bundle de todos os ancestrais de\n"
-" # 3000 não presentes no destino padrão\n"
-" hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # um bundle de todos os ancestrais de\n"
-" # 3000 não presentes em DEST\n"
+" hg email -r 3000 # envia apenas o patch\n"
+" hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # envia os patches 3000 e 3001\n"
+" hg email -r 3000:3005 # envia os patches de 3000 até 3005\n"
+" hg email 3000 # envia o patch 3000 (obsoleto)\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -o # envia todos os patches não presentes\n"
+" # no destino padrão\n"
+" hg email -o DEST # envia todos os patches não presentes\n"
+" # em DEST\n"
+" hg email -o -r 3000 # envia todos os ancestrais de 3000 não\n"
+" # presentes no destino padrão\n"
+" hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # envia todos os ancestrais de 3000 não\n"
+" # presentes em DEST\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -b # envia um bundle de todos os patches\n"
+" # não presentes no destino padrão\n"
+" hg email -b DEST # envia um bundle de todos os patches\n"
+" # não presentes em DEST\n"
+" hg email -b -r 3000 # um bundle de todos os ancestrais de\n"
+" # 3000 não presentes no destino padrão\n"
+" hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # um bundle de todos os ancestrais de\n"
+" # 3000 não presentes em DEST\n"
"\n"
" Antes de usar este comando, você precisará habilitar e-mail em\n"
" seu hgrc. Veja a seção [email] em hgrc(5) para mais detalhes.\n"
@@ -4831,6 +4955,9 @@
msgid "message identifier to reply to"
msgstr "identificador de mensagem para a qual responder"
+msgid "flags to add in subject prefixes"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "email addresses of recipients"
msgstr "endereços de e-mail dos destinatários"
@@ -4871,13 +4998,16 @@
" and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.\n"
"\n"
" This means that purge will delete:\n"
-" - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
-" - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
-" they contain files under source control management\n"
+"\n"
+" - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
+" - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
+" they contain files under source control management\n"
+"\n"
" But it will leave untouched:\n"
-" - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
-" - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
-" - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n"
+"\n"
+" - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
+" - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
+" - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n"
"\n"
" If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
" directories are considered.\n"
@@ -4895,14 +5025,17 @@
" apenas essas mudanças.\n"
"\n"
" Isto quer dizer que purge irá apagar:\n"
-" - Arquivos não conhecidos: arquivos marcados com \"?\" em\n"
-" \"hg status\"\n"
-" - Diretórios vazios: de fato o Mercurial ignora diretórios a\n"
-" não ser que eles contenham arquivos versionados\n"
+"\n"
+" - Arquivos não conhecidos: arquivos marcados com \"?\" em\n"
+" \"hg status\"\n"
+" - Diretórios vazios: de fato o Mercurial ignora diretórios a\n"
+" não ser que eles contenham arquivos versionados\n"
+"\n"
" Mas deixará como estão:\n"
-" - Arquivos versionados, modificados ou não\n"
-" - Arquivos ignorados (a não ser que --all seja especificado)\n"
-" - Novos arquivos adicionados ao repositório (com \"hg add\")\n"
+"\n"
+" - Arquivos versionados, modificados ou não\n"
+" - Arquivos ignorados (a não ser que --all seja especificado)\n"
+" - Novos arquivos adicionados ao repositório (com \"hg add\")\n"
"\n"
" Se diretórios forem passados na linha de comando, apenas arquivos\n"
" nesses diretórios serão considerados.\n"
@@ -4951,7 +5084,7 @@
"repository.\n"
"\n"
"For more information:\n"
-"http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseProject\n"
+"http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
msgstr ""
"comando para mover conjuntos de revisões para um ancestral diferente\n"
"\n"
@@ -4959,7 +5092,7 @@
"existente do Mercurial.\n"
"\n"
"Para mais informações:\n"
-"http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseProject\n"
+"http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
msgid "first revision, do not change ancestor\n"
msgstr "primeira revisão, não mude o ancestral\n"
@@ -5181,30 +5314,9 @@
msgid "&?"
msgstr "&?"
-msgid "y"
-msgstr "y"
-
-msgid "?"
-msgstr "?"
-
msgid "y - record this change"
msgstr "y - grava esta mudança"
-msgid "s"
-msgstr "s"
-
-msgid "f"
-msgstr "f"
-
-msgid "d"
-msgstr "d"
-
-msgid "a"
-msgstr "a"
-
-msgid "q"
-msgstr "q"
-
msgid "user quit"
msgstr "usuário encerrou"
@@ -5215,6 +5327,9 @@
msgid " and "
msgstr " e "
+msgid "y"
+msgstr "y"
+
#, python-format
msgid "record this change to %r?"
msgstr "gravar esta mudança em %r?"
@@ -5234,19 +5349,19 @@
" You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
" modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
" change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
-" possible:\n"
-"\n"
-" y - record this change\n"
-" n - skip this change\n"
-"\n"
-" s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
-" f - record remaining changes to this file\n"
-"\n"
-" d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
-" a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
-" q - quit, recording no changes\n"
-"\n"
-" ? - display help"
+" possible::\n"
+"\n"
+" y - record this change\n"
+" n - skip this change\n"
+"\n"
+" s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
+" f - record remaining changes to this file\n"
+"\n"
+" d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
+" a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
+" q - quit, recording no changes\n"
+"\n"
+" ? - display help"
msgstr ""
"seleção interativa de alterações para consolidação\n"
"\n"
@@ -5259,19 +5374,19 @@
" Você poderá selecionar interativamente a gravação de cada\n"
" arquivo modificado, além de cada alteração dentro dos arquivos\n"
" (no caso de arquivos com mais de uma alteração). Para cada\n"
-" consulta, as seguintes respostas são possíveis:\n"
-"\n"
-" y - grava essa alteração\n"
-" n - omite a alteração\n"
-"\n"
-" s - omite as alterações restantes desse arquivo\n"
-" f - grava as alterações restantes desse arquivo\n"
-"\n"
-" d - omite alterações e arquivos restantes\n"
-" a - grava todas as alterações em todos os arquivos restantes\n"
-" q - aborta, sem gravar qualquer alteração\n"
-"\n"
-" ? - exibe o texto de ajuda"
+" consulta, as seguintes respostas são possíveis::\n"
+"\n"
+" y - grava essa alteração\n"
+" n - omite a alteração\n"
+"\n"
+" s - omite as alterações restantes desse arquivo\n"
+" f - grava as alterações restantes desse arquivo\n"
+"\n"
+" d - omite alterações e arquivos restantes\n"
+" a - grava todas as alterações em todos os arquivos restantes\n"
+" q - aborta, sem gravar qualquer alteração\n"
+"\n"
+" ? - exibe o texto de ajuda"
msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
msgstr "extensão 'mq' não carregada"
@@ -5401,9 +5516,9 @@
"\n"
" Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
" directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
-" specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form:\n"
-"\n"
-" (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
+" specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::\n"
+"\n"
+" (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
"\n"
" You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
" Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
@@ -5438,9 +5553,9 @@
" Os changesets selecionados serão aplicados sobre o diretório de\n"
" trabalho atual com o log do changeset original. Se --log for\n"
" especificado, mensagens de log terão anexado um comentário da\n"
-" forma:\n"
-"\n"
-" (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
+" forma::\n"
+"\n"
+" (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
"\n"
" Você pode reescrever a mensagem de changelog com a opção\n"
" --filter . Seu argumento será chamado com a mensagem atual de\n"
@@ -5530,19 +5645,22 @@
"operation.\n"
"\n"
"This extension is useful for:\n"
-" * Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
-" * Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
-" * All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
-" case-insensitive file system.\n"
+"\n"
+"- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
+"- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
+"- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
+" case-insensitive file system.\n"
"\n"
"This extension is not needed for:\n"
-" * Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
-" * Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n"
+"\n"
+"- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
+"- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n"
"\n"
"Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n"
-" * You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
-" * You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
-" HGENCODING.\n"
+"\n"
+"- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
+"- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
+" HGENCODING.\n"
"\n"
"Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
"encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
@@ -5559,19 +5677,23 @@
"converter em strings Unicode antes das operações de caminho.\n"
"\n"
"Esta extensão é útil para:\n"
-" * usuários do Windows em japonês usando codificação shift_jis.\n"
-" * usuários do Windows em chinês usando codificação big5.\n"
-" * Qualquer usuário que usam um repositório com codificação\n"
-" problemática em sistemas de arquivo insensíveis a\n"
-" maiúsculas / minúsculas.\n"
+"\n"
+"- usuários do Windows em japonês usando codificação shift_jis.\n"
+"- usuários do Windows em chinês usando codificação big5.\n"
+"- Qualquer usuário que usam um repositório com codificação\n"
+" problemática em sistemas de arquivo insensíveis a\n"
+" maiúsculas / minúsculas.\n"
"\n"
"Esta extensão não é necessária para:\n"
-" * Qualquer usuário que use apenas caracteres ASCII em caminhos.\n"
-" * Qualquer usuário que não use uma codificação problemática.\n"
+"\n"
+"- Qualquer usuário que use apenas caracteres ASCII em caminhos.\n"
+"- Qualquer usuário que não use uma codificação problemática.\n"
"\n"
"Note que há algumas limitações no uso desta extensão:\n"
-" * Você deve usar uma única codificação em um repositório.\n"
-" * Você deve definir a mesma codificação com o locale ou HGENCODING.\n"
+"\n"
+"- Você deve usar uma única codificação em um repositório.\n"
+"- Você deve definir a mesma codificação para o repositório com o\n"
+" locale ou HGENCODING.\n"
"\n"
"Conversões de codificação de caminhos são feitas entre Unicode e\n"
"encoding.encoding que é decidida pelo Mercurial a partir de\n"
@@ -5591,59 +5713,59 @@
msgid ""
"perform automatic newline conversion\n"
"\n"
-"To perform automatic newline conversion, use:\n"
-"\n"
-"[extensions]\n"
-"hgext.win32text =\n"
-"[encode]\n"
-"** = cleverencode:\n"
-"# or ** = macencode:\n"
-"\n"
-"[decode]\n"
-"** = cleverdecode:\n"
-"# or ** = macdecode:\n"
+"To perform automatic newline conversion, use::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" hgext.win32text =\n"
+" [encode]\n"
+" ** = cleverencode:\n"
+" # or ** = macencode:\n"
+"\n"
+" [decode]\n"
+" ** = cleverdecode:\n"
+" # or ** = macdecode:\n"
"\n"
"If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by "
-"accident:\n"
-"\n"
-"[hooks]\n"
-"pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
-"# or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
+"accident::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
+" # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
"\n"
"To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
-"pushed or pulled:\n"
-"\n"
-"[hooks]\n"
-"pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
-"# or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
+"pushed or pulled::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
+" # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
msgstr ""
"faz conversão automática de tipo de quebras de linha\n"
"\n"
-"Para fazer conversão automática de quebras de linha, use:\n"
-"\n"
-"[extensions]\n"
-"hgext.win32text =\n"
-"[encode]\n"
-"** = cleverencode:\n"
-"# or ** = macencode:\n"
-"\n"
-"[decode]\n"
-"** = cleverdecode:\n"
-"# or ** = macdecode:\n"
+"Para fazer conversão automática de quebras de linha, use::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" hgext.win32text =\n"
+" [encode]\n"
+" ** = cleverencode:\n"
+" # or ** = macencode:\n"
+"\n"
+" [decode]\n"
+" ** = cleverdecode:\n"
+" # or ** = macdecode:\n"
"\n"
"Se a conversão não estiver sendo feita, para garantir que você não\n"
-"consolide CRLF/CR acidentalmente:\n"
-"\n"
-"[hooks]\n"
-"pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
-"# or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
+"consolide CRLF/CR acidentalmente::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
+" # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
"\n"
"Para fazer a mesma verificação em um servidor para impedir que\n"
-"CRLF/CR sejam enviados ou trazidos:\n"
-"\n"
-"[hooks]\n"
-"pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
-"# or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
+"CRLF/CR sejam enviados ou trazidos::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
+" # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
#, python-format
msgid ""
@@ -5710,15 +5832,15 @@
"without knowing their actual IP address.\n"
"\n"
"To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
-"in your repository.\n"
-"\n"
-" $ cd test\n"
-" $ hg serve\n"
-"\n"
-"You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\".\n"
-"\n"
-" $ hg paths\n"
-" zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
+"in your repository::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ cd test\n"
+" $ hg serve\n"
+"\n"
+"You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ hg paths\n"
+" zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
msgstr ""
"descobre e anuncia repositórios na rede local\n"
"\n"
@@ -5727,16 +5849,16 @@
"ser descobertos sem o conhecimento de seus respectivos endereços IP.\n"
"\n"
"Para permitir que outras pessoas encontrem seu repositório execute\n"
-"\"hg serve\" em seu repositório.\n"
-"\n"
-" $ cd test\n"
-" $ hg serve\n"
+"\"hg serve\" em seu repositório::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ cd test\n"
+" $ hg serve\n"
"\n"
"Você pode encontrar repositórios com zeroconf habilitado executando\n"
-"\"hg paths\".\n"
-"\n"
-" $ hg paths\n"
-" zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
+"\"hg paths\"::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ hg paths\n"
+" zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
msgid "archive prefix contains illegal components"
msgstr "prefixo de arquivo contém componentes ilegais"
@@ -6034,11 +6156,11 @@
" commit.\n"
"\n"
" Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
-" parameter > 0, this compares every removed file with every added\n"
-" file and records those similar enough as renames. This option\n"
-" takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must be\n"
-" identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way can\n"
-" be expensive.\n"
+" parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
+" every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
+" option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must\n"
+" be identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way\n"
+" can be expensive.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"adiciona arquivos novos e remove arquivos faltando\n"
@@ -6051,7 +6173,7 @@
" próxima consolidação.\n"
"\n"
" Use a opção -s/--similarity para detectar arquivos renomeados.\n"
-" Com um parâmetro > 0, compara cada arquivo removido com cada\n"
+" Com um parâmetro maior do que 0, compara cada arquivo removido com cada\n"
" arquivo adicionado e grava como renomeações aqueles semelhantes o\n"
" bastante. Esta opção usa uma porcentagem entre 0 (desabilitada)\n"
" e 100 (arquivos devem ser idênticos) como parâmetro. Detectar\n"
@@ -6110,14 +6232,14 @@
" directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n"
"\n"
" To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
-" types are:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
-" \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
-" \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
-" \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
-" \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
-" \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
+" types are::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
+" \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
+" \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
+" \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
+" \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
+" \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
"\n"
" The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
" using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n"
@@ -6134,14 +6256,14 @@
" -r/--rev para especificar uma outra revisão.\n"
"\n"
" Para especificar o tipo de pacote a ser criado, use -t/--type.\n"
-" Tipos válidos são:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"files\" (padrão): um diretório cheio de arquivos\n"
-" \"tar\": pacote tar, não comprimido\n"
-" \"tbz2\": pacote tar, comprimido com bzip2\n"
-" \"tgz\": pacote tar, comprimido com gzip\n"
-" \"uzip\": pacote zip, não comprimido\n"
-" \"zip\": pacote zip, comprimido com deflate\n"
+" Tipos válidos são::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"files\" (padrão): um diretório cheio de arquivos\n"
+" \"tar\": pacote tar, não comprimido\n"
+" \"tbz2\": pacote tar, comprimido com bzip2\n"
+" \"tgz\": pacote tar, comprimido com gzip\n"
+" \"uzip\": pacote zip, não comprimido\n"
+" \"zip\": pacote zip, comprimido com deflate\n"
"\n"
" O nome exato do pacote de destino ou diretório é dado por uma\n"
" string de formatação; veja 'hg help export' para detalhes.\n"
@@ -6324,8 +6446,8 @@
msgstr "Changeset %d:%s: %s\n"
#, python-format
-msgid "Testing changeset %s:%s (%s changesets remaining, ~%s tests)\n"
-msgstr "Testando o changeset %s:%s (%s changesets restando, ~%s testes)\n"
+msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
+msgstr "Testando o changeset %d:%s (%d changesets restando, ~%d testes)\n"
msgid ""
"set or show the current branch name\n"
@@ -6468,11 +6590,11 @@
"\n"
" Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
" given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
-" for the export command, with the following additions:\n"
-"\n"
-" %s basename of file being printed\n"
-" %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
-" %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
+" for the export command, with the following additions::\n"
+"\n"
+" %s basename of file being printed\n"
+" %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
+" %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"mostra o conteúdo de um arquivo na revisão atual ou pedida\n"
@@ -6483,12 +6605,12 @@
"\n"
" A saída pode ser para um arquivo, e nesse caso o nome do arquivo é\n"
" dado através de uma string de formatação.As regras de formatação\n"
-" são as mesmas que as do comando export, com as seguintes adições:\n"
-"\n"
-" %s nome base do arquivo impresso\n"
-" %d diretório do arquivo impresso, ou '.' se no raiz do\n"
-" repositório\n"
-" %p caminho do arquivo impresso relativo à raiz\n"
+" são as mesmas que as do comando export, com as seguintes adições::\n"
+"\n"
+" %s nome base do arquivo impresso\n"
+" %d diretório do arquivo impresso, ou '.' se no raiz do\n"
+" repositório\n"
+" %p caminho do arquivo impresso relativo à raiz\n"
" "
msgid ""
@@ -6526,7 +6648,7 @@
" avoid hardlinking.\n"
"\n"
" In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-" using full hardlinks with\n"
+" using full hardlinks with ::\n"
"\n"
" $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
"\n"
@@ -6536,7 +6658,6 @@
" breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
" this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
" metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"cria uma cópia de um repositório existente\n"
@@ -6577,7 +6698,7 @@
" hardlinks.\n"
"\n"
" Em alguns casos, você pode clonar repositórios e arquivos da\n"
-" cópia de trabalho usando hardlinks completos com\n"
+" cópia de trabalho usando hardlinks completos com ::\n"
"\n"
" $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
"\n"
@@ -6588,7 +6709,6 @@
" utilitários do kernel Linux fazem isso). Além disso, esse modo de\n"
" criar um clone não é compatível com certas extensões que colocam\n"
" seus metadados sob o diretório hg, como a mq.\n"
-"\n"
" "
msgid ""
@@ -6931,16 +7051,16 @@
" first parent only.\n"
"\n"
" Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
-" given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:\n"
-"\n"
-" %% literal \"%\" character\n"
-" %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
-" %N number of patches being generated\n"
-" %R changeset revision number\n"
-" %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
-" %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
-" %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
-" %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
+" given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::\n"
+"\n"
+" %% literal \"%\" character\n"
+" %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
+" %N number of patches being generated\n"
+" %R changeset revision number\n"
+" %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
+" %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
+" %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
+" %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
"\n"
" Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
" of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
@@ -6967,16 +7087,16 @@
"\n"
" A saída pode ser gerada em um arquivo, e nesse caso o nome do\n"
" arquivo é dado usando uma string de formato. As regras de\n"
-" formatação são como segue:\n"
-"\n"
-" %% caractere \"%\" literal\n"
-" %H hash do changeset (40 bytes hexadecimais)\n"
-" %N número de patches gerados\n"
-" %R número de revisão do changeset\n"
-" %b nome base do repositório onde o export é realizado\n"
-" %h hash de forma curta do changeset (12 bytes hexadecimais)\n"
-" %n número seqüencial completado com zeros, começando em 1\n"
-" %r número de revisão do changeset completado com zeros\n"
+" formatação são como segue::\n"
+"\n"
+" %% caractere \"%\" literal\n"
+" %H hash do changeset (40 bytes hexadecimais)\n"
+" %N número de patches gerados\n"
+" %R número de revisão do changeset\n"
+" %b nome base do repositório onde o export é realizado\n"
+" %h hash de forma curta do changeset (12 bytes hexadecimais)\n"
+" %n número seqüencial completado com zeros, começando em 1\n"
+" %r número de revisão do changeset completado com zeros\n"
"\n"
" Sem a opção -a/--text, export evitará gerar diffs de arquivos\n"
" detectados como binários. Com -a, export gerará um diff de\n"
@@ -7198,8 +7318,12 @@
msgstr "texto de ajuda não disponível"
#, python-format
-msgid "%s extension - %s\n"
-msgstr "extensão %s - %s\n"
+msgid ""
+"%s extension - %s\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"extensão %s - %s\n"
+"\n"
msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
msgstr "Sistema de controle de versão distribuído Mercurial\n"
@@ -7767,15 +7891,15 @@
"\n"
" The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
" file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
-" states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]\n"
-" (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from\n"
-" branch) and Delete (from disk).\n"
-"\n"
-" A C M !\n"
-" none W RD W R\n"
-" -f R RD RD R\n"
-" -A W W W R\n"
-" -Af R R R R\n"
+" states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
+" reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
+" and Delete (from disk)::\n"
+"\n"
+" A C M !\n"
+" none W RD W R\n"
+" -f R RD RD R\n"
+" -A W W W R\n"
+" -Af R R R R\n"
"\n"
" This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
" To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
@@ -7797,13 +7921,13 @@
" (linhas). Os estados dos arquivos são: adicionados [A],\n"
" limpos [C], modificados [M] ou faltando [!] (conforme informado\n"
" por hg status). As ações são W (aviso), R (remove do ramo) e D\n"
-" (remove do diretório de trabalho).\n"
-"\n"
-" A C M !\n"
-" nada W RD W R\n"
-" -f R RD RD R\n"
-" -A W W W R\n"
-" -Af R R R R\n"
+" (remove do diretório de trabalho)::\n"
+"\n"
+" A C M !\n"
+" nada W RD W R\n"
+" -f R RD RD R\n"
+" -A W W W R\n"
+" -Af R R R R\n"
"\n"
" Este comando agenda os arquivos para serem removidos na próxima\n"
" consolidação. Para desfazer uma remoção antes disso, veja\n"
@@ -7871,9 +7995,10 @@
" indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
" marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
"\n"
-" The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-" U = unresolved\n"
-" R = resolved\n"
+" The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
+"\n"
+" U = unresolved\n"
+" R = resolved\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"tenta mesclar novamente arquivos em uma mesclagem ou atualização\n"
@@ -7893,9 +8018,10 @@
" arquivos devem ser marcados como resolvidos para que a\n"
" consolidação seja aceita.\n"
"\n"
-" Os códigos usados para mostrar o estado dos arquivos são:\n"
-" U = não resolvido\n"
-" R = resolvido\n"
+" Os códigos usados para mostrar o estado dos arquivos são::\n"
+"\n"
+" U = não resolvido\n"
+" R = resolvido\n"
" "
msgid "too many options specified"
@@ -8023,7 +8149,7 @@
" Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
" that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
" repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
-" and their effects can be rolled back:\n"
+" and their effects can be rolled back::\n"
"\n"
" commit\n"
" import\n"
@@ -8050,7 +8176,7 @@
" Transações são usadas para encapsular os efeitos de todos os comandos\n"
" que criam novos changesets ou propagam changesets existentes para o\n"
" repositório. Por exemplo, os seguintes comandos são transacionais,\n"
-" e seus efeitos podem ser revertidos com rollback:\n"
+" e seus efeitos podem ser revertidos com rollback::\n"
"\n"
" commit\n"
" import\n"
@@ -8122,15 +8248,16 @@
" If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
" shown.\n"
"\n"
-" The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-" M = modified\n"
-" A = added\n"
-" R = removed\n"
-" C = clean\n"
-" ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
-" ? = not tracked\n"
-" I = ignored\n"
-" = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
+" The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
+"\n"
+" M = modified\n"
+" A = added\n"
+" R = removed\n"
+" C = clean\n"
+" ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
+" ? = not tracked\n"
+" I = ignored\n"
+" = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"exibe arquivos alterados no diretório de trabalho\n"
@@ -8156,16 +8283,17 @@
" Se uma revisão for dada, será usada como revisão base. Se duas\n"
" revisões forem dadas, serão mostradas as diferenças entre elas.\n"
"\n"
-" Os códigos usados para exibir o estado dos arquivos são:\n"
-" M = modificado\n"
-" A = adicionado\n"
-" R = removido\n"
-" C = limpo (sem modificações)\n"
-" ! = faltando (removido por um outro programa, mas ainda\n"
-" rastreado pelo Mercurial)\n"
-" ? = não rastreado\n"
-" I = ignorado\n"
-" = origem do arquivo anterior listado como A (adicionado)\n"
+" Os códigos usados para exibir o estado dos arquivos são::\n"
+"\n"
+" M = modificado\n"
+" A = adicionado\n"
+" R = removido\n"
+" C = limpo (sem modificações)\n"
+" ! = faltando (removido por um outro programa, mas ainda\n"
+" rastreado pelo Mercurial)\n"
+" ? = não rastreado\n"
+" I = ignorado\n"
+" = origem do arquivo anterior listado como A (adicionado)\n"
" "
msgid ""
@@ -9334,9 +9462,6 @@
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&Outra"
-msgid "l"
-msgstr "l"
-
#, python-format
msgid "merging %s and %s to %s\n"
msgstr "mesclando %s e %s para %s\n"
@@ -9366,9 +9491,6 @@
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "(&Y) sim"
-msgid "n"
-msgstr "n"
-
#, python-format
msgid "merging %s failed!\n"
msgstr "mesclagem de %s falhou!\n"
@@ -9389,27 +9511,27 @@
" implement hooks.\n"
"\n"
" Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
-" they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for\n"
-" advanced usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous\n"
-" abilities (such as letting you destroy or modify history); they\n"
-" might not be ready for prime time; or they may alter some\n"
-" usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to\n"
-" activate extensions as needed.\n"
-"\n"
-" To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial\n"
-" or in the Python search path, create an entry for it in your\n"
-" hgrc, like this:\n"
+" they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
+" usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
+" as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
+" for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
+" Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
+" needed.\n"
+"\n"
+" To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
+" the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
+" this::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" foo =\n"
"\n"
-" You may also specify the full path to an extension:\n"
+" You may also specify the full path to an extension::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py\n"
"\n"
" To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
-" scope, prepend its path with !:\n"
+" scope, prepend its path with !::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
@@ -9434,19 +9556,19 @@
"\n"
" Para habilitar a extensão \"foo\", tanto se for distribuída com\n"
" o Mercurial como estiver no caminho de busca do Python, crie uma\n"
-" entrada para ela em seu hgrc, da seguinte forma:\n"
+" entrada para ela em seu hgrc, da seguinte forma::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" foo =\n"
"\n"
" Você também pode especificar o caminho completo para uma\n"
-" extensão:\n"
+" extensão::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py\n"
"\n"
" Para desabilitar explicitamente uma extensão habilitada em um\n"
-" hgrc de escopo mais amplo, prefixe seu caminho com !:\n"
+" hgrc de escopo mais amplo, prefixe seu caminho com !::\n"
"\n"
" [extensions]\n"
" # desabilita a extensão bar localizada em\n"
@@ -9466,80 +9588,81 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
" Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:\n"
-" * backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
-" * log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n"
-"\n"
-" Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
-" \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
-" \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
-" \"Dec 6\" (midnight)\n"
-" \"13:18\" (today assumed)\n"
-" \"3:39\" (3:39AM assumed)\n"
-" \"3:39pm\" (15:39)\n"
-" \"2006-12-06 13:18:29\" (ISO 8601 format)\n"
-" \"2006-12-6 13:18\"\n"
-" \"2006-12-6\"\n"
-" \"12-6\"\n"
-" \"12/6\"\n"
-" \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
-"\n"
-" Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
+"\n"
+" - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
+" - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n"
+"\n"
+" Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
+" \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
+" \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
+" \"Dec 6\" (midnight)\n"
+" \"13:18\" (today assumed)\n"
+" \"3:39\" (3:39AM assumed)\n"
+" \"3:39pm\" (15:39)\n"
+" \"2006-12-06 13:18:29\" (ISO 8601 format)\n"
+" \"2006-12-6 13:18\"\n"
+" \"2006-12-6\"\n"
+" \"12-6\"\n"
+" \"12/6\"\n"
+" \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
+"\n"
+" Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
"\n"
" This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is\n"
" the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC).\n"
" offset is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC\n"
" (negative if the timezone is east of UTC).\n"
"\n"
-" The log command also accepts date ranges:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
-" \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
-" \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
-" \"-{days}\" - within a given number of days of today\n"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-" Alguns comandos permitem ao usuário especificar uma data:\n"
-" * backout, commit, import, tag: a data de consolidação.\n"
-" * log, revert, update: Selecionar revisões por data.\n"
-"\n"
-" Muitos formatos de data são válidos. Eis alguns exemplos:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (assumido fuso horário local)\n"
-" \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (ano atual, defasagem de horário local\n"
-" fornecida)\n"
-" \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC e GMT são apelidos para +0000)\n"
-" \"Dec 6\" (meia noite)\n"
-" \"13:18\" (data corrente assumida)\n"
-" \"3:39\" (hora assumida 3:39AM)\n"
-" \"3:39pm\" (15:39)\n"
-" \"2006-12-06 13:18:29\" (formato ISO 8601)\n"
-" \"2006-12-6 13:18\"\n"
-" \"2006-12-6\"\n"
-" \"12-6\"\n"
-" \"12/6\"\n"
-" \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
-"\n"
-" E por fim, há um formato interno do Mercurial:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
+" The log command also accepts date ranges::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
+" \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
+" \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
+" \"-{days}\" - within a given number of days of today\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Alguns comandos permitem ao usuário especificar uma data, como:\n"
+"\n"
+" - backout, commit, import, tag: Especificar a data de consolidação.\n"
+" - log, revert, update: Selecionar revisões por data.\n"
+"\n"
+" Muitos formatos de data são válidos. Eis alguns exemplos::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (assumido fuso horário local)\n"
+" \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (ano atual, defasagem de horário local\n"
+" fornecida)\n"
+" \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC e GMT são apelidos para +0000)\n"
+" \"Dec 6\" (meia noite)\n"
+" \"13:18\" (data corrente assumida)\n"
+" \"3:39\" (hora assumida 3:39AM)\n"
+" \"3:39pm\" (15:39)\n"
+" \"2006-12-06 13:18:29\" (formato ISO 8601)\n"
+" \"2006-12-6 13:18\"\n"
+" \"2006-12-6\"\n"
+" \"12-6\"\n"
+" \"12/6\"\n"
+" \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
+"\n"
+" E por fim, há um formato interno do Mercurial::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
"\n"
" Este é o formato interno de representação de datas. unixtime é\n"
" o número de segundos desde a epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset\n"
" é a defasagem do fuso horário local, em segundos a oeste de UTC\n"
" (negativo para fusos horários a leste de UTC).\n"
"\n"
-" O comando log também aceita intervalos de data:\n"
-"\n"
-" \"<{date}\" - na data fornecida, ou anterior\n"
-" \">{date}\" - na data fornecida, ou posterior\n"
-" \"{date} to {date}\" - um intervalo de data, incluindo os\n"
-" extremos\n"
-" \"-{days}\" - dentro de um certo número de dias contados de hoje\n"
+" O comando log também aceita intervalos de data::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"<{date}\" - na data fornecida, ou anterior\n"
+" \">{date}\" - na data fornecida, ou posterior\n"
+" \"{date} to {date}\" - um intervalo de data, incluindo os extremos\n"
+" \"-{days}\" - dentro de um certo número de dias contados de hoje\n"
" "
msgid "File Name Patterns"
@@ -9560,34 +9683,34 @@
" the current repository root.\n"
"\n"
" To use an extended glob, start a name with \"glob:\". Globs are\n"
-" rooted at the current directory; a glob such as \"*.c\" will only\n"
-" match files in the current directory ending with \".c\".\n"
-"\n"
-" The supported glob syntax extensions are \"**\" to match any string\n"
-" across path separators and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\".\n"
+" rooted at the current directory; a glob such as \"``*.c``\" will\n"
+" only match files in the current directory ending with \".c\".\n"
+"\n"
+" The supported glob syntax extensions are \"``**``\" to match any\n"
+" string across path separators and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\".\n"
"\n"
" To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with \"re:\".\n"
" Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.\n"
"\n"
-" Plain examples:\n"
-"\n"
-" path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root of\n"
-" the repository\n"
-" path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n"
-"\n"
-" Glob examples:\n"
-"\n"
-" glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
-" *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
-" **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
-" current directory including itself.\n"
-" foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
-" foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
-" including itself.\n"
-"\n"
-" Regexp examples:\n"
-"\n"
-" re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
+" Plain examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
+" of the repository\n"
+" path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n"
+"\n"
+" Glob examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
+" *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
+" **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
+" current directory including itself.\n"
+" foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
+" foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
+" including itself.\n"
+"\n"
+" Regexp examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
"\n"
" "
msgstr ""
@@ -9607,10 +9730,10 @@
" atual.\n"
"\n"
" Para usar um glob estendido, comece um nome com \"glob:\". Globs\n"
-" têm como raiz o diretório corrente; um glob como \"*.c\" baterá\n"
+" têm como raiz o diretório corrente; um glob como \"``*.c``\" baterá\n"
" com arquivos terminados em \".c\" apenas no diretório corrente.\n"
"\n"
-" As sintaxes de extensão do glob suportadas são \"**\" para bater\n"
+" As sintaxes de extensão do glob suportadas são \"``**``\" para bater\n"
" com qualquer string incluindo separadores de caminho, e \"{a,b}\"\n"
" para significar \"a ou b\".\n"
"\n"
@@ -9618,29 +9741,29 @@
" \"re:\". O casamento de padrões por expressão regular é feito a\n"
" partir do raiz do repositório.\n"
"\n"
-" Exemplos simples:\n"
-"\n"
-" path:foo/bar o nome bar em um diretório chamado foo no raiz do\n"
-" repositório\n"
-" path:path:name um arquivo ou diretório chamado \"path:name\"\n"
-"\n"
-" Exemplos de glob:\n"
-"\n"
-" glob:*.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
-" atual\n"
-" *.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
-" atual\n"
-" **.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
-" atual ou em qualquer subdiretório\n"
-" foo/*.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
-" foo\n"
-" foo/**.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
-" foo ou em qualquer subdiretório\n"
-"\n"
-" Exemplos de regexp:\n"
-"\n"
-" re:.*\\.c$ qualquer nome terminado por \".c\", em qualquer\n"
-" lugar no repositório\n"
+" Exemplos simples::\n"
+"\n"
+" path:foo/bar o nome bar em um diretório chamado foo no raiz do\n"
+" repositório\n"
+" path:path:name um arquivo ou diretório chamado \"path:name\"\n"
+"\n"
+" Exemplos de glob::\n"
+"\n"
+" glob:*.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
+" atual\n"
+" *.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
+" atual\n"
+" **.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
+" atual ou em qualquer subdiretório\n"
+" foo/*.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
+" foo\n"
+" foo/**.c qualquer nome terminado por \".c\" no diretório\n"
+" foo ou em qualquer subdiretório\n"
+"\n"
+" Exemplos de expressão regular::\n"
+"\n"
+" re:.*\\.c$ qualquer nome terminado por \".c\", em qualquer\n"
+" lugar no repositório\n"
"\n"
" "
@@ -9649,25 +9772,25 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
-"HG::\n"
+"HG\n"
" Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running\n"
" hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
" the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
" 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
" Windows) is searched.\n"
"\n"
-"HGEDITOR::\n"
+"HGEDITOR\n"
" This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
"\n"
" (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
"\n"
-"HGENCODING::\n"
+"HGENCODING\n"
" This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
" This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
" changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
" be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.\n"
"\n"
-"HGENCODINGMODE::\n"
+"HGENCODINGMODE\n"
" This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
" while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
" causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
@@ -9675,45 +9798,46 @@
" \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
" the --encodingmode command-line option.\n"
"\n"
-"HGMERGE::\n"
+"HGMERGE\n"
" An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
" will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
" ancestor file.\n"
"\n"
" (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
"\n"
-"HGRCPATH::\n"
+"HGRCPATH\n"
" A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
" separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
" platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
" from the current repository is read.\n"
"\n"
" For each element in HGRCPATH:\n"
-" * if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
-" * otherwise, the file itself will be added\n"
-"\n"
-"HGUSER::\n"
+"\n"
+" - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
+" - otherwise, the file itself will be added\n"
+"\n"
+"HGUSER\n"
" This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
" available values will be considered in this order:\n"
"\n"
-" * HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
-" * hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
-" * EMAIL\n"
-" * interactive prompt\n"
-" * LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)\n"
+" - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
+" - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
+" - EMAIL\n"
+" - interactive prompt\n"
+" - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)\n"
"\n"
" (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
"\n"
-"EMAIL::\n"
+"EMAIL\n"
" May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
"\n"
-"LOGNAME::\n"
+"LOGNAME\n"
" May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
"\n"
-"VISUAL::\n"
+"VISUAL\n"
" This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
"\n"
-"EDITOR::\n"
+"EDITOR\n"
" Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
" user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
" editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
@@ -9721,31 +9845,31 @@
" non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
" defaults to 'vi'.\n"
"\n"
-"PYTHONPATH::\n"
+"PYTHONPATH\n"
" This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
" set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"HG::\n"
+"HG\n"
" Caminho para o executável 'hg', automaticamente passado na\n"
" execução de ganchos, extensões ou ferramentas externas. Se não\n"
" definido ou vazio, um executável chamado 'hg' (com a extensão\n"
" com/exe/bat/cmd no Windows) é procurado.\n"
"\n"
-"HGEDITOR::\n"
+"HGEDITOR\n"
" Este é o nome do editor usado em consolidações. Veja EDITOR.\n"
"\n"
" (obsoleto, use .hgrc)\n"
"\n"
-"HGENCODING::\n"
+"HGENCODING\n"
" É usado no lugar da configuração padrão de locale detectada\n"
" pelo Mercurial. Essa configuração é usada para converter dados\n"
" como nomes de usuário, descrições de changesets, nomes de\n"
" etiqueta e ramos. Essa configuração pode ser sobreposta com a\n"
" opção --encoding na linha de comando.\n"
"\n"
-"HGENCODINGMODE::\n"
+"HGENCODINGMODE\n"
" Essa configuração ajusta o comportamento do Mercurial no\n"
" tratamento de caracteres desconhecidos, ao codificar entradas do\n"
" usuário. O padrão é \"strict\", o que faz com que o Mercurial\n"
@@ -9754,43 +9878,50 @@
" \"ignore\", que os descarta. Essa configuração pode ser\n"
" sobreposta com a opção --encodingmode na linha de comando.\n"
"\n"
-"HGMERGE::\n"
+"HGMERGE\n"
" Um executável a ser usado para solucionar conflitos de mesclagem.\n"
" O programa será executado com três argumentos: arquivo local,\n"
" arquivo remoto, arquivo ancestral.\n"
"\n"
" (obsoleta, use .hgrc)\n"
"\n"
-"HGRCPATH::\n"
+"HGRCPATH\n"
" Uma lista de arquivos ou diretórios onde procurar arquivos hgrc.\n"
" O separador de itens é \":\" em Unix, \";\" no Windows. Se\n"
" HGRCPATH não estiver definido, o caminho de busca padrão da\n"
" plataforma será usado. Se vazio, será lido apenas .hg/hgrc no\n"
" repositório atual.\n"
"\n"
-" Para cada elemento no path que for um diretório, todas as\n"
-" entradas no diretório terminadas por \".rc\" serão adicionadas\n"
-" ao path. Caso contrário, o próprio elemento será adicionado ao\n"
-" path.\n"
-"\n"
-"HGUSER::\n"
+" Para cada elemento em HGRCPATH:\n"
+"\n"
+" - se for um diretório, todos os arquivos nesse diretório\n"
+" terminados por \".rc\" serão adicionados\n"
+" - caso contrário, o próprio arquivo será adicionado\n"
+"\n"
+"HGUSER\n"
" Esta é a string usada para o autor de uma consolidação.\n"
+" Se não for definida, valores disponíveis serão considerados na\n"
+" seguinte ordem:\n"
+"\n"
+" - HGUSER (obsoleto)\n"
+" - arquivos hgrc no HGRCPATH\n"
+" - EMAIL\n"
+" - consulta interativa\n"
+" - LOGNAME (com '@hostname' anexado)\n"
"\n"
" (obsoleto, use .hgrc)\n"
"\n"
-"EMAIL::\n"
-" Se HGUSER não estiver definido, este valor será usado como autor\n"
-" para consolidações.\n"
-"\n"
-"LOGNAME::\n"
-" Se nem HGUSER nem EMAIL estiverem definidos, LOGNAME será usado\n"
-" (com '@hostname' anexado) como o autor de uma consolidação.\n"
-"\n"
-"VISUAL::\n"
+"EMAIL\n"
+" Pode ser usado como autor de consolidações; veja HGUSER.\n"
+"\n"
+"LOGNAME\n"
+" Pode ser usado como autor de consolidações; veja HGUSER.\n"
+"\n"
+"VISUAL\n"
" Este é o nome do editor a ser usado em consolidações. Veja\n"
" EDITOR.\n"
"\n"
-"EDITOR::\n"
+"EDITOR\n"
" Algumas vezes o Mercurial precisa abrir em um editor um arquivo\n"
" texto para ser modificado por um usuário, por exemplo ao escrever\n"
" mensagens de consolidação. O editor usado é determinado pela\n"
@@ -9798,7 +9929,7 @@
" nessa ordem. O primeiro valor não vazio é escolhido. Se todos\n"
" estiverem vazios, o editor será o 'vi'.\n"
"\n"
-"PYTHONPATH::\n"
+"PYTHONPATH\n"
" Isto é usado pelo Python para localizar módulos importados, e\n"
" pode precisar ser ajustado apropriadamente se o Mercurial não\n"
" estiver instalado para o sistema todo.\n"
@@ -9929,10 +10060,10 @@
" While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
" following information:\n"
"\n"
-" - executable status and other permission bits\n"
-" - copy or rename information\n"
-" - changes in binary files\n"
-" - creation or deletion of empty files\n"
+" - executable status and other permission bits\n"
+" - copy or rename information\n"
+" - changes in binary files\n"
+" - creation or deletion of empty files\n"
"\n"
" Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
" which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not\n"
@@ -9963,10 +10094,10 @@
" Apesar de esse formato padrão ser muitas vezes suficiente, ele\n"
" não codifica as seguintes informações:\n"
"\n"
-" - bits de execução e permissão\n"
-" - informação de cópia ou renomeação\n"
-" - mudanças em arquivos binários\n"
-" - criação ou remoção de arquivos vazios\n"
+" - bits de execução e permissão\n"
+" - informação de cópia ou renomeação\n"
+" - mudanças em arquivos binários\n"
+" - criação ou remoção de arquivos vazios\n"
"\n"
" O Mercurial também suporta o formato diff estendido do VCS git\n"
" que trata dessas limitações. O formato git diff não é\n"
@@ -9992,6 +10123,7 @@
msgid "Template Usage"
msgstr "Uso de modelos"
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
" Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
@@ -10004,12 +10136,12 @@
"\n"
" Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
" when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
-" Usage:\n"
+" Usage::\n"
"\n"
" $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
"\n"
" A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
-" expansion:\n"
+" expansion::\n"
"\n"
" $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
" b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
@@ -10018,84 +10150,92 @@
" keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
" keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:\n"
"\n"
-" - author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
-" - branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
-" was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default.\n"
-" - date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed.\n"
-" - desc: String. The text of the changeset description.\n"
-" - diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following\n"
-" format: \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\"\n"
-" - files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by\n"
-" this changeset.\n"
-" - file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.\n"
-" - file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.\n"
-" - file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.\n"
-" - node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a\n"
-" 40-character hexadecimal string.\n"
-" - parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.\n"
-" - rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number.\n"
-" - tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset.\n"
+" :author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
+" :branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
+" was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
+" default.\n"
+" :date: Date information. The date when the changeset was\n"
+" committed.\n"
+" :desc: String. The text of the changeset description.\n"
+" :diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following\n"
+" format: \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\"\n"
+" :files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed\n"
+" by this changeset.\n"
+" :file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.\n"
+" :file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.\n"
+" :file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.\n"
+" :node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a\n"
+" 40-character hexadecimal string.\n"
+" :parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.\n"
+" :rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision\n"
+" number.\n"
+" :tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the\n"
+" changeset.\n"
"\n"
" The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
" want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
" it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
" variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
-" output:\n"
+" output::\n"
"\n"
" $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
" 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
"\n"
" List of filters:\n"
"\n"
-" - addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
-" every line except the last.\n"
-" - age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference between\n"
-" the given date/time and the current date/time.\n"
-" - basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the\n"
-" last component of the path after splitting by the path\n"
-" separator (ignoring trailing separators). For example,\n"
-" \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes \"baz\" and \"foo/bar//\" becomes \"bar"
-"\".\n"
-" - stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level, if\n"
-" possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes \"foo\".\n"
-" - date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including\n"
-" the timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n"
-" - domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an\n"
-" email address, and extracts just the domain component.\n"
-" Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes 'example.com'.\n"
-" - email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like an\n"
-" email address. Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes\n"
-" 'user@example.com'.\n"
-" - escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters \"&\",\n"
-" \"<\" and \">\" with XML entities.\n"
-" - fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.\n"
-" - fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.\n"
-" - firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.\n"
-" - nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.\n"
-" - hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:\n"
-" \"1157407993 25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).\n"
-" - isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format: \"2009-08-18\n"
-" 13:00 +0200\".\n"
-" - isodatesec: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including\n"
-" seconds: \"2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200\". See also the\n"
-" rfc3339date filter.\n"
-" - localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.\n"
-" - obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a\n"
-" sequence of XML entities.\n"
-" - person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.\n"
-" - rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used\n"
-" in email headers: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\".\n"
-" - rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format\n"
-" specified in RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\".\n"
-" - short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset\n"
-" hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.\n"
-" - shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\".\n"
-" - strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.\n"
-" - tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except\n"
-" the first starting with a tab character.\n"
-" - urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For\n"
-" example, \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\".\n"
-" - user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.\n"
+" :addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
+" every line except the last.\n"
+" :age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
+" between the given date/time and the current\n"
+" date/time.\n"
+" :basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the\n"
+" last component of the path after splitting by the\n"
+" path separator (ignoring trailing separators). For\n"
+" example, \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes \"baz\" and \"foo/bar//\"\n"
+" becomes \"bar\".\n"
+" :stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level,\n"
+" if possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes\n"
+" \"foo\".\n"
+" :date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including\n"
+" the timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n"
+" :domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an\n"
+" email address, and extracts just the domain\n"
+" component. Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes\n"
+" 'example.com'.\n"
+" :email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like\n"
+" an email address. Example: 'User <user@example.com>'\n"
+" becomes 'user@example.com'.\n"
+" :escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters\n"
+" \"&\", \"<\" and \">\" with XML entities.\n"
+" :fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.\n"
+" :fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.\n"
+" :firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.\n"
+" :nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.\n"
+" :hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:\n"
+" \"1157407993 25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).\n"
+" :isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format:\n"
+" \"2009-08-18 13:00 +0200\".\n"
+" :isodatesec: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including\n"
+" seconds: \"2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200\". See also the\n"
+" rfc3339date filter.\n"
+" :localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.\n"
+" :obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a\n"
+" sequence of XML entities.\n"
+" :person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.\n"
+" :rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in\n"
+" email headers: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\".\n"
+" :rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format\n"
+" specified in RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\".\n"
+" :short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset\n"
+" hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.\n"
+" :shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\".\n"
+" :strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.\n"
+" :tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except\n"
+" the first starting with a tab character.\n"
+" :urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For\n"
+" example, \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\".\n"
+" :user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email\n"
+" address.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -10109,12 +10249,12 @@
"\n"
" Três estilos são incluídos na distribuição do Mercurial: default\n"
" (o estilo usado quando nenhuma preferência for passada), compact\n"
-" e changelog. Uso:\n"
+" e changelog. Uso::\n"
"\n"
" $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
"\n"
" Um modelo é um texto com marcações que invocam expansão de\n"
-" variáveis:\n"
+" variáveis::\n"
"\n"
" $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
" b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
@@ -10124,96 +10264,97 @@
" modelador. Estas palavras chave estão comumente disponíveis para\n"
" modelar comandos semelhantes ao log:\n"
"\n"
-" - author: String. O autor do changeset, sem modificações.\n"
-" - branches: String. O nome do ramo no qual o changeset foi\n"
-" consolidado. Será vazio se o nome do ramo for default.\n"
-" - date: Informação de data. A data de consolidação do changeset.\n"
-" - desc: String. O texto da descrição do changeset.\n"
-" - diffstat: String. Estatísticas de mudanças no seguinte\n"
-" formato: \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\"\n"
-" - files: Lista de strings. Todos os arquivos modificados,\n"
-" adicionados ou removidos por este changeset.\n"
-" - file_adds: Lista de strings. Arquivos adicionados por este\n"
-" changeset.\n"
-" - file_mods: Lista de strings. Arquivos modificados por este\n"
-" changeset.\n"
-" - file_dels: Lista de strings. Arquivos removidos por este\n"
-" changeset.\n"
-" - node: String. O hash de identificação do changeset, como uma\n"
-" string hexadecimal de 40 caracteres.\n"
-" - parents: Lista de strings. Os pais do changeset.\n"
-" - rev: Inteiro. O número de revisão do changeset no\n"
-" repositório local.\n"
-" - tags: Lista de strings. Quaisquer etiquetas associadas ao\n"
-" changeset.\n"
+" :author: String. O autor do changeset, sem modificações.\n"
+" :branches: String. O nome do ramo no qual o changeset foi\n"
+" consolidado. Será vazio se o nome do ramo for default.\n"
+" :date: Informação de data. A data de consolidação do changeset.\n"
+" :desc: String. O texto da descrição do changeset.\n"
+" :diffstat: String. Estatísticas de mudanças no seguinte\n"
+" formato: \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\"\n"
+" :files: Lista de strings. Todos os arquivos modificados,\n"
+" adicionados ou removidos por este changeset.\n"
+" :file_adds: Lista de strings. Arquivos adicionados por este\n"
+" changeset.\n"
+" :file_mods: Lista de strings. Arquivos modificados por este\n"
+" changeset.\n"
+" :file_dels: Lista de strings. Arquivos removidos por este\n"
+" changeset.\n"
+" :node: String. O hash de identificação do changeset, como uma\n"
+" string hexadecimal de 40 caracteres.\n"
+" :parents: Lista de strings. Os pais do changeset.\n"
+" :rev: Inteiro. O número de revisão do changeset no\n"
+" repositório local.\n"
+" :tags: Lista de strings. Quaisquer etiquetas associadas ao\n"
+" changeset.\n"
"\n"
" A palavra chave \"date\" não produz saída legível para humanos.\n"
" Se você quiser usar uma data em sua saída, você pode usar um\n"
" filtro para processá-la. Filtros são funções que devolvem uma\n"
" string baseada na variável de entrada. Você também pode encadear\n"
-" filtros para obter a saída desejada:\n"
+" filtros para obter a saída desejada::\n"
"\n"
" $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
" 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
"\n"
" Lista de filtros:\n"
"\n"
-" - addbreaks: Qualquer texto. Adiciona uma tag XHTML \"<br />\"\n"
-" antes do fim de cada linha, exceto a última.\n"
-" - age: Data. Devolve uma diferença de data/tempo legível entre\n"
-" a data/hora dada e a data/hora atual.\n"
-" - basename: Qualquer texto. Trata o texto como um caminho, e\n"
-" devolve o último componente do caminho após quebrá-lo\n"
-" usando o separador de caminhos (ignorando separadores à\n"
-" direita). Por exemple, \"foo/bar/baz\" se torna \"baz\"\n"
-" e \"foo/bar//\" se torna \"bar\".\n"
-" - date: Data. Devolve uma data em um formato de data Unix,\n"
-" incluindo a diferença de fuso horário:\n"
-" \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n"
-" - stripdir: Trata o texto como um caminho e remove um nível\n"
-" de diretório, se possível. Por exemplo, \"foo\" e\n"
-" \"foo/bar\" se tornam \"foo\".\n"
-" - domain: Qualquer texto. Encontra a primeira string que se\n"
-" pareça com um endereço de e-mail, e extrai apenas a parte\n"
-" do domínio. Por exemplo:\n"
-" 'User <user@example.com>' se torna 'example.com'.\n"
-" - email: Qualquer texto. Extrai a primeira string que se pareça\n"
-" com um endereço de e-mail. Por exemplo:\n"
-" 'User <user@example.com>' se torna 'user@example.com'.\n"
-" - escape: Qualquer texto. Substitui os caracteres especiais\n"
-" XML/XHTML \"&\", \"<\" e \">\" por entidades XML.\n"
-" - fill68: Qualquer texto. Quebra o texto para caber em 68\n"
-" colunas.\n"
-" - fill76: Qualquer texto. Quebra o texto para caber em 76\n"
-" colunas.\n"
-" - firstline: Qualquer texto. Devolve a primeira linha do texto.\n"
-" - nonempty: Qualquer texto. Devolve (none) se o texto for vazio.\n"
-" - hgdate: Data. Devolve a data como um par de números:\n"
-" \"1157407993 25200\" (timestamp Unix, defasagem de fuso)\n"
-" - isodate: Data. Devolve a data em formato ISO 8601: \"2009-08-18\n"
-" 13:00 +0200\".\n"
-" - localdate: Data. Converte para data local.\n"
-" - obfuscate: Qualquer texto. Devolve o texto de entrada\n"
-" renderizado como uma seqüência de entidades XML.\n"
-" - person: Qualquer texto. Devolve o texto antes de um endereço\n"
-" de e-mail.\n"
-" - rfc822date: Data. Devolve uma data usando o mesmo formato utilizado\n"
-" em cabeçalhos de e-mail: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\".\n"
-" - rfc3339date: Data. Devolve uma data usando o formato de data da\n"
-" Internet especificado na RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\".\n"
-" - short: Hash do changeset. Devolve a forma curta do hash de\n"
-" um changeset, ou seja, uma string hexadecimal de 12 bytes.\n"
-" - shortdate: Data. Devolve uma data como \"2006-09-18\".\n"
-" - strip: Qualquer texto. Remove todos os espaços em branco no\n"
-" início e no final do texto.\n"
-" - tabindent: Qualquer texto. Devolve o texto todo, com a adição\n"
-" de um caractere de tabulação ao início de cada linha,\n"
-" exceto da primeira.\n"
-" - urlescape: Qualquer texto. Codifica todos os caracteres\n"
-" \"especiais\". Por exemplo, \"foo bar\" se torna\n"
-" \"foo%20bar\".\n"
-" - user: Qualquer texto. Devolve a parte do usuário de um\n"
-" endereço de e-mail.\n"
+" :addbreaks: Qualquer texto. Adiciona uma tag XHTML \"<br />\"\n"
+" antes do fim de cada linha, exceto a última.\n"
+" :age: Data. Devolve uma diferença de data/tempo legível entre\n"
+" a data/hora dada e a data/hora atual.\n"
+" :basename: Qualquer texto. Trata o texto como um caminho, e\n"
+" devolve o último componente do caminho após quebrá-lo\n"
+" usando o separador de caminhos (ignorando separadores à\n"
+" direita). Por exemple, \"foo/bar/baz\" se torna \"baz\"\n"
+" e \"foo/bar//\" se torna \"bar\".\n"
+" :date: Data. Devolve uma data em um formato de data Unix,\n"
+" incluindo a diferença de fuso horário:\n"
+" \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n"
+" :stripdir: Trata o texto como um caminho e remove um nível\n"
+" de diretório, se possível. Por exemplo, \"foo\" e\n"
+" \"foo/bar\" se tornam \"foo\".\n"
+" :domain: Qualquer texto. Encontra a primeira string que se\n"
+" pareça com um endereço de e-mail, e extrai apenas a parte\n"
+" do domínio. Por exemplo:\n"
+" 'User <user@example.com>' se torna 'example.com'.\n"
+" :email: Qualquer texto. Extrai a primeira string que se pareça\n"
+" com um endereço de e-mail. Por exemplo:\n"
+" 'User <user@example.com>' se torna 'user@example.com'.\n"
+" :escape: Qualquer texto. Substitui os caracteres especiais\n"
+" XML/XHTML \"&\", \"<\" e \">\" por entidades XML.\n"
+" :fill68: Qualquer texto. Quebra o texto para caber em 68\n"
+" colunas.\n"
+" :fill76: Qualquer texto. Quebra o texto para caber em 76\n"
+" colunas.\n"
+" :firstline: Qualquer texto. Devolve a primeira linha do texto.\n"
+" :nonempty: Qualquer texto. Devolve (none) se o texto for vazio.\n"
+" :hgdate: Data. Devolve a data como um par de números:\n"
+" \"1157407993 25200\" (timestamp Unix, defasagem de fuso)\n"
+" :isodate: Data. Devolve a data em formato ISO 8601: \"2009-08-18\n"
+" 13:00 +0200\".\n"
+" :localdate: Data. Converte para data local.\n"
+" :obfuscate: Qualquer texto. Devolve o texto de entrada\n"
+" renderizado como uma seqüência de entidades XML.\n"
+" :person: Qualquer texto. Devolve o texto antes de um endereço\n"
+" de e-mail.\n"
+" :rfc822date: Data. Devolve uma data usando o mesmo formato utilizado\n"
+" em cabeçalhos de e-mail: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\".\n"
+" :rfc3339date: Data. Devolve uma data usando o formato de data da Internet\n"
+" especificado na RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\".\n"
+" :short: Hash do changeset. Devolve a forma curta do hash de\n"
+
+" um changeset, ou seja, uma string hexadecimal de 12 bytes.\n"
+" :shortdate: Data. Devolve uma data como \"2006-09-18\".\n"
+" :strip: Qualquer texto. Remove todos os espaços em branco no\n"
+" início e no final do texto.\n"
+" :tabindent: Qualquer texto. Devolve o texto todo, com a adição\n"
+" de um caractere de tabulação ao início de cada linha,\n"
+" exceto da primeira.\n"
+" :urlescape: Qualquer texto. Codifica todos os caracteres\n"
+" \"especiais\". Por exemplo, \"foo bar\" se torna\n"
+" \"foo%20bar\".\n"
+" :user: Qualquer texto. Devolve a parte do usuário de um\n"
+" endereço de e-mail.\n"
" "
msgid "URL Paths"
@@ -10221,7 +10362,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
-" Valid URLs are of the form:\n"
+" Valid URLs are of the form::\n"
"\n"
" local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
" file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
@@ -10230,8 +10371,8 @@
" ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
"\n"
" Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
-" repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or\n"
-" 'hg incoming --bundle').\n"
+" repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
+" incoming --bundle').\n"
"\n"
" An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,\n"
" or changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
@@ -10242,28 +10383,34 @@
" Mercurial server.\n"
"\n"
" Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n"
+"\n"
" - SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination\n"
" machine and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as\n"
" remotecmd.\n"
" - path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.\n"
-" Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute "
-"path:\n"
+" Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute\n"
+" path::\n"
+"\n"
" ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
+"\n"
" - Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right\n"
-" thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.:\n"
+" thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::\n"
+"\n"
" Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
" Compression no\n"
" Host *\n"
" Compression yes\n"
+"\n"
" Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc\n"
" or with the --ssh command line option.\n"
"\n"
" These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under\n"
-" the [paths] section like so:\n"
-" [paths]\n"
-" alias1 = URL1\n"
-" alias2 = URL2\n"
-" ...\n"
+" the [paths] section like so::\n"
+"\n"
+" [paths]\n"
+" alias1 = URL1\n"
+" alias2 = URL2\n"
+" ...\n"
"\n"
" You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
" example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).\n"
@@ -10284,7 +10431,7 @@
" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" URLs válidas são da forma:\n"
+" URLs válidas são da forma::\n"
"\n"
" caminho/no/sistema/de/arquivos/local[#revisão]\n"
" file://caminho/no/sistema/de/arquivos/local[#revisão]\n"
@@ -10305,29 +10452,35 @@
" servidor remoto do Mercurial.\n"
"\n"
" Algumas notas sobre o uso de SSH com o Mercurial:\n"
+"\n"
" - o SSH necessita de uma conta shell acessível na máquina de\n"
" destino e uma cópia do hg no caminho de execução remoto ou\n"
" especificado em remotecmd.\n"
" - o caminho é por padrão relativo ao diretório home do usuário\n"
" remoto.\n"
" Use uma barra extra no início de um caminho para especificar um\n"
-" caminho absoluto:\n"
+" caminho absoluto::\n"
+"\n"
" ssh://exemplo.com//tmp/repositorio\n"
+"\n"
" - o Mercurial não usa sua própria compressão via SSH; a coisa\n"
-" certa a fazer é configurá-la em seu ~/.ssh/config, por exemplo:\n"
+" certa a fazer é configurá-la em seu ~/.ssh/config, por exemplo::\n"
+"\n"
" Host *.minharedelocal.exemplo.com\n"
" Compression no\n"
" Host *\n"
" Compression yes\n"
+"\n"
" Alternativamente especifique \"ssh -C\" como seu comando ssh\n"
" em seu hgrc ou pela opção de linha de comando --ssh .\n"
"\n"
" Estas URLs podem ser todas armazenadas em seu hgrc com apelidos\n"
-" de caminho na seção [paths] , da seguinte forma:\n"
-" [paths]\n"
-" apelido1 = URL1\n"
-" apelido2 = URL2\n"
-" ...\n"
+" de caminho na seção [paths] , da seguinte forma::\n"
+"\n"
+" [paths]\n"
+" apelido1 = URL1\n"
+" apelido2 = URL2\n"
+" ...\n"
"\n"
" Você pode então usar o apelido em qualquer comando que receba uma\n"
" URL (por exemplo 'hg pull apelido1' iria trazer revisões do\n"
@@ -10552,8 +10705,8 @@
msgstr "impossível criar novo repositório http"
#, python-format
-msgid "%s: ignoring invalid syntax '%s'\n"
-msgstr "%s: ignorando sintaxe inválida '%s'\n"
+msgid "ignoring invalid syntax '%s'"
+msgstr "ignorando sintaxe inválida '%s'"
#, python-format
msgid "skipping unreadable ignore file '%s': %s\n"
@@ -10585,17 +10738,6 @@
"manualmente)"
#, python-format
-msgid "%s, line %s: %s\n"
-msgstr "%s, linha %s: %s\n"
-
-msgid "cannot parse entry"
-msgstr "não é possível decodificar entrada"
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "node '%s' is not well formed"
-msgstr "nó '%s' não é bem formado"
-
-#, python-format
msgid "working directory has unknown parent '%s'!"
msgstr "diretório de trabalho tem pai desconhecido '%s'!"
@@ -10967,9 +11109,6 @@
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "(&D) apagar"
-msgid "c"
-msgstr "c"
-
#, python-format
msgid ""
"remote changed %s which local deleted\n"
@@ -11115,6 +11254,10 @@
msgstr "nenhum trecho válido encontrado; tentando com %r\n"
#, python-format
+msgid " %d files changed, %d insertions(+), %d deletions(-)\n"
+msgstr "%d arquivos modificados, %d inserções(+), %d remoções(-)\n"
+
+#, python-format
msgid "exited with status %d"
msgstr "terminou com o código %d"
@@ -11245,9 +11388,6 @@
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "&Remoto"
-msgid "r"
-msgstr "r"
-
#, python-format
msgid ""
" local changed subrepository %s which remote removed\n"
@@ -11276,6 +11416,17 @@
msgid "pushing subrepo %s\n"
msgstr "enviando sub-repositório %s\n"
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s, line %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "%s, linha %s: %s\n"
+
+msgid "cannot parse entry"
+msgstr "não é possível decodificar entrada"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "node '%s' is not well formed"
+msgstr "nó '%s' não é bem formado"
+
msgid "unmatched quotes"
msgstr "aspas não combinam"
@@ -11341,12 +11492,12 @@
msgid "username %s contains a newline\n"
msgstr "nome de usuário %s contém quebra de linha\n"
+msgid "response expected"
+msgstr "resposta esperada"
+
msgid "unrecognized response\n"
msgstr "resposta desconhecida\n"
-msgid "response expected"
-msgstr "resposta esperada"
-
msgid "password: "
msgstr "senha: "
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/i18n/sv.po Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -0,0 +1,9006 @@
+# Swedish translation for Mercurial
+# Svensk översättning för Mercurial
+# Copyright (C) 2009 Matt Mackall and others
+#
+# Translation dictionary:
+#
+# changeset ändring
+# commit arkivera
+# merge sammanfoga
+# tag märke
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <mercurial-devel@selenic.com>\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-18 20:47+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-21 19:38+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jens Bäckman <jens.backman@gmail.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " (default: %s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "COMMANDS"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+" options:\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" aliases: %s\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"hooks for controlling repository access\n"
+"\n"
+"This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
+"of a repository when receiving incoming changesets.\n"
+"\n"
+"The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
+"system where the hook runs, and not the committer of the original\n"
+"changeset (since the latter is merely informative).\n"
+"\n"
+"The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
+"preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
+"pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
+"interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
+"Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
+"is no way to distinguish them.\n"
+"\n"
+"To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" hgext.acl =\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook\n"
+"\n"
+" [acl]\n"
+" # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
+" # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
+" sources = serve\n"
+"\n"
+"The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
+"syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
+"corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
+"is. ::\n"
+"\n"
+" [acl.allow]\n"
+" # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
+" # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
+" docs/** = doc_writer\n"
+" .hgtags = release_engineer\n"
+"\n"
+" [acl.deny]\n"
+" # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
+" # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
+" glob pattern = user4, user5\n"
+" ** = user6\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: %s not enabled\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: %s enabled, %d entries for user %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "config error - hook type \"%s\" cannot stop incoming changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: changes have source \"%s\" - skipping\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: user %s denied on %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: user %s not allowed on %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: allowing changeset %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"track a line of development with movable markers\n"
+"\n"
+"Bookmarks are local movable markers to changesets. Every bookmark\n"
+"points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n"
+"changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n"
+"bookmark shifts to the new changeset.\n"
+"\n"
+"It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
+"merge, hg update).\n"
+"\n"
+"By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
+"will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
+"git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
+"your .hgrc::\n"
+"\n"
+" [bookmarks]\n"
+" track.current = True\n"
+"\n"
+"This will cause Mercurial to track the bookmark that you are currently\n"
+"using, and only update it. This is similar to git's approach to\n"
+"branching.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"track a line of development with movable markers\n"
+"\n"
+" Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
+" committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
+" deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
+" 'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark.\n"
+"\n"
+" You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
+" directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
+" a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
+" the bookmark is assigned to that revision.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a bookmark of this name does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a bookmark of the same name already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "new bookmark name required"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bookmark name required"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bookmark name cannot contain newlines"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a bookmark cannot have the name of an existing branch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "force"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision"
+msgstr "revision"
+
+msgid "delete a given bookmark"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rename a given bookmark"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker\n"
+"\n"
+"This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n"
+"that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change\n"
+"bug status.\n"
+"\n"
+"The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla\n"
+"installations using MySQL are supported.\n"
+"\n"
+"The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification\n"
+"emails. That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the\n"
+"'processmail' script used prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and\n"
+"subsequent versions by 'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will\n"
+"be run by Mercurial as the user pushing the change; you will need to\n"
+"ensure the Bugzilla install file permissions are set appropriately.\n"
+"\n"
+"The extension is configured through three different configuration\n"
+"sections. These keys are recognized in the [bugzilla] section:\n"
+"\n"
+"host\n"
+" Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.\n"
+"\n"
+"db\n"
+" Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n"
+"\n"
+"user\n"
+" Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n"
+"\n"
+"password\n"
+" Password to use to access MySQL server.\n"
+"\n"
+"timeout\n"
+" Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n"
+"\n"
+"version\n"
+" Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 and later,\n"
+" '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for versions prior\n"
+" to 2.18.\n"
+"\n"
+"bzuser\n"
+" Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if changeset\n"
+" committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n"
+"\n"
+"bzdir\n"
+" Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify. Default\n"
+" '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n"
+"\n"
+"notify\n"
+" The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change notification\n"
+" emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys, 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id)\n"
+" and 'user' (committer bugzilla email). Default depends on version;\n"
+" from 2.18 it is \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl\n"
+" %(id)s %(user)s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"regexp\n"
+" Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit message.\n"
+" Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression matches 'Bug\n"
+" 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234', 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug\n"
+" 1234 and 5678' and variations thereof. Matching is case insensitive.\n"
+"\n"
+"style\n"
+" The style file to use when formatting comments.\n"
+"\n"
+"template\n"
+" Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides style if\n"
+" specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial keywords, the\n"
+" extension specifies::\n"
+"\n"
+" {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n"
+" {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
+" {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial repository.\n"
+" {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+" Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n"
+" 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n"
+"\n"
+"strip\n"
+" The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root} to produce\n"
+" {webroot}. Default 0.\n"
+"\n"
+"usermap\n"
+" Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla user ID\n"
+" mappings. If specified, the file should contain one mapping per\n"
+" line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the [usermap] section.\n"
+"\n"
+"The [usermap] section is used to specify mappings of Mercurial\n"
+"committer ID to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n"
+"\"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Finally, the [web] section supports one entry:\n"
+"\n"
+"baseurl\n"
+" Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n"
+" templates as {hgweb}.\n"
+"\n"
+"Activating the extension::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" hgext.bugzilla =\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n"
+" incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook\n"
+"\n"
+"Example configuration:\n"
+"\n"
+"This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial\n"
+"repositories in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2\n"
+"installation in /opt/bugzilla-3.2. ::\n"
+"\n"
+" [bugzilla]\n"
+" host=localhost\n"
+" password=XYZZY\n"
+" version=3.0\n"
+" bzuser=unknown@domain.com\n"
+" bzdir=/opt/bugzilla-3.2\n"
+" template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\n"
+" {hgweb}/{webroot}/rev/{node|short}\\n\n"
+" {desc}\\n\n"
+" strip=5\n"
+"\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg\n"
+"\n"
+" [usermap]\n"
+" user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n"
+"\n"
+"Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form::\n"
+"\n"
+" Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n"
+" http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n"
+"\n"
+" Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "connecting to %s:%s as %s, password %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "query: %s %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "failed query: %s %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unknown database schema"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bug %d already knows about changeset %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "telling bugzilla to send mail:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " bug %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "running notify command %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bugzilla notify command %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "done\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "looking up user %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot find bugzilla user id for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot find bugzilla user id for %s or %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bugzilla version %s not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers to bug {bug}.\n"
+"details:\n"
+"\t{desc|tabindent}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "python mysql support not available: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hook type %s does not pass a changeset id"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "database error: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "command to display child changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show the children of the given or working directory revision\n"
+"\n"
+" Print the children of the working directory's revisions. If a\n"
+" revision is given via -r/--rev, the children of that revision will\n"
+" be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in which the\n"
+" file was last changed (after the working directory revision or the\n"
+" argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show children of the specified revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg children [-r REV] [FILE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "command to display statistics about repository history"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Revision %d is a merge, ignoring...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "generating stats: %d%%"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"histogram of changes to the repository\n"
+"\n"
+" This command will display a histogram representing the number\n"
+" of changed lines or revisions, grouped according to the given\n"
+" template. The default template will group changes by author.\n"
+" The --dateformat option may be used to group the results by\n"
+" date instead.\n"
+"\n"
+" Statistics are based on the number of changed lines, or\n"
+" alternatively the number of matching revisions if the\n"
+" --changesets option is specified.\n"
+"\n"
+" Examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" # display count of changed lines for every committer\n"
+" hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n"
+"\n"
+" # display daily activity graph\n"
+" hg churn -f '%H' -s -c\n"
+"\n"
+" # display activity of developers by month\n"
+" hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c\n"
+"\n"
+" # display count of lines changed in every year\n"
+" hg churn -f '%Y' -s\n"
+"\n"
+" It is possible to map alternate email addresses to a main address\n"
+" by providing a file using the following format::\n"
+"\n"
+" <alias email> <actual email>\n"
+"\n"
+" Such a file may be specified with the --aliases option, otherwise\n"
+" a .hgchurn file will be looked for in the working directory root.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "assuming %i character terminal\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "count rate for the specified revision or range"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "count rate for revisions matching date spec"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "template to group changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "strftime-compatible format for grouping by date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "count rate by number of changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "sort by key (default: sort by count)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "file with email aliases"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show progress"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"colorize output from some commands\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n"
+"to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
+"patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
+"commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
+"whitespace.\n"
+"\n"
+"Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are\n"
+"also available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control\n"
+"function (aka ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the\n"
+"render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text.\n"
+"\n"
+"Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::\n"
+"\n"
+" [color]\n"
+" status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n"
+" status.added = green bold\n"
+" status.removed = red bold blue_background\n"
+" status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n"
+" status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n"
+" status.ignored = black bold\n"
+"\n"
+" # 'none' turns off all effects\n"
+" status.clean = none\n"
+" status.copied = none\n"
+"\n"
+" qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n"
+" qseries.unapplied = black bold\n"
+" qseries.missing = red bold\n"
+"\n"
+" diff.diffline = bold\n"
+" diff.extended = cyan bold\n"
+" diff.file_a = red bold\n"
+" diff.file_b = green bold\n"
+" diff.hunk = magenta\n"
+" diff.deleted = red\n"
+" diff.inserted = green\n"
+" diff.changed = white\n"
+" diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "when to colorize (always, auto, or never)"
+msgstr "när färgläggning ska ske (always, auto eller never)"
+
+msgid "don't colorize output"
+msgstr "färglägg inte utmatning"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring unknown color/effect %r (configured in color.%s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n"
+"\n"
+" Accepted source formats [identifiers]:\n"
+"\n"
+" - Mercurial [hg]\n"
+" - CVS [cvs]\n"
+" - Darcs [darcs]\n"
+" - git [git]\n"
+" - Subversion [svn]\n"
+" - Monotone [mtn]\n"
+" - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n"
+" - Bazaar [bzr]\n"
+" - Perforce [p4]\n"
+"\n"
+" Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n"
+"\n"
+" - Mercurial [hg]\n"
+" - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)\n"
+"\n"
+" If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.\n"
+" Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision\n"
+" (given in a format understood by the source).\n"
+"\n"
+" If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
+" basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
+" repository doesn't exist, it will be created.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort.\n"
+" Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers\n"
+" order. Sort modes have the following effects:\n"
+"\n"
+" --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible,\n"
+" which means branches are usually converted one after\n"
+" the other. It generates more compact repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+" --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have\n"
+" good-looking changelogs but are often an order of\n"
+" magnitude larger than the same ones generated by\n"
+" --branchsort.\n"
+"\n"
+" --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only\n"
+" supported by Mercurial sources.\n"
+"\n"
+" If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n"
+" (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file\n"
+" that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that\n"
+" revision, like so::\n"
+"\n"
+" <source ID> <destination ID>\n"
+"\n"
+" If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
+" updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
+" and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.\n"
+"\n"
+" The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
+" source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
+" for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
+" CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
+" srcauthor=whatever string you want\n"
+"\n"
+" The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
+" and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
+" contain one of the following directives::\n"
+"\n"
+" include path/to/file\n"
+"\n"
+" exclude path/to/file\n"
+"\n"
+" rename from/file to/file\n"
+"\n"
+" The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
+" directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
+" exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
+" included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
+" be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
+" rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
+" '.' as the path to rename to.\n"
+"\n"
+" The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n"
+" history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n"
+" useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
+" graft two disconnected series of history together. Each entry\n"
+" contains a key, followed by a space, followed by one or two\n"
+" comma-separated values. The key is the revision ID in the source\n"
+" revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n"
+" format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n"
+" (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n"
+" should be used as the new parents for that node.\n"
+"\n"
+" The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is\n"
+" being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in\n"
+" conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
+" to help fix even the most badly mismanaged repositories and turn them\n"
+" into nicely structured Mercurial repositories. The branchmap contains\n"
+" lines of the form \"original_branch_name new_branch_name\".\n"
+" \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
+" repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
+" destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
+" in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch.\n"
+"\n"
+" Mercurial Source\n"
+" ----------------\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n"
+" ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n"
+" repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n"
+" Mercurial.\n"
+" --config convert.hg.saverev=False (boolean)\n"
+" store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to\n"
+" change)\n"
+" --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n"
+" convert start revision and its descendants\n"
+"\n"
+" CVS Source\n"
+" ----------\n"
+"\n"
+" CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n"
+" to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n"
+" access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the\n"
+" repository is :local:. The conversion uses the top level directory\n"
+" in the sandbox to find the CVS repository, and then uses CVS rlog\n"
+" commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a\n"
+" filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n"
+" converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS\n"
+" sandbox is ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+" Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect\n"
+" individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS\n"
+" source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can\n"
+" be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting::\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n"
+"\n"
+" This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.\n"
+"\n"
+" The options shown are the defaults.\n"
+"\n"
+" Internal cvsps is selected by setting ::\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n"
+"\n"
+" and has a few more configurable options:\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)\n"
+" Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and\n"
+" debugging purposes.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)\n"
+" Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed between\n"
+" commits with identical user and log message in a single\n"
+" changeset. When very large files were checked in as part of a\n"
+" changeset then the default may not be long enough.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
+" Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
+" matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
+" insert a dummy revision merging the branch on which this log\n"
+" message occurs to the branch indicated in the regex.\n"
+" --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n"
+" Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
+" matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
+" add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
+" regex as the second parent of the changeset.\n"
+"\n"
+" The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin\n"
+" changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its\n"
+" parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.\n"
+"\n"
+" Subversion Source\n"
+" -----------------\n"
+"\n"
+" Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n"
+" By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n"
+" converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists it\n"
+" replaces the default branch. If \"svn://repo/path/branches\" exists,\n"
+" its subdirectories are listed as possible branches. If\n"
+" \"svn://repo/path/tags\" exists, it is looked for tags referencing\n"
+" converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n"
+" can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths\n"
+" relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto\n"
+" detection.\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n"
+" specify the directory containing branches\n"
+" --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n"
+" specify the directory containing tags\n"
+" --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n"
+" specify the name of the trunk branch\n"
+"\n"
+" Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n"
+" instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n"
+" conversions are supported.\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n"
+" specify start Subversion revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" Perforce Source\n"
+" ---------------\n"
+"\n"
+" The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a\n"
+" client specification as source. It will convert all files in the\n"
+" source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches\n"
+" and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then\n"
+" usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the\n"
+" target may be named ...-hg.\n"
+"\n"
+" It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be\n"
+" converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)\n"
+" specify initial Perforce revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" Mercurial Destination\n"
+" ---------------------\n"
+"\n"
+" --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n"
+" dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n"
+" --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n"
+" tag revisions branch name\n"
+" --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n"
+" preserve branch names\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"create changeset information from CVS\n"
+"\n"
+" This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to\n"
+" Mercurial converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for\n"
+" cvsps.\n"
+"\n"
+" Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
+" named directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a\n"
+" series of changesets based on matching commit log entries and\n"
+" dates."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "username mapping filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "destination repository type"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "remap file names using contents of file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "import up to target revision REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "source repository type"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "splice synthesized history into place"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "change branch names while converting"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "try to sort changesets by branches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "try to sort changesets by date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "preserve source changesets order"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg convert [OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST [REVMAP]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "only return changes on specified branches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "prefix to remove from file names"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "only return changes after or between specified tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "update cvs log cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "create new cvs log cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "set commit time fuzz in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "specify cvsroot"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show parent changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show current changeset in ancestor branches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "ignored for compatibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a "
+"regular branch instead.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s is not a valid revision in current branch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s is not available in %s anymore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s.%s symlink has no target"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot find required \"%s\" tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "running: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s error:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "syntax error in %s(%d): key/value pair expected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "could not open map file %r: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: missing or unsupported repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "convert: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: unknown repository type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown sort mode: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cycle detected between %s and %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "not all revisions were sorted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Writing author map file %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Ignoring bad line in author map file %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "mapping author %s to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "overriding mapping for author %s, was %s, will be %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "spliced in %s as parents of %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "scanning source...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "sorting...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "converting...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "source: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "assuming destination %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "more than one sort mode specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--sourcesort is not supported by this data source"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"warning: support for external cvsps is deprecated and will be removed in "
+"Mercurial 1.4\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %s is not a patchset number or date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "using builtin cvsps\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "connecting to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d bytes missing from remote file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cvs server: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown CVS response: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "collecting CVS rlog\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "reading cvs log cache %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cache has %d log entries\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error reading cache: %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "running %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "prefix=%r directory=%r root=%r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "RCS file must be followed by working file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "must have at least some revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "expected revision number"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision must be followed by date line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found synthetic revision in %s: %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "writing cvs log cache %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d log entries\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "creating changesets\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "synthetic changeset cannot have multiple parents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"warning: CVS commit message references non-existent branch %r:\n"
+"%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d changeset entries\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "darcs version 2.1 or newer needed (found %r)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Python ElementTree module is not available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cleaning up %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "internal calling inconsistency"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "errors in filemap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s:%d: %r already in %s list\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s:%d: unknown directive %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "source repository doesn't support --filemap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a GNU Arch repo"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot find a GNU Arch tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "applying revision %s...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "computing changeset between %s and %s...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "obtaining revision %s...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "analyzing revision %s...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "could not parse cat-log of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s is not a local Mercurial repo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "initializing destination %s repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run hg sink pre-conversion action\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run hg sink post-conversion action\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pulling from %s into %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "filtering out empty revision\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "updating tags\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s is not a valid start revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run hg source pre-conversion action\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run hg source post-conversion action\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a monotone repo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copying file in renamed directory from '%s' to '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "reading p4 views\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "collecting p4 changelists\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Subversion python bindings could not be loaded"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Subversion python bindings %d.%d found, 1.4 or later required"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Subversion python bindings are too old, 1.4 or later required"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "svn: revision %s is not an integer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "svn: start revision %s is not an integer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no revision found in module %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "expected %s to be at %r, but not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found %s at %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring empty branch %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found branch %s at %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "svn: start revision is not supported with more than one branch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "svn: no revision found after start revision %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no tags found at revision %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring foreign branch %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not found up to revision %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "branch renamed from %s to %s at %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "reparent to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copied to %s from %s@%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "gone from %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "entry %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown path in revision %d: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "mark %s came from %s:%d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "parsing revision %d (%d changes)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found parent of branch %s at %d: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no copyfrom path, don't know what to do.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "fetching revision log for \"%s\" from %d to %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d has no entries\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "svn: branch has no revision %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%r is not under %r, ignoring\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "initializing svn repo %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "initializing svn wc %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unexpected svn output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unable to cope with svn output"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"command to allow external programs to compare revisions\n"
+"\n"
+"The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n"
+"to compare revisions, or revision with working directory. The external\n"
+"diff programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n"
+"non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n"
+"files to compare.\n"
+"\n"
+"The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
+"you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extdiff]\n"
+" # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n"
+" cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n"
+" ## or the old way:\n"
+" #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n"
+" #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5\n"
+"\n"
+" # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n"
+" vdiff = kdiff3\n"
+"\n"
+" # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n"
+" meld =\n"
+"\n"
+" # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n"
+" # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non\n"
+" # English user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" in\n"
+" # your .vimrc\n"
+" vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
+"diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
+"files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
+"fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "making snapshot of %d files from rev %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "making snapshot of %d files from working directory\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "running %r in %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "file changed while diffing. Overwriting: %s (src: %s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"use external program to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
+"\n"
+" Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
+" an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n"
+" default options \"-Npru\".\n"
+"\n"
+" To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The\n"
+" program will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To\n"
+" pass additional options to the program, use -o/--option. These\n"
+" will be passed before the names of the directories to compare.\n"
+"\n"
+" When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
+" between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
+" that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
+" revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
+" to its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "comparison program to run"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pass option to comparison program"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "change made by revision"
+msgstr "ändring gjord av revision"
+
+msgid "hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"use %(path)s to diff repository (or selected files)\n"
+"\n"
+" Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
+" %(path)s program.\n"
+"\n"
+" When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
+" those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision "
+"is\n"
+" compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are "
+"specified,\n"
+" the working directory files are compared to its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hg %s [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pull, update and merge in one command"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed.\n"
+"\n"
+" This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
+" or URL and adds them to the local repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is\n"
+" automatically merged, and the result of the merge is committed.\n"
+" Otherwise, the working directory is updated to include the new\n"
+" changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n"
+" \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n"
+" parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n"
+" order, use --switch-parent.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "outstanding uncommitted changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "working directory is missing some files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pulling from %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge"
+"\" to merge them)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "updating to %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "merging with %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "new changeset %d:%s merges remote changes with local\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a specific revision you would like to pull"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "edit commit message"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "edit commit message (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "switch parents when merging"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg fetch [SOURCE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "commands to sign and verify changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "error while verifying signature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s Bad signature from \"%s\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s Note: Signature has expired (signed by: \"%s\")\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s Note: This key has expired (signed by: \"%s\")\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "list signed changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s:%d node does not exist\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "verify all the signatures there may be for a particular revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "No valid signature for %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"add a signature for the current or given revision\n"
+"\n"
+" If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
+" or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Error while signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --"
+"force)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unknown signature version"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "make the signature local"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "sign even if the sigfile is modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "do not commit the sigfile after signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "the key id to sign with"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "commit message"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg sign [OPTION]... [REVISION]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg sigcheck REVISION"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg sigs"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"command to view revision graphs from a shell\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n"
+"commands. When this options is given, an ASCII representation of the\n"
+"revision graph is also shown.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph\n"
+"\n"
+" Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
+" ASCII characters.\n"
+"\n"
+" Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
+" directory.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "comparing with %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no changes found\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show the revision DAG"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "limit number of changes displayed"
+msgstr "begränsa antalet visade ändringar"
+
+msgid "show patch"
+msgstr "visa patch"
+
+msgid "show the specified revision or range"
+msgstr "visa den specifika revisionen eller serien"
+
+msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service\n"
+"\n"
+"This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook. To\n"
+"configure it, set the following options in your hgrc::\n"
+"\n"
+" [cia]\n"
+" # your registered CIA user name\n"
+" user = foo\n"
+" # the name of the project in CIA\n"
+" project = foo\n"
+" # the module (subproject) (optional)\n"
+" #module = foo\n"
+" # Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)\n"
+" #diffstat = False\n"
+" # Template to use for log messages (optional)\n"
+" #template = {desc}\\n{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}\n"
+" # Style to use (optional)\n"
+" #style = foo\n"
+" # The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)\n"
+" # You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg\n"
+" # mailto:cia@cia.vc\n"
+" # Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n"
+" #url = http://cia.vc/\n"
+" # print message instead of sending it (optional)\n"
+" #test = False\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" # one of these:\n"
+" changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
+" #incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n"
+"\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" # If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n"
+" baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hgcia: sending update to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cia: no user specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cia: no project specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"browse the repository in a graphical way\n"
+"\n"
+"The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n"
+"graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is not\n"
+"distributed with Mercurial.)\n"
+"\n"
+"hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n"
+"querying of information, and an extension to Mercurial named hgk.py,\n"
+"which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n"
+"the contrib directory, and the extension is shipped in the hgext\n"
+"repository, and needs to be enabled.\n"
+"\n"
+"The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
+"to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
+"the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hgk]\n"
+" path=/location/of/hgk\n"
+"\n"
+"hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n"
+"Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hgk]\n"
+" vdiff=vdiff\n"
+"\n"
+"Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n"
+"vdiff on hovered and selected revisions.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "diff trees from two commits"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "output common ancestor information"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cat a specific revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cat-file: type or revision not supplied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "aborting hg cat-file only understands commits\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "parse given revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print extension options"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "start interactive history viewer"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg view [-l LIMIT] [REVRANGE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "generate patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "recursive"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pretty"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "stdin"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "detect copies"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "search"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg git-diff-tree [OPTION]... NODE1 NODE2 [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg debug-cat-file [OPTION]... TYPE FILE"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg debug-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg debug-merge-base REV REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "ignored"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg debug-rev-parse REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "header"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "topo-order"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "parents"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "max-count"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg debug-rev-list [OPTION]... REV..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)\n"
+"\n"
+"It depends on the Pygments syntax highlighting library:\n"
+"http://pygments.org/\n"
+"\n"
+"There is a single configuration option::\n"
+"\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" pygments_style = <style>\n"
+"\n"
+"The default is 'colorful'.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "accelerate status report using Linux's inotify service"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "start an inotify server for this repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"debugging information for inotify extension\n"
+"\n"
+" Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "directories being watched:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run server in background"
+msgstr "kör servern i bakgrunden"
+
+msgid "used internally by daemon mode"
+msgstr "används internt av daemon-läget"
+
+msgid "minutes to sit idle before exiting"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "name of file to write process ID to"
+msgstr "filnamn att skriva process-ID till"
+
+msgid "hg inserve [OPTION]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(found dead inotify server socket; removing it)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(starting inotify server)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "could not start inotify server: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "could not talk to new inotify server: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(inotify server not running)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "failed to contact inotify server: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "received empty answer from inotify server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "(inotify: received response from incompatible server version %d)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "(inotify: received '%s' response when expecting '%s')\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "this system does not seem to support inotify"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "*** the current per-user limit on the number of inotify watches is %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "*** this limit is too low to watch every directory in this repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "*** counting directories: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "*** to raise the limit from %d to %d (run as root):\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "*** echo %d > %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot watch %s until inotify watch limit is raised"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "inotify service not available: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "watching %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "watching directories under %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "status: %r %s -> %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s dirstate reload\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s end dirstate reload\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rescanning due to .hgignore change\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s event: created %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s event: deleted %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s event: modified %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "filesystem containing %s was unmounted\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s readable: %d bytes\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s below threshold - unhooking\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s reading %d events\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s hooking back up with %d bytes readable\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "could not start server: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "answering query for %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "received query from incompatible client version %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unrecognized query type: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "finished setup\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"expand expressions into changelog and summaries\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension allows the use of a special syntax in summaries, which\n"
+"will be automatically expanded into links or any other arbitrary\n"
+"expression, much like InterWiki does.\n"
+"\n"
+"A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
+"in your hgrc::\n"
+"\n"
+" [interhg]\n"
+" issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
+" bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!"
+"i\n"
+" boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "interhg: invalid pattern for %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"expand keywords in tracked files\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in\n"
+"tracked text files selected by your configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
+"change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
+"current user or for archive distribution.\n"
+"\n"
+"Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
+"hgrc files.\n"
+"\n"
+"Example::\n"
+"\n"
+" [keyword]\n"
+" # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n"
+" **.py =\n"
+" x* = ignore\n"
+"\n"
+"NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
+"lose speed in huge repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+"For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
+"control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
+"available templates and filters.\n"
+"\n"
+"An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
+"returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
+"replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
+"kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
+"the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
+"history.\n"
+"\n"
+"To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
+"\"hg kwexpand\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
+"be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
+"the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
+"have been checked in.\n"
+"\n"
+"Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
+"like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map \"Log =\n"
+"{desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "overwriting %s expanding keywords\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "overwriting %s shrinking keywords\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[keyword] patterns cannot match"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example\n"
+"\n"
+" Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps and their\n"
+" expansions.\n"
+"\n"
+" Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
+" and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use -d/--default to disable current configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "creating temporary repository at %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguration using custom keyword template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "\textending current template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "\toverriding default template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguration using default keyword template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "\tdisabling current template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tconfiguration using current keyword template maps\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"keywords written to %s:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unhooked all commit hooks\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"\tkeywords expanded\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"removing temporary repository %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"expand keywords in the working directory\n"
+"\n"
+" Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.\n"
+"\n"
+" kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show files configured for keyword expansion\n"
+"\n"
+" List which files in the working directory are matched by the\n"
+" [keyword] configuration patterns.\n"
+"\n"
+" Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
+" execution by including only files that are actual candidates for\n"
+" expansion.\n"
+"\n"
+" See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
+" inclusion and exclusion of files.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use -u/--untracked to list untracked files as well.\n"
+"\n"
+" With -a/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
+" of files are::\n"
+"\n"
+" K = keyword expansion candidate\n"
+" k = keyword expansion candidate (untracked)\n"
+" I = ignored\n"
+" i = ignored (untracked)\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"revert expanded keywords in the working directory\n"
+"\n"
+" Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
+" problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\".\n"
+"\n"
+" kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show default keyword template maps"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "read maps from rcfile"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg kwdemo [-d] [-f RCFILE] [TEMPLATEMAP]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg kwexpand [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show keyword status flags of all files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show files excluded from expansion"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "additionally show untracked files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg kwfiles [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"manage a stack of patches\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n"
+"repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n"
+"applied patches (subset of known patches).\n"
+"\n"
+"Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
+"directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.\n"
+"\n"
+"Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::\n"
+"\n"
+" prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n"
+" create new patch qnew\n"
+" import existing patch qimport\n"
+"\n"
+" print patch series qseries\n"
+" print applied patches qapplied\n"
+" print name of top applied patch qtop\n"
+"\n"
+" add known patch to applied stack qpush\n"
+" remove patch from applied stack qpop\n"
+" refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s appears more than once in %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "guard cannot be an empty string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "guard %r starts with invalid character: %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid character in guard %r: %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "active guards: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "guard %r too short"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "guard %r starts with invalid char"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "allowing %s - no guards in effect\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "allowing %s - no matching negative guards\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "allowing %s - guarded by %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "skipping %s - guarded by %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "skipping %s - no matching guards\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error removing undo: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "apply failed for patch %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch didn't work out, merging %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "update returned %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "repo commit failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unable to read %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s does not exist\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s is not applied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch failed, unable to continue (try -v)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "applying %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unable to read %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "imported patch %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"imported patch %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s is empty\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch failed, rejects left in working dir\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "fuzz found when applying patch, stopping\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d is not managed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot delete revision %d above applied patches"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s finalized without changeset message\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "qdelete requires at least one revision or patch name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot delete applied patch %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s not in series file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no patches applied"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "working directory revision is not qtip"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "local changes found, refresh first"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "local changes found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "\"%s\" cannot be used as the name of a patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch \"%s\" already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error unlinking %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch name \"%s\" is ambiguous:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s not in series"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(working directory not at a head)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no patches in series\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot push to a previous patch: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "qpush: %s is already at the top\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "guarded by %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no matching guards"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot push '%s' - %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "all patches are currently applied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch series already fully applied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cleaning up working directory..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "errors during apply, please fix and refresh %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "now at: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s is not applied"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no patches applied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "qpop: %s is already at the top\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "qpop: forcing dirstate update\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "trying to pop unknown node %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "popping would remove a revision not managed by this patch queue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "deletions found between repo revs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "popping %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch queue now empty\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to "
+"recover)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s is not in series file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "No saved patch data found\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "restoring status: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "save entry has children, leaving it alone\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "removing save entry %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "saved queue repository parents: %s %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "queue directory updating\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Unable to load queue repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "save: no patches applied, exiting\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "status is already saved\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg patches saved state"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "repo commit failed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s is already in the series file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "option \"-r\" not valid when importing files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "option \"-n\" not valid when importing multiple patches"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d is the root of more than one branch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d is already managed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d is not the parent of the queue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d has unmanaged children"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot import merge revision %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d is not the parent of %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "-e is incompatible with import from -"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch %s does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "need --name to import a patch from -"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"remove patches from queue\n"
+"\n"
+" The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. "
+"With\n"
+" -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
+" use the qfinish command."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print the patches already applied"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print the patches not yet applied"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"import a patch\n"
+"\n"
+" The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied\n"
+" patch. If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n"
+" to the series.\n"
+"\n"
+" The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
+" give it a new one with -n/--name.\n"
+"\n"
+" You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
+" the -e/--existing flag.\n"
+"\n"
+" With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
+" overwritten.\n"
+"\n"
+" An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
+" (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n"
+" With -g/--git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n"
+" format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n"
+" important for preserving rename/copy information and permission\n"
+" changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
+" When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
+" using the --name flag.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"init a new queue repository\n"
+"\n"
+" The queue repository is unversioned by default. If\n"
+" -c/--create-repo is specified, qinit will create a separate nested\n"
+" repository for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n"
+" an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use\n"
+" qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"clone main and patch repository at same time\n"
+"\n"
+" If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n"
+" source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n"
+" applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n"
+" applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n"
+" before that it has no patches applied.\n"
+"\n"
+" Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
+" default. Use -p <url> to change.\n"
+"\n"
+" The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
+" would be created by qinit -c.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "versioned patch repository not found (see qinit -c)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cloning main repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cloning patch repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "stripping applied patches from destination repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "updating destination repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "commit changes in the queue repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print the entire series file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print the name of the current patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print the name of the next patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "all patches applied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print the name of the previous patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "only one patch applied\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"create a new patch\n"
+"\n"
+" qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
+" any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n"
+" unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n"
+" initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
+" -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
+" only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
+" as uncommitted modifications.\n"
+"\n"
+" -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
+" date, respectively. -U/--currentuser and -D/--currentdate set user\n"
+" to current user and date to current date.\n"
+"\n"
+" -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
+" well as the commit message. If none is specified, the header is\n"
+" empty and the commit message is '[mq]: PATCH'.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
+" format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
+" is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
+" information.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"update the current patch\n"
+"\n"
+" If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will\n"
+" contain only the modifications that match those patterns; the\n"
+" remaining modifications will remain in the working directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
+" will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch.\n"
+"\n"
+" hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
+" use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
+" and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
+" git diff format.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications\n"
+"\n"
+" Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any\n"
+" changes which have been made in the working directory since the\n"
+" last refresh (thus showing what the current patch would become\n"
+" after a qrefresh).\n"
+"\n"
+" Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
+" last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
+" by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
+" qrefresh.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"fold the named patches into the current patch\n"
+"\n"
+" Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n"
+" applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n"
+" patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n"
+" with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will be\n"
+" deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not be\n"
+" removed afterwards.\n"
+"\n"
+" The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
+" current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "qfold requires at least one patch name"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "No patches applied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Skipping already folded patch %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "qfold cannot fold already applied patch %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Error folding patch %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"set or print guards for a patch\n"
+"\n"
+" Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
+" guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
+" pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
+" a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
+" has activated it.\n"
+"\n"
+" With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
+" With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
+" NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'.\n"
+"\n"
+" To set guards on another patch:\n"
+" hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot mix -l/--list with options or arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no patch to work with"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no patch named %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"push the next patch onto the stack\n"
+"\n"
+" When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
+" will be lost.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no saved queues found, please use -n\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"pop the current patch off the stack\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
+" name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
+" top of the stack.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"rename a patch\n"
+"\n"
+" With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
+" With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "A patch named %s already exists in the series file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "restore the queue state saved by a revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "save current queue state"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "destination %s exists and is not a directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "destination %s exists, use -f to force"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copy %s to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository\n"
+"\n"
+" If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
+" working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
+" revision.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"set or print guarded patches to push\n"
+"\n"
+" Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
+" qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
+" it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
+" selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
+" match the current guard. For example:\n"
+"\n"
+" qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n"
+" qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n"
+" qselect stable\n"
+"\n"
+" This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n"
+" it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it has a\n"
+" positive match).\n"
+"\n"
+" With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
+" With one argument, sets the active guard.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
+" When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are\n"
+" skipped and patches with negative guards are pushed.\n"
+"\n"
+" qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
+" guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last\n"
+" applied patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies\n"
+" --pop) to push back to the current patch afterwards, but skip\n"
+" guarded patches.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
+" (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "guards deactivated\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from %d to %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "number of guarded, applied patches has changed from %d to %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "guards in series file:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no guards in series file\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "active guards:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no active guards\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "popping guarded patches\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"move applied patches into repository history\n"
+"\n"
+" Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied\n"
+" patches) by moving them out of mq control into regular repository\n"
+" history.\n"
+"\n"
+" Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
+" is specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq\n"
+" control. Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the\n"
+" stack of applied patches.\n"
+"\n"
+" This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
+" an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
+" to upstream.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no revisions specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot commit over an applied mq patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "source has mq patches applied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "mq status file refers to unknown node %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Tag %s overrides mq patch of the same name\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot import over an applied patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print first line of patch header"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qapplied [-s] [PATCH]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use pull protocol to copy metadata"
+msgstr "använd pull-protokollet för att kopiera metadata"
+
+msgid "do not update the new working directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use uncompressed transfer (fast over LAN)"
+msgstr "använd okomprimerad överföring (snabbt över LAN)"
+
+msgid "location of source patch repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qclone [OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qcommit [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qdiff [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "keep patch file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "stop managing a revision (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qdelete [-k] [-r REV]... [PATCH]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "edit patch header"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "keep folded patch files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qfold [-e] [-k] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] PATCH..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "overwrite any local changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qgoto [OPTION]... PATCH"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "list all patches and guards"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "drop all guards"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qguard [-l] [-n] -- [PATCH] [+GUARD]... [-GUARD]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qheader [PATCH]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "import file in patch directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "name of patch file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "overwrite existing files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "place existing revisions under mq control"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use git extended diff format"
+msgstr "använd gits utökade diff-format"
+
+msgid "qpush after importing"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qimport [-e] [-n NAME] [-f] [-g] [-P] [-r REV]... FILE..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "create queue repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qinit [-c]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "import uncommitted changes into patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add \"From: <current user>\" to patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add \"From: <given user>\" to patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add \"Date: <current date>\" to patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add \"Date: <given date>\" to patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qnew [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-f] PATCH [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qnext [-s]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qprev [-s]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pop all patches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "queue name to pop"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "forget any local changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qpop [-a] [-n NAME] [-f] [PATCH | INDEX]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "apply if the patch has rejects"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "list patch name in commit text"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "apply all patches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "merge from another queue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "merge queue name"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qpush [-f] [-l] [-a] [-m] [-n NAME] [PATCH | INDEX]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "refresh only files already in the patch and specified files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add/update author field in patch with current user"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add/update author field in patch with given user"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add/update date field in patch with current date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add/update date field in patch with given date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qrefresh [-I] [-X] [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-s] [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qrename PATCH1 [PATCH2]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "delete save entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "update queue working directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qrestore [-d] [-u] REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "copy patch directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "copy directory name"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "clear queue status file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "force copy"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qsave [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-c] [-n NAME] [-e] [-f]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "disable all guards"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "list all guards in series file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pop to before first guarded applied patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pop, then reapply patches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qselect [OPTION]... [GUARD]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print patches not in series"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qseries [-ms]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "force removal with local changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bundle unrelated changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no backups"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg strip [-f] [-b] [-n] REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qtop [-s]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qunapplied [-s] [PATCH]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "finish all applied changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time\n"
+"\n"
+"Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to\n"
+"print messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n"
+"\n"
+"To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like\n"
+"this::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" hgext.notify =\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" # one email for each incoming changeset\n"
+" incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
+" # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n"
+" changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n"
+"\n"
+" [notify]\n"
+" # config items go here\n"
+"\n"
+"Required configuration items::\n"
+"\n"
+" config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n"
+"\n"
+"Optional configuration items::\n"
+"\n"
+" test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n"
+" strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n"
+" domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n"
+" style = ... # style file to use when formatting email\n"
+" template = ... # template to use when formatting email\n"
+" incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook\n"
+" changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook\n"
+" maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
+" maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
+" diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
+" sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this "
+"list\n"
+" # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
+" [email]\n"
+" from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n"
+" [web]\n"
+" baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n"
+"\n"
+"The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has\n"
+"two sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is\n"
+"handier for you.\n"
+"\n"
+"::\n"
+"\n"
+" [usersubs]\n"
+" # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
+" user@host = pattern\n"
+"\n"
+" [reposubs]\n"
+" # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber emails\n"
+" pattern = user@host\n"
+"\n"
+"Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users\n"
+"can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: %d new changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "notify: sending %d subscribers %d changes\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"diffs (%d lines):\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "notify: no subscribers to repository %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "notify: changes have source \"%s\" - skipping\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"browse command output with an external pager\n"
+"\n"
+"To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable::\n"
+"\n"
+" [pager]\n"
+" pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n"
+"\n"
+"If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
+"$PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager is used.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
+"setting::\n"
+"\n"
+" [pager]\n"
+" quiet = True\n"
+"\n"
+"You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n"
+"pager.ignore list::\n"
+"\n"
+" [pager]\n"
+" ignore = version, help, update\n"
+"\n"
+"You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
+"pager.attend::\n"
+"\n"
+" [pager]\n"
+" attend = log\n"
+"\n"
+"If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+"To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
+"specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to the\n"
+"ancestors of a specific revision.\n"
+"\n"
+"For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then::\n"
+"\n"
+" foo^N = Nth parent of foo\n"
+" foo^0 = foo\n"
+" foo^1 = first parent of foo\n"
+" foo^2 = second parent of foo\n"
+" foo^ = foo^1\n"
+"\n"
+" foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n"
+" foo~0 = foo\n"
+" foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n"
+" foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails\n"
+"\n"
+"The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction, which\n"
+"describes the series as a whole.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
+"first line of the changeset description as the subject text. The\n"
+"message contains two or three body parts:\n"
+"\n"
+"- The changeset description.\n"
+"- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
+"- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To\n"
+"and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded\n"
+"mail and news readers, and in mail archives.\n"
+"\n"
+"With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
+"with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
+"you are sending the right changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
+"file::\n"
+"\n"
+" [email]\n"
+" from = My Name <my@email>\n"
+" to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
+" cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
+" bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...\n"
+"\n"
+"Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
+"as a patchbomb.\n"
+"\n"
+"To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
+"the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
+"prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
+"message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
+"done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
+"variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
+"message, so you can verify everything is alright.\n"
+"\n"
+"The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
+"patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
+"create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
+"can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
+"files, e.g. with mutt::\n"
+"\n"
+" % mutt -R -f mbox\n"
+"\n"
+"When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
+"(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
+"package), to send each message out::\n"
+"\n"
+" % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n"
+"\n"
+"That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
+"to be a sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n"
+"that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs\n"
+"directly from the commandline. See the [email] and [smtp] sections in\n"
+"hgrc(5) for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Please enter a valid value.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "does the diffstat above look okay? "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "diffstat rejected"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"send changesets by email\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
+" one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
+" introduction, which describes the series as a whole.\n"
+"\n"
+" Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
+" the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
+" The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
+" description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
+" installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
+" diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
+" \"hg export\".\n"
+"\n"
+" By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
+" easy reviewing. Using the -a/--attach option will instead create\n"
+" an attachment for the patch. With -i/--inline an inline attachment\n"
+" will be created.\n"
+"\n"
+" With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
+" in the destination repository (or only those which are ancestors\n"
+" of the specified revisions if any are provided)\n"
+"\n"
+" With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
+" single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an attachment\n"
+" will be sent.\n"
+"\n"
+" Examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n"
+" hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
+" hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
+" hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n"
+" hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n"
+" hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
+" hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n"
+"\n"
+" hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
+" hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
+" hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
+"default\n"
+" hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
+"DEST\n"
+"\n"
+" Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
+" hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "specify at least one changeset with -r or -o"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--outgoing mode always on with --bundle; do not re-specify --outgoing"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "too many destinations"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use only one form to specify the revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Write the introductory message for the patch series.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"This patch series consists of %d patches.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Final summary:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Displaying "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Writing "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Sending "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "send patches as attachments"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "send patches as inline attachments"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "email addresses of blind carbon copy recipients"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "email addresses of copy recipients"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add diffstat output to messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use the given date as the sending date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use the given file as the series description"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "email address of sender"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print messages that would be sent"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "write messages to mbox file instead of sending them"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "subject of first message (intro or single patch)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "message identifier to reply to"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "email addresses of recipients"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "omit hg patch header"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "send changes not found in the target repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "send changes not in target as a binary bundle"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "name of the bundle attachment file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a revision to send"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run even when remote repository is unrelated (with -b/--bundle)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a base changeset to specify instead of a destination (with -b/--bundle)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "send an introduction email for a single patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg email [OPTION]... [DEST]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"removes files not tracked by Mercurial\n"
+"\n"
+" Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local\n"
+" and uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.\n"
+"\n"
+" This means that purge will delete:\n"
+"\n"
+" - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
+" - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
+" they contain files under source control management\n"
+"\n"
+" But it will leave untouched:\n"
+"\n"
+" - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
+" - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
+" - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n"
+"\n"
+" If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n"
+" directories are considered.\n"
+"\n"
+" Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files\n"
+" you forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the\n"
+" list of files that this program would delete, use the --print\n"
+" option.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s cannot be removed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Removing file %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Removing directory %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "abort if an error occurs"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "purge ignored files too"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print filenames instead of deleting them"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs (implies -p/--print)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial\n"
+"repository.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information:\n"
+"http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RebaseExtension\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "first revision, do not change ancestor\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch\n"
+"\n"
+" Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
+" history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n"
+" changes relative to a master development tree.\n"
+"\n"
+" If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
+" continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot use both abort and continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot use collapse with continue or abort"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "abort and continue do not allow specifying revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot specify both a revision and a base"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "nothing to rebase\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot use both keepbranches and extrafn"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase merging completed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "warning: new changesets detected on source branch, not stripping\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase completed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d revisions have been skipped\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " set parents\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "rebasing %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " future parents are %d and %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " update to %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " already in target\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " merge against %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "fix unresolved conflicts with hg resolve then run hg rebase --continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "resuming interrupted rebase\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no changes, revision %d skipped\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "next revision set to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot use revision %d as base, result would have 3 parents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "revision %d is an mq patch (%s), finalize it.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "import mq patch %d (%s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase status stored\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase status resumed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no rebase in progress"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "warning: new changesets detected on target branch, not stripping\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase aborted\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot rebase onto an applied mq patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot rebase an ancestor"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot rebase a descendant"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "already working on current\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "already working on the current branch\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "rebase onto %d starting from %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unable to collapse, there is more than one external parent"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--update and --rebase are not compatible, ignoring the update flag\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase working directory to branch head"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase from a given revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase from the base of a given revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase onto a given revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "collapse the rebased revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "keep original revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "keep original branches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "continue an interrupted rebase"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "abort an interrupted rebase"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] "
+"| [-c] | [-a]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "this modifies a binary file (all or nothing)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "this is a binary file\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d hunks, %d lines changed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[Ynsfdaq?]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Yes, record this change"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&No, skip this change"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Skip remaining changes to this file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Record remaining changes to this &file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Done, skip remaining changes and files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Record &all changes to all remaining files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Quit, recording no changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "y - record this change"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "user quit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "examine changes to %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " and "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "y"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "record this change to %r?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "record change %d/%d to %r?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"interactively select changes to commit\n"
+"\n"
+" If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
+" will be candidates for recording.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+"\n"
+" You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
+" modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
+" change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
+" possible::\n"
+"\n"
+" y - record this change\n"
+" n - skip this change\n"
+"\n"
+" s - skip remaining changes to this file\n"
+" f - record remaining changes to this file\n"
+"\n"
+" d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n"
+" a - record all changes to all remaining files\n"
+" q - quit, recording no changes\n"
+"\n"
+" ? - display help"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "running non-interactively, use commit instead"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no changes to record\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "backup %r as %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "applying patch\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch failed to apply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "restoring %r to %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg record [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"create a new shared repository (experimental)\n"
+"\n"
+" Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
+" history with another repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n"
+" source may confuse sharers.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "do not create a working copy"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-U] SOURCE [DEST]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"command to transplant changesets from another branch\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch.\n"
+"\n"
+"Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
+"map from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "skipping already applied revision %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "skipping merge changeset %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s merged at %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s transplanted to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "filtering %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "filter failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can only omit patchfile if merging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: empty changeset"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Fix up the merge and run hg transplant --continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s transplanted as %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "transplant log file is corrupt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "working dir not at transplant parent %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "commit failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"transplant changesets from another branch\n"
+"\n"
+" Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n"
+" directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n"
+" specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form::\n"
+"\n"
+" (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n"
+"\n"
+" You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n"
+" Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message as\n"
+" $1 and the patch as $2.\n"
+"\n"
+" If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
+" repository. If --branch/-b is specified, selects changesets from\n"
+" the branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If\n"
+" --all/-a is specified, all changesets on the branch will be\n"
+" transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
+" changesets you want.\n"
+"\n"
+" hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
+" branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
+" directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
+" changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any ancestors\n"
+" of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants of them\n"
+" normally instead of transplanting them.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
+" an interactive changeset browser.\n"
+"\n"
+" If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
+" and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
+" --continue/-c.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--continue is incompatible with branch, all or merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no source URL, branch tag or revision list provided"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--all requires a branch revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--all is incompatible with a revision list"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no revision checked out"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "outstanding uncommitted merges"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "outstanding local changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pull patches from REPOSITORY"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pull patches from branch BRANCH"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pull all changesets up to BRANCH"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "skip over REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "merge at REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "append transplant info to log message"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "continue last transplant session after repair"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings\n"
+"\n"
+"Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations (i.e.\n"
+"splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes. We call\n"
+"such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic encoding\".\n"
+"This extension can be used to fix the issue with those encodings by\n"
+"wrapping some functions to convert to Unicode string before path\n"
+"operation.\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension is useful for:\n"
+"\n"
+"- Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n"
+"- Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n"
+"- All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings on\n"
+" case-insensitive file system.\n"
+"\n"
+"This extension is not needed for:\n"
+"\n"
+"- Any user who use only ASCII chars in path.\n"
+"- Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n"
+"\n"
+"- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
+"- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
+" HGENCODING.\n"
+"\n"
+"Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
+"encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
+"setting or HGENCODING.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "[win32mbcs] filename conversion failed with %s encoding\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "[win32mbcs] activated with encoding: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"perform automatic newline conversion\n"
+"\n"
+"To perform automatic newline conversion, use::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" hgext.win32text =\n"
+" [encode]\n"
+" ** = cleverencode:\n"
+" # or ** = macencode:\n"
+"\n"
+" [decode]\n"
+" ** = cleverdecode:\n"
+" # or ** = macdecode:\n"
+"\n"
+"If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by "
+"accident::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" pretxncommit.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
+" # or pretxncommit.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
+"\n"
+"To do the same check on a server to prevent CRLF/CR from being\n"
+"pushed or pulled::\n"
+"\n"
+" [hooks]\n"
+" pretxnchangegroup.crlf = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcrlf\n"
+" # or pretxnchangegroup.cr = python:hgext.win32text.forbidcr\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"WARNING: %s already has %s line endings\n"
+"and does not need EOL conversion by the win32text plugin.\n"
+"Before your next commit, please reconsider your encode/decode settings in \n"
+"Mercurial.ini or %s.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Attempt to commit or push text file(s) using %s line endings\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "in %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n"
+"add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:\n"
+"\n"
+"[hooks]\n"
+"pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s\n"
+"\n"
+"and also consider adding:\n"
+"\n"
+"[extensions]\n"
+"hgext.win32text =\n"
+"[encode]\n"
+"** = %sencode:\n"
+"[decode]\n"
+"** = %sdecode:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"discover and advertise repositories on the local network\n"
+"\n"
+"Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
+"the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
+"without knowing their actual IP address.\n"
+"\n"
+"To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
+"in your repository::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ cd test\n"
+" $ hg serve\n"
+"\n"
+"You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ hg paths\n"
+" zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "archive prefix contains illegal components"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot give prefix when archiving to files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown archive type '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "invalid changegroup"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unknown parent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "integrity check failed on %s:%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not a Mercurial bundle file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: unknown bundle version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: unknown bundle compression type"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot create new bundle repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "premature EOF reading chunk (got %d bytes, expected %d)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "empty username"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "username %s contains a newline"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "options --message and --logfile are mutually exclusive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "can't read commit message '%s': %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "limit must be a positive integer"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "limit must be positive"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "too many revisions specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid format spec '%%%s' in output filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "adding %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "removing %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "recording removal of %s as rename to %s (%d%% similar)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not copying - file is not managed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not copying - file has been marked for remove\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not overwriting - %s collides with %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not overwriting - file exists\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: deleted in working copy\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: cannot copy - %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "moving %s to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copying %s to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no source or destination specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no destination specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "with multiple sources, destination must be an existing directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "destination %s is not a directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no files to copy"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(consider using --after)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "changeset: %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "branch: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tag: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "parent: %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "manifest: %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "user: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "date: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "files+:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "files-:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "files: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copies: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "extra: %s=%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "description:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "summary: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: no key named '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Found revision %s from %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision matching date not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot follow nonexistent file: \"%s\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s:%s copy source revision cannot be found!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can only follow copies/renames for explicit filenames"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "HG: Leave message empty to abort commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "HG: user: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "HG: branch merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "HG: branch '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "HG: subrepo %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "HG: added %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "HG: changed %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "HG: removed %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "HG: no files changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "empty commit message"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"add the specified files on the next commit\n"
+"\n"
+" Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
+" repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
+" undo an add before that, see hg forget.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"lägg till de specificerade filerna i nästa arkivering\n"
+"\n"
+" Schemalägg filer att versionshanteras och läggas till i arkivet.\n"
+"\n"
+" Filerna kommer att läggas till i arkivet vid nästa arkivering. För att\n"
+" ångra en addering innan dess, se hg forget.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om inga namn anges, läggs alla filer till i arkivet.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid ""
+"add all new files, delete all missing files\n"
+"\n"
+" Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
+" repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
+" .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
+" commit.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
+" parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
+" every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
+" option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must\n"
+" be identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way\n"
+" can be expensive.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "similarity must be a number"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show changeset information by line for each file\n"
+"\n"
+" List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
+" each line\n"
+"\n"
+" This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
+" by whom.\n"
+"\n"
+" Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
+" it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
+" anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
+" nor desirable.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"visa ändringsinformation för varje rad i filer\n"
+"\n"
+" Visa ändringar i filer, och ansvarigt revisions-ID för varje rad\n"
+"\n"
+" Detta kommando är användbart för att upptäcka när en ändring gjordes\n"
+" och av vem.\n"
+"\n"
+" Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer annotate att undvika behandling av filer\n"
+" som upptäcks vara binära. Med -a, kommer filen att annoteras ändå, även\n"
+" om resultatet antagligen inte kommer att vara användbart.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid "at least one filename or pattern is required"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "at least one of -n/-c is required for -l"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: binary file\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"create an unversioned archive of a repository revision\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
+" directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
+" types are::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
+" \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
+" \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
+" \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
+" \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
+" \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n"
+"\n"
+" The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
+" using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.\n"
+"\n"
+" Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
+" prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
+" prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
+" removed.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no working directory: please specify a revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "repository root cannot be destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"reverse effect of earlier changeset\n"
+"\n"
+" Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
+" changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n"
+"\n"
+" If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
+" created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
+" backout changeset with another head.\n"
+"\n"
+" The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
+" before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
+" changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
+" The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "please specify just one revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "please specify a revision to backout"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot backout change on a different branch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot backout a change with no parents"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot backout a merge changeset without --parent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s is not a parent of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "merging with changeset %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "the backout changeset is a new head - do not forget to merge\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"subdivision search of changesets\n"
+"\n"
+" This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
+" use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
+" bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
+" as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision\n"
+" for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
+" you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
+" bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
+" or announce that it has found the bad revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
+" revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n"
+"\n"
+" If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
+" Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
+" status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
+" (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
+" non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The first good revision is:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The first bad revision is:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first good revision could be any of:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first bad revision could be any of:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot bisect (no known good revisions)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot bisect (no known bad revisions)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "incompatible arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot find executable: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "failed to execute %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s killed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Changeset %d:%s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"set or show the current branch name\n"
+"\n"
+" With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
+" set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
+" in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
+" recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
+" branch.\n"
+"\n"
+" Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
+" branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
+" the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
+" change.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
+" 'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "reset working directory to branch %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a branch of the same name already exists (use --force to override)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"list repository named branches\n"
+"\n"
+" List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
+" inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
+" been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
+"\n"
+" If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
+" is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"create a changegroup file\n"
+"\n"
+" Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
+" known to be in another repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
+" assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
+" parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
+" -a/--all (or --base null).\n"
+"\n"
+" You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
+" The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
+" gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2).\n"
+"\n"
+" The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
+" and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
+" command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
+" available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
+"\n"
+" Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
+" permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--base is incompatible with specifying a destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"output the current or given revision of files\n"
+"\n"
+" Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
+" no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
+" or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
+"\n"
+" Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
+" given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
+" for the export command, with the following additions::\n"
+"\n"
+" %s basename of file being printed\n"
+" %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
+" %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"make a copy of an existing repository\n"
+"\n"
+" Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
+" basename of the source.\n"
+"\n"
+" The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
+" .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
+"\n"
+" If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
+" no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
+" present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
+" on local repositories.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
+" If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
+" only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
+" parent is the null revision).\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
+"\n"
+" It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
+" .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
+" Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
+"\n"
+" For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
+" and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
+" to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
+" filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
+" do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
+" avoid hardlinking.\n"
+"\n"
+" In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
+" using full hardlinks with ::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
+"\n"
+" This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
+" operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
+" the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
+" breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
+" this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
+" metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"gör en kopia av ett existerande arkiv\n"
+"\n"
+" Skapa en kopia av ett existerande arkiv i en ny katalog.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om ingen namn på destinationskatalogen anges, kommer basnamnet för\n"
+" källan att användas.\n"
+"\n"
+" Källans plats kommer att läggas till i det nya arkivets .hg/hgrc-fil\n"
+" som standardplats att användas för framtida dragningar.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om du använder flaggan -r/--rev för att klona fram till en specifik\n"
+" revision, kommer inga efterföljande revisioner (inklusive efterföljande\n"
+" märken) att finnas i det klonade arkivet. Denna flagga använder\n"
+" automatiskt --pull, även för lokala arkiv.\n"
+"\n"
+" Som standard kommer clone att hämta ut toppen i grenen 'default'. Om\n"
+" flaggan -U/--noupdate används, kommer den nya klonen bara att innehålla\n"
+" ett arkiv (.hg) och igen arbetskopia (arbetskopians förälder är\n"
+" null-revisionen.\n"
+"\n"
+" Se 'hg help urls' för detaljer om giltiga källformat.\n"
+"\n"
+" Av effektivitestskäl används hårda länkar när källan och destinationen\n"
+" är på samma filsystem (notera att detta bara gäller för arkivdatat,\n"
+" inte de uthämtade filerna). Vissa filsystem såsom AFS implementerar\n"
+" hårda länkar felaktigt, men rapporterar inga fel. Använd flaggan --pull\n"
+" för att undvika användning av hårda länkar.\n"
+"\n"
+" I vissa fall kan du klona både arkiv och uthämtade filer, alla\n"
+" hårdlänkade, med ::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ cp -al ARKIV ARKIVKLON\n"
+"\n"
+" Detta är det snabbaste sättet att klona, men det är inte alltid säkert.\n"
+" Operationen är inte atomisk (att ARKIV inte modifieras under\n"
+" operationen är upp till dig) och du måste se till att din editor bryter\n"
+" hårda länkar (Emacs och de flesta Linux-kernelverktyg gör det). Det är\n"
+" inte heller kompatibelt med vissa utökningar som placerar sin metadata\n"
+" under katalogen .hg, som mq.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid ""
+"commit the specified files or all outstanding changes\n"
+"\n"
+" Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
+" centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
+" for a way to actively distribute your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
+" will be committed.\n"
+"\n"
+" If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
+" filenames or -I/-X filters.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
+" started to prompt you for a message.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"arkivera de angivna filerna eller alla ändringar\n"
+"\n"
+" Arkiverar ändringar för de angivna filerna i arkivet. Till skillnad\n"
+" från ett centralicerat RCS, är detta en lokal operation. Se hg push\n"
+" för ett sätt att aktivt distribuera dina ändringar.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om filer inte anges, kommer alla ändringar som \"hg status\"\n"
+" rapporterar att arkiveras.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om du arkiverar resultatet av en sammanfogning, ange inga filnamn\n"
+" eller flaggorna -I/-X.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om inget arkiveringsmeddelande anges, kommer den konfigurerade editorn\n"
+" att startas och fråga om meddelandet.\n"
+"\n"
+" Se 'hg help dates' för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid "nothing changed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "created new head\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"mark files as copied for the next commit\n"
+"\n"
+" Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
+" directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
+" the source must be a single file.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
+" exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
+" operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
+"\n"
+" This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
+" before that, see hg revert.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "There is no Mercurial repository here (.hg not found)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "either two or three arguments required"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "returns the completion list associated with the given command"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "validate the correctness of the current dirstate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s in state %s, but not in manifest1\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s in state %s, but also in manifest1\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s in state %s, but not in either manifest\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s in manifest1, but listed as state %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show combined config settings from all hgrc files\n"
+"\n"
+" With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.\n"
+"\n"
+" With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
+" of that config item.\n"
+"\n"
+" With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
+" items with matching section names.\n"
+"\n"
+" With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
+" for each config item.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "only one config item permitted"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"manually set the parents of the current working directory\n"
+"\n"
+" This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
+" be used with care.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show the contents of the current dirstate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copy: %s -> %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "dump the contents of a data file revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid revision identifier %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "parse and display a date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "dump the contents of an index file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "test Mercurial installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Checking encoding (%s)...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " (check that your locale is properly set)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Checking extensions...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " One or more extensions could not be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " (check that you compiled the extensions)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Checking templates...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " (templates seem to have been installed incorrectly)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Checking patch...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " patch call failed:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " unexpected patch output!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " patch test failed!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+" (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. "
+"Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+" Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial."
+"selenic.com/bts/\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " No commit editor set and can't find vi in PATH\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " (specify a commit editor in your .hgrc file)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " Can't find editor '%s' in PATH\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Checking username...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " (specify a username in your .hgrc file)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "No problems detected\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s problems detected, please check your install!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "dump rename information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s renamed from %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not renamed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show how files match on given patterns"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"diff repository (or selected files)\n"
+"\n"
+" Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n"
+"\n"
+" Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
+" default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
+" changeset if no revisions are specified.\n"
+"\n"
+" When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n"
+" between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n"
+" that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n"
+" revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
+" to its parent.\n"
+"\n"
+" Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
+" files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
+" anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
+" format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"visa skillnader i arkivet (eller på valda filer)\n"
+"\n"
+" Visa skillnader mellan revisioner för specificerade filer.\n"
+"\n"
+" Skillnaderna mellan filerna visas i unified diff-format.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTERA: diff kan generera oväntade resultat för sammanfogningar,\n"
+" eftersom den som standard kommer att jämföra mot arbetskatalogens\n"
+" tidigare ändring om ingen revision anges.\n"
+"\n"
+" När två revisioner anges, visas ändringarna mellan dessa två\n"
+" revisioner. Om bara en revision anges kommer den att jämföras med\n"
+" arbetskatalogen, och om ingen revision anges, jämförs arbetskatalogens\n"
+" filer med dess förälder.\n"
+"\n"
+" Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer diff att försöka undvika att visa\n"
+" skillnader mellan binära filer. Med -a, kommer en diff att skapas ändå,\n"
+" troligtvis med oönskade resultat.\n"
+"\n"
+" Använd flaggan -g/--git för att skapa diffs i gits utökade format. För\n"
+" mer information, läs 'hg help diffs'.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid ""
+"dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets\n"
+"\n"
+" Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n"
+"\n"
+" The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
+" changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
+" changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
+" first parent only.\n"
+"\n"
+" Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
+" given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::\n"
+"\n"
+" %% literal \"%\" character\n"
+" %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
+" %N number of patches being generated\n"
+" %R changeset revision number\n"
+" %b basename of the exporting repository\n"
+" %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
+" %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
+" %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n"
+"\n"
+" Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
+" of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
+" diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
+" format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
+" second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"dumpa rubrik och diff för en eller fler ändringar\n"
+"\n"
+" Skriv ändringsrubriken och diffen för en eller fler revisioner.\n"
+"\n"
+" Informationen som visas i ändringsheadern är: författare, ändringens\n"
+" hash, föräldrar och arkiveringskommentar.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTERA: export kan generera oväntade resultat för sammanfogningar,\n"
+" eftersom den som standard bara kommer att jämföra mot den första\n"
+" föräldern.\n"
+"\n"
+" Utmatning kan vara till en fil, och då anges namnet på filen med en\n"
+" formatsträng. Formateringsreglerna är som följer::\n"
+"\n"
+" %% ett \"%\"-tecken\n"
+" %H ändringshash (40 hexadecimala bytes)\n"
+" %N antal genererade patchar\n"
+" %R ändringens revisionsnummer\n"
+" %b basnamn för det exporterande arkivet\n"
+" %h kort ändringshash (12 hexadecimala bytes)\n"
+" %n nollpaddat sekvensnummer, börjar med 1\n"
+" %r nollpaddat ändringsrevisionsnummer\n"
+"\n"
+" Utan flaggan -a/--text, kommer export att undvika skapandet av diffar\n"
+" av filer som upptäcks vara binära. Med -a, kommer filen att exporteras\n"
+" ändå, även om resultatet antagligen inte kommer att vara användbart.\n"
+"\n"
+" Använd flaggan -g/--git för att generera diffar i gits utökade format.\n"
+" Se 'hg help diffs' för mer information.\n"
+"\n"
+" Med flaggan --switch-parent, kommer diffen att vara mot den andra\n"
+" föräldern. Det kan vara användbart för att granska en sammanfogning.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid "export requires at least one changeset"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "exporting patches:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "exporting patch:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"forget the specified files on the next commit\n"
+"\n"
+" Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
+" after the next commit.\n"
+"\n"
+" This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
+" entire project history, and it does not delete them from the\n"
+" working directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"glöm de specificerade filerna vid nästa arkivering\n"
+"\n"
+" Märk de specificerade filerna så att de inte längre kommer att spåras\n"
+" efter nästa arkivering.\n"
+"\n"
+" Detta tar bara bort filer från den nuvarande grenen, inte från hela\n"
+" projekthistoriken, och det raderar dem inte från arbetskatalogen.\n"
+"\n"
+" För att ångra en forget innan nästa arkivering, se hg add.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid "no files specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not removing %s: file is already untracked\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"search for a pattern in specified files and revisions\n"
+"\n"
+" Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n"
+"\n"
+" This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
+" Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
+" working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
+" match appears.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
+" file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
+" that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
+" becomes a non-match, or \"+\" for a non-match that becomes a match),\n"
+" use the --all flag.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show current repository heads or show branch heads\n"
+"\n"
+" With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
+"\n"
+" Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
+" changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
+" are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
+"\n"
+" If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
+" the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
+" branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
+"\n"
+" Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
+" any descendants on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
+" or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
+" was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
+" is considered inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch\n"
+" heads marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch).\n"
+"\n"
+" If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
+" are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "you must specify a branch to use --closed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no open branch heads on branch %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no changes on branch %s containing %s are reachable from %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show help for a given topic or a help overview\n"
+"\n"
+" With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.\n"
+"\n"
+" Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
+" topic."
+msgstr ""
+"visa hjälp för ett givet ämne eller en hjälpöversikt\n"
+"\n"
+" Utan argument visas en kommandolista med korta hjälpmeddelanden.\n"
+"\n"
+" Med ett ämne, utökning eller kommandonamn, visas hjälp för det ämnet.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid "global options:"
+msgstr "globala flaggor:"
+
+msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands"
+msgstr "använd \"hg help\" för den fulla kommandolistan"
+
+msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands or \"hg -v\" for details"
+msgstr ""
+"använd \"hg help\" för en full kommandolista eller \"hg -v\" för detaljer"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "use \"hg -v help%s\" to show aliases and global options"
+msgstr "använd \"hg -v help%s\" för att visa alias och globala flaggor"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options"
+msgstr "använd \"hg -v help %s\" för att visa globala flaggor"
+
+msgid ""
+"list of commands:\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"kommandolista:\n"
+"\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"aliases: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"alias: %s\n"
+
+msgid "(no help text available)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "options:\n"
+msgstr "flaggor:\n"
+
+msgid "no commands defined\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "enabled extensions:"
+msgstr "aktiverade utökningar:"
+
+msgid "no help text available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%s extension - %s\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
+msgstr "Mercurial Distribuerad SCM\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"basic commands:\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"grundläggande kommandon:\n"
+"\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"additional help topics:\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"ytterligare hjälpämnen:\n"
+"\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"identify the working copy or specified revision\n"
+"\n"
+" With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
+" repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
+" cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.\n"
+"\n"
+" This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
+" parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
+" uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
+" this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"import an ordered set of patches\n"
+"\n"
+" Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n"
+"\n"
+" If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
+" will abort unless given the -f/--force flag.\n"
+"\n"
+" You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
+" as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
+" text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
+" message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
+" text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
+" message.\n"
+"\n"
+" If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
+" description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
+" body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
+" override these.\n"
+"\n"
+" If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
+" the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
+" resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
+" the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
+" deficiencies in the text patch format.\n"
+"\n"
+" With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
+" copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n"
+"\n"
+" To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
+" a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "applying patch from stdin\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no diffs found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"message:\n"
+"%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "not a Mercurial patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch is damaged or loses information"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show new changesets found in source\n"
+"\n"
+" Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
+" pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
+" if a pull at the time you issued this command.\n"
+"\n"
+" For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
+" changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n"
+"\n"
+" See pull for valid source format details.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"create a new repository in the given directory\n"
+"\n"
+" Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
+" directory does not exist, it will be created.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n"
+"\n"
+" It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
+" See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"skapa ett nytt arkiv i den angivna katalogen\n"
+"\n"
+" Initialisera ett nytt arkiv i den angivna katalogen. Om den angivna\n"
+" katalogen inte existerar, kommer den att skapas.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om ingen katalog anges, används den nuvarande katalogen.\n"
+"\n"
+" Det är möjligt att specificera en URL med ssh:// som destination. Se\n"
+" 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid ""
+"locate files matching specific patterns\n"
+"\n"
+" Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
+" names match the given patterns.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
+" directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
+" subdirectories, use \"--include .\".\n"
+"\n"
+" If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
+" of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
+" command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
+" will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
+" contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show revision history of entire repository or files\n"
+"\n"
+" Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
+" project.\n"
+"\n"
+" File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
+" files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
+" renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
+" ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
+" only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
+" --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
+" used as the starting revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
+" tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
+" each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
+" changed files and full commit message are shown.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
+" changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
+" its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
+" will appear in files:.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"visa revisionshistorik för hela arkivet eller filer\n"
+"\n"
+" Skriv ut revisionshistoriken för de specificerade filerna eller hela\n"
+" projektet.\n"
+"\n"
+" Filhistorik visas utan att följa namnbyten eller kopieringshistorik av\n"
+" filer. Använd -f/--follow med ett filnamn för att följa historiken även\n"
+" vid namnbyten och kopiering. --follow utan ett filnamn kommer bara att\n"
+" visa föräldrar eller ättlingar från startrevisionen. --follow-first\n"
+" följer bara den första föräldern i revisoner med sammanfogningar.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om ingen revisionsserie specificeras, används tip:0 som standard om\n"
+" inte --follow är satt, då arbetskatalogens förälder används som första\n"
+" revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" Se 'hg help dates' för giltiga format till -d/--date.\n"
+"\n"
+" Som standard skriver detta kommando ut revisionsnummer och ändrings-id,\n"
+" märken, icke-triviala föräldrar, användare, datum och tid, samt ett\n"
+" sammandrag för varje arkivering. När flaggan -v/--verbose används,\n"
+" visas listan med ändrade filer och fullständigt arkiveringsmeddelande.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTERA: log -p/--patch kan generera oväntad diff-utmatning för\n"
+" sammanfogningar, eftersom det bara kommer att jämföra ändringen mot den\n"
+" första förälder. Dessutom kommer bara filer som skiljer sig från BÅDA\n"
+" föräldrarna att visas i filer:.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid ""
+"output the current or given revision of the project manifest\n"
+"\n"
+" Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
+" If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
+" is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.\n"
+"\n"
+" With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
+" With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"merge working directory with another revision\n"
+"\n"
+" The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
+" the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
+" the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
+" updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
+" two parents.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
+" head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
+" head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
+" explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"sammanfoga arbetskatalogen med en annan revision\n"
+"\n"
+" Den aktuella arbetskatalogen uppdateras med alla ändringar som gjorts i\n"
+" den efterfrågade revisionen sedan den senaste gemensamma revisionen.\n"
+"\n"
+" Filerna som ändrats mellan föräldrarna markeras som förändrade till\n"
+" nästa arkivering och en arkivering måste utföras innan några andra\n"
+" arkivuppdateringar tillåts. Nästa arkivering kommer att ha två\n"
+" föräldrar.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om ingen revision anges, arbetskatalogens förälder är en huvudrevision,\n"
+" och den nuvarande grenen innehåller exakt ett annat huvud, sammanfogas\n"
+" det andra huvudet som standard. Om inte, måste en explicit revision\n"
+" anges.\n"
+" "
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "branch '%s' has %d heads - please merge with an explicit rev"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "branch '%s' has one head - please merge with an explicit rev"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "there is nothing to merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit "
+"rev"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show changesets not found in destination\n"
+"\n"
+" Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
+" or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
+" be pushed if a push was requested.\n"
+"\n"
+" See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show the parents of the working directory or revision\n"
+"\n"
+" Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
+" given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
+" If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
+" last changed (before the working directory revision or the\n"
+" argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"visa föräldrar till arbetskatalogen eller revision\n"
+"\n"
+" Visa revisioner för arbetskatalogens föräldrar. Om en revision anges\n"
+" via -r/--rev, kommer den revisionens föräldrar att visas. Om en fil\n"
+" anges, kommer revisionen då den filen sist ändrades (innan\n"
+" arbetskatalogens revision eller innan --rev om angiven) att visas.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid "can only specify an explicit filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show aliases for remote repositories\n"
+"\n"
+" Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
+" show definition of all available names.\n"
+"\n"
+" Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
+" and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "not found!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "not updating, since new heads added\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"pull changes from the specified source\n"
+"\n"
+" Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n"
+"\n"
+" This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
+" or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
+" -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
+" project in the working directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
+" pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
+" added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
+" where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming.\n"
+"\n"
+" If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
+" See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"dra ändringar från den specificerade källan"
+"\n"
+" Drar ändringar från ett annat arkiv till ett lokalt.\n"
+"\n"
+" Hittar alla ändringar från arkivet i den specificerade sökvägen eller\n"
+" URL:en och lägger till dem i det lokala arkivet (det nuvarande om inte\n"
+" -R är angivet). Som standard uppdaterar detta inte projektkopian i\n"
+" arbetskatalogen.\n"
+"\n"
+" Använd hg incoming om du vill se vad som skulle ha lagts till av en\n"
+" dragning vid det tillfället du kör kommandot. Om du bestämmer dig för\n"
+" att lägga till de ändringarna i arkivet, använd pull -r X där X -r den\n"
+" sista ändringen listad av hg incoming.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om KÄLLA inte är angivet, används 'default'-sökvägen.\n"
+" Se 'hg help urls' för mer information.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid ""
+"push changes to the specified destination\n"
+"\n"
+" Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n"
+"\n"
+" This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
+" the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
+" local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
+" current one.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
+" increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
+" user forgot to pull and merge before pushing.\n"
+"\n"
+" If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
+" be pushed to the remote repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
+" URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"tryck ändringar till den specificerade destinationen"
+"\n"
+" Trycker ändringar från det lokala arkivet till den givna destinationen.\n"
+"\n"
+" Detta är en symmetriska operationen för pull. Den flyttar ändringar\n"
+" från det nuvarande arkivet till ett annat. Om destinationen är lokal så\n"
+" är detta identiskt med en dragning i den katalogen från den nuvarande.\n"
+"\n"
+" Som standard vägrar push att utföra något om det upptäcks att antalet\n"
+" huvuden i destinationen ökar. Det brukar generellt sett indikera att\n"
+" användaren glömt att dra och sammanfoga innan tryckning.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om -r/--rev används, kommer den angivna revisionen och alla anfäder att\n"
+" tryckas till det andra arkivet.\n"
+"\n"
+" Se 'hg help urls' för viktiga detaljer om URL:er med ssh://. Om\n"
+" DESTINATION inte är angivet, används standardsökvägen."
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pushing to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"roll back an interrupted transaction\n"
+"\n"
+" Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n"
+"\n"
+" This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
+" interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
+" suggests it.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"remove the specified files on the next commit\n"
+"\n"
+" Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
+" entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
+" files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
+" force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
+" revision without deleting them from the working directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
+" file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
+" states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
+" reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
+" and Delete (from disk)::\n"
+"\n"
+" A C M !\n"
+" none W RD W R\n"
+" -f R RD RD R\n"
+" -A W W W R\n"
+" -Af R R R R\n"
+"\n"
+" This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
+" To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"ta bort de specificerade filerna vid nästa arkivering\n"
+"\n"
+" Markera de indikerade filerna för borttagning från arkivet.\n"
+"\n"
+" Detta tar bara bort filerna från den nuvarande grenen, inte från hela\n"
+" projektets historik. -A/--after kan användas för att bara ta bort filer\n"
+" som redan raderats, -f/--force kan användas för att tvinga radering, och\n"
+" -Af kan ta bort filer från nästa revision utan att radera dem från\n"
+" arbetskopian.\n"
+"\n"
+" Följande tabell visar hur remove uppför sig för olika filstatus\n"
+" (kolumner) och flaggor (rader). Filstatus är Adderade [A], Ren [C],\n"
+" Modifierad [M] och Saknad [!] (som rapporteras av hg status). Aktionerna\n"
+" är Varna, Radera (från gren) och Ta bort (från disk)::\n"
+"\n"
+" A C M !\n"
+" ingen V RT V R\n"
+" -f R RT RT R\n"
+" -A V V V R\n"
+" -Af R R R R\n"
+"\n"
+" Kommandot markerar att filerna ska tas bort vid nästa arkivering. För\n"
+" att ångra en remove innan dess, se hg revert.\n"
+" "
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not removing %s: file is untracked\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not removing %s: file %s (use -f to force removal)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "still exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "is modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "has been marked for add"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"rename files; equivalent of copy + remove\n"
+"\n"
+" Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
+" is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
+" file, there can only be one source.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
+" exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
+" operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n"
+"\n"
+" This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
+" before that, see hg revert.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"retry file merges from a merge or update\n"
+"\n"
+" This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
+" revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
+" resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
+"\n"
+" If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
+" will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
+" -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
+"\n"
+" This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
+" indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
+" marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
+"\n"
+" The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
+"\n"
+" U = unresolved\n"
+" R = resolved\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "too many options specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can't specify --all and patterns"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"restore individual files or directories to an earlier state\n"
+"\n"
+" (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
+" change the working directory parents.)\n"
+"\n"
+" With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
+" to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
+" This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
+" state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
+" working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
+" revision to revert to.\n"
+"\n"
+" Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
+" to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
+" to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
+" dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+"\n"
+" Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
+" changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
+" revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
+" directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
+" afterwards.\n"
+"\n"
+" If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
+" of a file was changed, it is reset.\n"
+"\n"
+" If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
+" If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n"
+"\n"
+" Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
+" To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "you can't specify a revision and a date"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to revert the whole repo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "forgetting %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "reverting %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "undeleting %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "saving current version of %s as %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "file not managed: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no changes needed to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"roll back the last transaction\n"
+"\n"
+" This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
+" rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
+" restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
+" any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
+" the working directory.\n"
+"\n"
+" Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
+" that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
+" repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
+" and their effects can be rolled back::\n"
+"\n"
+" commit\n"
+" import\n"
+" pull\n"
+" push (with this repository as destination)\n"
+" unbundle\n"
+"\n"
+" This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
+" changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
+" back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
+" the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the\n"
+" repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository\n"
+" may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"print the root (top) of the current working directory\n"
+"\n"
+" Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"export the repository via HTTP\n"
+"\n"
+" Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
+" stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
+" files.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"exportera arkivet via HTTP\n"
+"\n"
+" Startar en lokal HTTP-arkivbläddrare och pull-server.\n"
+"\n"
+" Som standard loggar servern anslutningar till stdout och fel till\n"
+" stderr. Använd flaggorna -A/--accesslog och -E/--errorlog för att logga\n"
+" till filer.\n"
+" "
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (bound to %s:%d)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show changed files in the working directory\n"
+"\n"
+" Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
+" files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
+" the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
+" -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
+" Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
+" options -mardu are used.\n"
+"\n"
+" Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
+" unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
+" changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
+" report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
+" to one merge parent.\n"
+"\n"
+" If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
+" If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
+" shown.\n"
+"\n"
+" The codes used to show the status of files are::\n"
+"\n"
+" M = modified\n"
+" A = added\n"
+" R = removed\n"
+" C = clean\n"
+" ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
+" ? = not tracked\n"
+" I = ignored\n"
+" = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"visa ändrade filer i arbetskatalogen\n"
+"\n"
+" Visa status för filer i arkivet. Om namn anges, visas bara filer som\n"
+" matchar. FIler som är rena eller ignorerade eller källan för en flytt-\n"
+" eller kopieringsoperation, visas inte om förrän -c/--clean,\n"
+" -i/--ignored, -C/--copies eller -A/--all anges. Om inte flaggor med\n"
+" beskrivningen \"visa bara ...\" anges, används flaggorna -mardu.\n"
+"\n"
+" Flaggan -q/--quiet döljer ospårade (okända och ignorerade) filer om det\n"
+" inte bes om explicit med -u/--unknown eller -i/--ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+" NOTERA: status kan verka osams med diff om tillstånd har ändrat eller en\n"
+" sammanfogning har utförts. Det vanliga diff-formatet rapporterar inte\n"
+" förändringar av tillstånd och diff rapporterar bara ändringar relativt\n"
+" till en förälder vid sammanfogningar.\n"
+"\n"
+" Koderna som används för att visa filstatus är::\n"
+"\n"
+" M = modifierad\n"
+" A = adderad\n"
+" R = raderad\n"
+" C = ren\n"
+" ! = saknad (borttagen av icke-hg-kommando, men fortfarande spårad)\n"
+" ? = inte spårad\n"
+" I = ignorerad\n"
+" = källa för den tidigare filen listad som A (adderad)\n"
+" "
+
+msgid ""
+"add one or more tags for the current or given revision\n"
+"\n"
+" Name a particular revision using <name>.\n"
+"\n"
+" Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
+" very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
+" earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+" If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
+" used, or tip if no revision is checked out.\n"
+"\n"
+" To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
+" they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
+" similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
+" necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
+" shared among repositories).\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "tag names must be unique"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "the name '%s' is reserved"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "--rev and --remove are incompatible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tag '%s' does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tag '%s' is not a global tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tag '%s' is not a local tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"list repository tags\n"
+"\n"
+" This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
+" switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"show the tip revision\n"
+"\n"
+" The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
+" most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
+" recently changed head).\n"
+"\n"
+" If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
+" you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
+" that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
+" and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"apply one or more changegroup files\n"
+"\n"
+" Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
+" bundle command.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"update working directory\n"
+"\n"
+" Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
+" revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
+" Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
+" clone -U').\n"
+"\n"
+" When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
+" will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
+" repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
+" the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
+" branch.\n"
+"\n"
+" When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
+" discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
+" directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n"
+" to abort.\n"
+"\n"
+" When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
+" used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
+" same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
+" new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
+" with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
+" a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead.\n"
+"\n"
+" If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
+" revert.\n"
+"\n"
+" See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"uppdatera arbetskatalog\n"
+"\n"
+" Uppdatera arkivets arbetskatalog till den specificerade revisionen\n"
+" eller toppen av den nuvarande grenen om ingen anges. Använd null som\n"
+" revision för att ta bort arbetskopian (som 'hg clone -U').\n"
+"\n"
+" När arbetskatalogen inte innehåller oarkiverade ändringar, ersätts\n"
+" den med tillståndet för den begärda revisionen från arkivet. När den\n"
+" begärda revisionen är i en annan gren, kommer arbetskatalogen att växla\n"
+" till den grenen.\n"
+"\n"
+" När det finns oarkiverade ändringar, använd flaggan -C/--clean för att\n"
+" kassera dem, och tvinga tillståndet i arbetskatalogen till den begärda\n"
+" revisionen. Alternativt, använd -c/--check för att avbryta.\n"
+"\n"
+" När det finns oarkiverade ändringar och flaggan -C/--clean inte används,\n"
+" och föräldrarevisionen och den begärda revisionen är på samma gren, och\n"
+" en av dem är en anfäder till den andre, kommer arbetskatalogen att\n"
+" innehålla den begärda revisionen sammanfogad med de oarkiverade\n"
+" ändringarna. Om inte, kommer uppdateringen att misslyckas med ett\n"
+" förslag att använda 'merge' eller 'update -C' istället.\n"
+"\n"
+" Om du vill uppdatera bara en fil till en äldre revision, använd revert.\n"
+"\n"
+" Se 'hg help dates' för en lista med giltiga format för -d/--date.\n"
+" "
+
+msgid "uncommitted local changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"verify the integrity of the repository\n"
+"\n"
+" Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
+" integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
+" the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
+" integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "output version and copyright information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others\n"
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n"
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "repository root directory or symbolic path name"
+msgstr "arkivrotkatalog eller symbolisk sökväg"
+
+msgid "change working directory"
+msgstr "ändra arbetskatalog"
+
+msgid "do not prompt, assume 'yes' for any required answers"
+msgstr "fråga inte, anta att svaret är 'ja' på alla frågor"
+
+msgid "suppress output"
+msgstr "förhindra utmatning"
+
+msgid "enable additional output"
+msgstr "aktivera ytterligare utmatning"
+
+msgid "set/override config option"
+msgstr "sätt/upphäv konfigurationsflagga"
+
+msgid "enable debugging output"
+msgstr "aktivera debugutmatning"
+
+msgid "start debugger"
+msgstr "starta debugger"
+
+msgid "set the charset encoding"
+msgstr "sätt teckenkodning"
+
+msgid "set the charset encoding mode"
+msgstr "sätt teckenkodningsläge"
+
+msgid "print traceback on exception"
+msgstr "visa bakåtspårning vid undantak"
+
+msgid "time how long the command takes"
+msgstr "ta tid på hud lång tid kommandot körs"
+
+msgid "print command execution profile"
+msgstr "visa kommandoexekveringens profil"
+
+msgid "output version information and exit"
+msgstr "skriv versionsinformation och avsluta"
+
+msgid "display help and exit"
+msgstr "visa hjälp och avsluta"
+
+msgid "do not perform actions, just print output"
+msgstr "utför inget, bara visa"
+
+msgid "specify ssh command to use"
+msgstr "specificera ssh-kommando att använda"
+
+msgid "specify hg command to run on the remote side"
+msgstr "specificera hg-kommando att köra på andra sidan"
+
+msgid "include names matching the given patterns"
+msgstr "inkludera namn som matchar de givna mönstren"
+
+msgid "exclude names matching the given patterns"
+msgstr "exkludera namn som matchar de givna mönstren"
+
+msgid "use <text> as commit message"
+msgstr "använd <text> som arkiveringsmeddelande"
+
+msgid "read commit message from <file>"
+msgstr "läs arkiveringsmeddelandet från <fil>"
+
+msgid "record datecode as commit date"
+msgstr "lagra datumkod som arkiveringsdatum"
+
+msgid "record the specified user as committer"
+msgstr "lagra den specificerade användaren som arkiverare"
+
+msgid "display using template map file"
+msgstr "visa med mallfil"
+
+msgid "display with template"
+msgstr "visa med mall"
+
+msgid "do not show merges"
+msgstr "visa inte sammanfogningar"
+
+msgid "treat all files as text"
+msgstr "behandla alla filer som text"
+
+msgid "don't include dates in diff headers"
+msgstr "inkludera inte datum i diff-rubriker"
+
+msgid "show which function each change is in"
+msgstr "visa vilken funktion varje ändring är i"
+
+msgid "ignore white space when comparing lines"
+msgstr "ignorera blanktecken när rader jämförs"
+
+msgid "ignore changes in the amount of white space"
+msgstr "ignorera ändringar av antalet blanktäcken"
+
+msgid "ignore changes whose lines are all blank"
+msgstr "ignorera ändringar vars rader är tomma"
+
+msgid "number of lines of context to show"
+msgstr "antal sammanhangsrader att visa"
+
+msgid "guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [FILE]..."
+msgstr "[FLAGGA]... [FIL]..."
+
+msgid "annotate the specified revision"
+msgstr "annotera den specificerade revisionen"
+
+msgid "follow file copies and renames"
+msgstr "följ filkopior och namnbyten"
+
+msgid "list the author (long with -v)"
+msgstr "visa skapare (lång med -v)"
+
+msgid "list the date (short with -q)"
+msgstr "visa datum (kort med -q)"
+
+msgid "list the revision number (default)"
+msgstr "visa revisionsnummer (standard)"
+
+msgid "list the changeset"
+msgstr "visa ändring"
+
+msgid "show line number at the first appearance"
+msgstr "visa radnummer för första förekomsten"
+
+msgid "[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE..."
+msgstr "[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FIL..."
+
+msgid "do not pass files through decoders"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "directory prefix for files in archive"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision to distribute"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "type of distribution to create"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... DEST"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "merge with old dirstate parent after backout"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "parent to choose when backing out merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision to backout"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [-r] REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "reset bisect state"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "mark changeset good"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "mark changeset bad"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "skip testing changeset"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use command to check changeset state"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "do not update to target"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-gbsr] [-c CMD] [REV]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "reset branch name to parent branch name"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-fC] [NAME]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show only branches that have unmerged heads"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show normal and closed branches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-a]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run even when remote repository is unrelated"
+msgstr "kör även när fjärrarkivet är orelaterat"
+
+msgid "a changeset up to which you would like to bundle"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a base changeset to specify instead of a destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bundle all changesets in the repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bundle compression type to use"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-f] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print output to file with formatted name"
+msgstr "skriv utmatning till fil med formatterat namn"
+
+msgid "print the given revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "apply any matching decode filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... FILE..."
+msgstr "[FLAGGA]... FIL..."
+
+msgid "the clone will only contain a repository (no working copy)"
+msgstr "klonen kommer bara att ha arkivet (ingen arbetskopia)"
+
+msgid "a changeset you would like to have after cloning"
+msgstr "en ändring du skulle vilja ha efter kloning"
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]"
+msgstr "[FLAGGA]... KÄLLA [DEST]"
+
+msgid "mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing"
+msgstr "märk nya/saknade filer som tillagda/borttagna innan arkivering"
+
+msgid "mark a branch as closed, hiding it from the branch list"
+msgstr "markera en gren som stängd, och göm den från grenlistan"
+
+msgid "record a copy that has already occurred"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "forcibly copy over an existing managed file"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[INDEX] REV1 REV2"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[COMMAND]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show the command options"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-o] CMD"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "try extended date formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-e] DATE [RANGE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "FILE REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[PATH]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "FILE"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision to rebuild to"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-r REV] [REV]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision to debug"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-r REV] FILE"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "REV1 [REV2]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "do not display the saved mtime"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]..."
+msgstr "[FLAGGA]..."
+
+msgid "revision to check"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [-r REV1 [-r REV2]] [FILE]..."
+msgstr "[FLAGGA]... [-r REV1 [-r REV2]] [FIL]..."
+
+msgid "diff against the second parent"
+msgstr "diffa mot den andra föräldern"
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] REV..."
+msgstr "[FLAGGA]... [-o UTFILSPEC] REV..."
+
+msgid "end fields with NUL"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print all revisions that match"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames"
+msgstr "följ ändringshistorik, eller filhistorik över kopieringar och namnbyten"
+
+msgid "ignore case when matching"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print only filenames and revisions that match"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "print matching line numbers"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "search in given revision range"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show only heads which are descendants of REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show only the active branch heads from open branches"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show normal and closed branch heads"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-r STARTREV] [REV]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[TOPIC]"
+msgstr "[ÄMNE]"
+
+msgid "identify the specified revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show local revision number"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show global revision id"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show branch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the "
+"corresponding patch option"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "base path"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "don't commit, just update the working directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "apply patch to the nodes from which it was generated"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... PATCH..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show newest record first"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "file to store the bundles into"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a specific revision up to which you would like to pull"
+msgstr "en specifik revision upp till vilken du vill dra"
+
+msgid "[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]"
+msgstr "[-e KMD] [--remotecmd KMD] [DEST]"
+
+msgid "search the repository as it stood at REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs"
+msgstr "filnamn slutar med NUL, för användning med xargs"
+
+msgid "print complete paths from the filesystem root"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [PATTERN]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "only follow the first parent of merge changesets"
+msgstr "följ bara den första föräldern vid sammanfogningar"
+
+msgid "show revisions matching date spec"
+msgstr "visa revisioner som matchar datumspecen"
+
+msgid "show copied files"
+msgstr "visa kopierade filer"
+
+msgid "do case-insensitive search for a keyword"
+msgstr "gör versalokänslig sökning efter nyckelord"
+
+msgid "include revisions where files were removed"
+msgstr "inkludera revisioner där filer togs bort"
+
+msgid "show only merges"
+msgstr "visa bara sammanfogningar"
+
+msgid "revisions committed by user"
+msgstr "revisioner arkiverade av användare"
+
+msgid "show only changesets within the given named branch"
+msgstr "visa bara ändringar i den namngivda grenen"
+
+msgid "do not display revision or any of its ancestors"
+msgstr "visa inte revision eller någon av dess föräldrar"
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [FILE]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-r REV]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "force a merge with outstanding changes"
+msgstr "tvinga en sammanfogning med utestående ändringar"
+
+msgid "revision to merge"
+msgstr "revision att sammanfoga"
+
+msgid "review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)"
+msgstr "granska revisioner att sammanfoga (ingen sammanfogning utförs)"
+
+msgid "[-f] [[-r] REV]"
+msgstr "[-f] [[-r] REV]"
+
+msgid "a specific revision up to which you would like to push"
+msgstr "en specifik revision upp till vilken du vill trycka"
+
+msgid "[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show parents from the specified revision"
+msgstr "visa föräldrar från den angivna revisionen"
+
+msgid "[-r REV] [FILE]"
+msgstr "[-r REV] [FIL]"
+
+msgid "[NAME]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "update to new tip if changesets were pulled"
+msgstr "uppdatera till ny topp om ändringar drogs"
+
+msgid "[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]"
+msgstr "[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e KMD] [--remotecmd KMD] [KÄLLA]"
+
+msgid "force push"
+msgstr "tvinga tryckning"
+
+msgid "[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]"
+msgstr "[-f] [-r REV]... [-e KMD] [--remotecmd KMD] [DEST]"
+
+msgid "record delete for missing files"
+msgstr "markera saknade filer för radering"
+
+msgid "remove (and delete) file even if added or modified"
+msgstr "radera (och ta bort) filer även om tillagda eller modifierade"
+
+msgid "record a rename that has already occurred"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "remerge all unresolved files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "list state of files needing merge"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "mark files as resolved"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unmark files as resolved"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revert all changes when no arguments given"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "tipmost revision matching date"
+msgstr "senaste revision matchande datum"
+
+msgid "revision to revert to"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "do not save backup copies of files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "name of access log file to write to"
+msgstr "namn på åtkomstlogg att skriva till"
+
+msgid "name of error log file to write to"
+msgstr "namn på fellogg att skriva till"
+
+msgid "port to listen on (default: 8000)"
+msgstr "port att lyssna på (standard: 8000)"
+
+msgid "address to listen on (default: all interfaces)"
+msgstr "adress att lyssna på (standard alla gränssnitt)"
+
+msgid "prefix path to serve from (default: server root)"
+msgstr "sökvägsprefix att dela ut från (standard: serverrot)"
+
+msgid "name to show in web pages (default: working directory)"
+msgstr "namn att visa i webbsidor (standard: arbetskatalogen)"
+
+msgid "name of the webdir config file (serve more than one repository)"
+msgstr "namn på webdir-konfigurationsfil (dela ut mer än ett arkiv)"
+
+msgid "for remote clients"
+msgstr "för fjärrklienter"
+
+msgid "web templates to use"
+msgstr "webbmallar att använda"
+
+msgid "template style to use"
+msgstr "mallstil att använda"
+
+msgid "use IPv6 in addition to IPv4"
+msgstr "använd IPv6 förutom IPv4"
+
+msgid "SSL certificate file"
+msgstr "SSL-certifikatsfil"
+
+msgid "show untrusted configuration options"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-u] [NAME]..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show status of all files"
+msgstr "visa status för alla filer"
+
+msgid "show only modified files"
+msgstr "visa bara modifierade filer"
+
+msgid "show only added files"
+msgstr "visa bara adderade filer"
+
+msgid "show only removed files"
+msgstr "visa bara raderade filer"
+
+msgid "show only deleted (but tracked) files"
+msgstr "visa bara borttagna (men spårade) filer"
+
+msgid "show only files without changes"
+msgstr "visa bara filer utan ändringar"
+
+msgid "show only unknown (not tracked) files"
+msgstr "visa bara okända (ospårade) filer"
+
+msgid "show only ignored files"
+msgstr "visa bara ignorerade filer"
+
+msgid "hide status prefix"
+msgstr "göm statusprefix"
+
+msgid "show source of copied files"
+msgstr "visa källan för kopierade filer"
+
+msgid "show difference from revision"
+msgstr "visa differens från revision"
+
+msgid "replace existing tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "make the tag local"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision to tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "remove a tag"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-p]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "update to new tip if changesets were unbundled"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-u] FILE..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "overwrite locally modified files (no backup)"
+msgstr "skriv över lokalt modifierade filer (ingen backup)"
+
+msgid "check for uncommitted changes"
+msgstr "leta efter icke arkiverade ändringar"
+
+msgid "[-C] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]"
+msgstr "[-C] [-d DATUM] [[-r] REV]"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "config error at %s:%d: '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "not found in manifest"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "branch name not in UTF-8!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " searching for copies back to rev %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" unmatched files in local:\n"
+" %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" unmatched files in other:\n"
+" %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " all copies found (* = to merge, ! = divergent):\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " checking for directory renames\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " dir %s -> %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " file %s -> %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "working directory state appears damaged!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "'\\n' and '\\r' disallowed in filenames: %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "directory %r already in dirstate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "file %r in dirstate clashes with %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not in dirstate: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unknown"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "character device"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "block device"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "fifo"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "socket"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unsupported file type (type is %s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"hg: command '%s' is ambiguous:\n"
+" %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hg: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "timed out waiting for lock held by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "lock held by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: could not lock %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hg %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: %s!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " empty string\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "killed!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hg: unknown command '%s'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: could not import module %s!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(did you forget to compile extensions?)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(is your Python install correct?)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: error: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "broken pipe\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "interrupted!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"broken pipe\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "abort: out of memory\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "** unknown exception encountered, details follow\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "** report bug details to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "** or mercurial@selenic.com\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "** Extensions loaded: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no definition for alias '%s'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "alias '%s' resolves to unknown command '%s'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "alias '%s' resolves to ambiguous command '%s'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "alias '%s' shadows command\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "malformed --config option: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Option --config may not be abbreviated!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --"
+"repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time: real %.3f secs (user %.3f+%.3f sys %.3f+%.3f)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "repository '%s' is not local"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "invalid arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/"
+"misc/lsprof/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "*** failed to import extension %s from %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "*** failed to import extension %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "couldn't find merge tool %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tool %s can't handle symlinks\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tool %s can't handle binary\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tool %s requires a GUI\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "picked tool '%s' for %s (binary %s symlink %s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" no tool found to merge %s\n"
+"keep (l)ocal or take (o)ther?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Local"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "merging %s and %s to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "merging %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "my %s other %s ancestor %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " premerge successful\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" output file %s appears unchanged\n"
+"was merge successful (yn)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&No"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "merging %s failed!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Inconsistent state, %s:%s is good and bad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown bisect kind %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
+" extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
+" existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
+" implement hooks.\n"
+"\n"
+" Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
+" they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
+" usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
+" as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
+" for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
+" Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
+" needed.\n"
+"\n"
+" To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
+" the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
+" this::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" foo =\n"
+"\n"
+" You may also specify the full path to an extension::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py\n"
+"\n"
+" To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
+" scope, prepend its path with !::\n"
+"\n"
+" [extensions]\n"
+" # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
+" hgext.bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
+" # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz\n"
+" hgext.baz = !\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "disabled extensions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Date Formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:\n"
+"\n"
+" - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
+" - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n"
+"\n"
+" Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
+" \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
+" \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
+" \"Dec 6\" (midnight)\n"
+" \"13:18\" (today assumed)\n"
+" \"3:39\" (3:39AM assumed)\n"
+" \"3:39pm\" (15:39)\n"
+" \"2006-12-06 13:18:29\" (ISO 8601 format)\n"
+" \"2006-12-6 13:18\"\n"
+" \"2006-12-6\"\n"
+" \"12-6\"\n"
+" \"12/6\"\n"
+" \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n"
+"\n"
+" Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n"
+"\n"
+" This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is\n"
+" the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC).\n"
+" offset is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC\n"
+" (negative if the timezone is east of UTC).\n"
+"\n"
+" The log command also accepts date ranges::\n"
+"\n"
+" \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
+" \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
+" \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
+" \"-{days}\" - within a given number of days of today\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "File Name Patterns"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more\n"
+" files at a time.\n"
+"\n"
+" By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended\n"
+" glob patterns.\n"
+"\n"
+" Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.\n"
+"\n"
+" To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it\n"
+" with \"path:\". These path names must completely match starting at\n"
+" the current repository root.\n"
+"\n"
+" To use an extended glob, start a name with \"glob:\". Globs are\n"
+" rooted at the current directory; a glob such as \"``*.c``\" will\n"
+" only match files in the current directory ending with \".c\".\n"
+"\n"
+" The supported glob syntax extensions are \"``**``\" to match any\n"
+" string across path separators and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\".\n"
+"\n"
+" To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with \"re:\".\n"
+" Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.\n"
+"\n"
+" Plain examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
+" of the repository\n"
+" path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n"
+"\n"
+" Glob examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
+" *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
+" **.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
+" current directory including itself.\n"
+" foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
+" foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
+" including itself.\n"
+"\n"
+" Regexp examples::\n"
+"\n"
+" re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
+"\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Environment Variables"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"HG\n"
+" Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running\n"
+" hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
+" the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
+" 'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
+" Windows) is searched.\n"
+"\n"
+"HGEDITOR\n"
+" This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
+"\n"
+" (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
+"\n"
+"HGENCODING\n"
+" This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
+" This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
+" changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
+" be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.\n"
+"\n"
+"HGENCODINGMODE\n"
+" This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
+" while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
+" causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
+" settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
+" \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
+" the --encodingmode command-line option.\n"
+"\n"
+"HGMERGE\n"
+" An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
+" will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
+" ancestor file.\n"
+"\n"
+" (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
+"\n"
+"HGRCPATH\n"
+" A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
+" separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
+" platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
+" from the current repository is read.\n"
+"\n"
+" For each element in HGRCPATH:\n"
+"\n"
+" - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
+" - otherwise, the file itself will be added\n"
+"\n"
+"HGUSER\n"
+" This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
+" available values will be considered in this order:\n"
+"\n"
+" - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
+" - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
+" - EMAIL\n"
+" - interactive prompt\n"
+" - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)\n"
+"\n"
+" (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n"
+"\n"
+"EMAIL\n"
+" May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
+"\n"
+"LOGNAME\n"
+" May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.\n"
+"\n"
+"VISUAL\n"
+" This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n"
+"\n"
+"EDITOR\n"
+" Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
+" user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
+" editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
+" variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
+" non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
+" defaults to 'vi'.\n"
+"\n"
+"PYTHONPATH\n"
+" This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
+" set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Specifying Single Revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions.\n"
+"\n"
+" A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers\n"
+" are treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting\n"
+" the tip, -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth.\n"
+"\n"
+" A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
+" identifier.\n"
+"\n"
+" A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
+" unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
+" identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the\n"
+" prefix of exactly one full-length identifier.\n"
+"\n"
+" Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is\n"
+" a symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch\n"
+" name denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch\n"
+" names must not contain the \":\" character.\n"
+"\n"
+" The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies\n"
+" the most recent revision.\n"
+"\n"
+" The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
+" revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0.\n"
+"\n"
+" The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If\n"
+" no working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If\n"
+" an uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the\n"
+" first parent.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Specifying Multiple Revisions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be\n"
+" specified individually, or provided as a topologically continuous\n"
+" range, separated by the \":\" character.\n"
+"\n"
+" The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END\n"
+" are revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If\n"
+" BEGIN is not specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END\n"
+" is not specified, it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means\n"
+" \"all revisions\".\n"
+"\n"
+" If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse\n"
+" order.\n"
+"\n"
+" A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
+" gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Diff Formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two\n"
+" versions of a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU\n"
+" diff, which can be used by GNU patch and many other standard\n"
+" tools.\n"
+"\n"
+" While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
+" following information:\n"
+"\n"
+" - executable status and other permission bits\n"
+" - copy or rename information\n"
+" - changes in binary files\n"
+" - creation or deletion of empty files\n"
+"\n"
+" Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
+" which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not\n"
+" produced by default because a few widespread tools still do not\n"
+" understand this format.\n"
+"\n"
+" This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
+" (e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like\n"
+" file copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because\n"
+" when applying a standard diff to a different repository, this\n"
+" extra information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like\n"
+" push and pull) are not affected by this, because they use an\n"
+" internal binary format for communicating changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the\n"
+" --git option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in\n"
+" the [diff] section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this\n"
+" option when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq\n"
+" extension.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Template Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
+" templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
+" line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
+" template-style (--style).\n"
+"\n"
+" You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
+" outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog.\n"
+"\n"
+" Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
+" when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
+" Usage::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n"
+"\n"
+" A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
+" expansion::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
+" b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n"
+"\n"
+" Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
+" keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
+" keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:\n"
+"\n"
+" :author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
+" :branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
+" was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
+" default.\n"
+" :date: Date information. The date when the changeset was\n"
+" committed.\n"
+" :desc: String. The text of the changeset description.\n"
+" :diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following\n"
+" format: \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\"\n"
+" :files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed\n"
+" by this changeset.\n"
+" :file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.\n"
+" :file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.\n"
+" :file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.\n"
+" :node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a\n"
+" 40-character hexadecimal string.\n"
+" :parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.\n"
+" :rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision\n"
+" number.\n"
+" :tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the\n"
+" changeset.\n"
+"\n"
+" The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
+" want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
+" it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
+" variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
+" output::\n"
+"\n"
+" $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
+" 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n"
+"\n"
+" List of filters:\n"
+"\n"
+" :addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
+" every line except the last.\n"
+" :age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
+" between the given date/time and the current\n"
+" date/time.\n"
+" :basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the\n"
+" last component of the path after splitting by the\n"
+" path separator (ignoring trailing separators). For\n"
+" example, \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes \"baz\" and \"foo/bar//\"\n"
+" becomes \"bar\".\n"
+" :stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level,\n"
+" if possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes\n"
+" \"foo\".\n"
+" :date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including\n"
+" the timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n"
+" :domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an\n"
+" email address, and extracts just the domain\n"
+" component. Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes\n"
+" 'example.com'.\n"
+" :email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like\n"
+" an email address. Example: 'User <user@example.com>'\n"
+" becomes 'user@example.com'.\n"
+" :escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters\n"
+" \"&\", \"<\" and \">\" with XML entities.\n"
+" :fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.\n"
+" :fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.\n"
+" :firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.\n"
+" :nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.\n"
+" :hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:\n"
+" \"1157407993 25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).\n"
+" :isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format.\n"
+" :localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.\n"
+" :obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a\n"
+" sequence of XML entities.\n"
+" :person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.\n"
+" :rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in\n"
+" email headers.\n"
+" :short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset\n"
+" hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.\n"
+" :shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\".\n"
+" :strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.\n"
+" :tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except\n"
+" the first starting with a tab character.\n"
+" :urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For\n"
+" example, \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\".\n"
+" :user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email\n"
+" address.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "URL Paths"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Valid URLs are of the form::\n"
+"\n"
+" local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
+" file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
+" http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
+" https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
+" ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
+"\n"
+" Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
+" repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
+" incoming --bundle').\n"
+"\n"
+" An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,\n"
+" or changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
+" revisions'.\n"
+"\n"
+" Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are\n"
+" only possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote\n"
+" Mercurial server.\n"
+"\n"
+" Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n"
+"\n"
+" - SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination\n"
+" machine and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as\n"
+" remotecmd.\n"
+" - path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.\n"
+" Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute\n"
+" path::\n"
+"\n"
+" ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n"
+"\n"
+" - Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right\n"
+" thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::\n"
+"\n"
+" Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
+" Compression no\n"
+" Host *\n"
+" Compression yes\n"
+"\n"
+" Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc\n"
+" or with the --ssh command line option.\n"
+"\n"
+" These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under\n"
+" the [paths] section like so::\n"
+"\n"
+" [paths]\n"
+" alias1 = URL1\n"
+" alias2 = URL2\n"
+" ...\n"
+"\n"
+" You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
+" example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).\n"
+"\n"
+" Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults\n"
+" when you do not provide the URL to a command:\n"
+"\n"
+" default:\n"
+" When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command\n"
+" saves the location of the source repository as the new\n"
+" repository's 'default' path. This is then used when you omit\n"
+" path from push- and pull-like commands (including incoming and\n"
+" outgoing).\n"
+"\n"
+" default-push:\n"
+" The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
+" prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Using additional features"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can only share local repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "destination already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "updating working directory\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "destination directory: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "destination '%s' already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone "
+"by revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "updated"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "merged"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "removed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unresolved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d files %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg up --clean' to "
+"abandon\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error reading %s/.hg/hgrc: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "SSL support is unavailable"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "IPv6 is not available on this system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot start server at '%s:%d': %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "calling hook %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s hook is invalid (\"%s\" not in a module)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s hook is invalid (import of \"%s\" failed)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s hook is invalid (\"%s\" is not defined)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s hook is invalid (\"%s\" is not callable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error: %s hook failed: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error: %s hook raised an exception: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s hook failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: %s hook failed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "running hook %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s hook %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: %s hook %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "connection ended unexpectedly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unsupported URL component: \"%s\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "using %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "capabilities: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "operation not supported over http"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "sending %s command\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "sending %s bytes\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "authorization failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "http error while sending %s command\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "http error, possibly caused by proxy setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "real URL is %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "requested URL: '%s'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' does not appear to be an hg repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' sent a broken Content-Type header (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' uses newer protocol %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "look up remote revision"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unexpected response:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "look up remote changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "push failed (unexpected response):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "push failed: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Python support for SSL and HTTPS is not installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot create new http repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring invalid syntax '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "skipping unreadable ignore file '%s': %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "repository %s not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "repository %s already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "requirement '%s' not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ".hg/sharedpath points to nonexistent directory %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%r cannot be used in a tag name"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "working copy of .hgtags is changed (please commit .hgtags manually)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "working directory has unknown parent '%s'!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown revision '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "filtering %s through %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "journal already exists - run hg recover"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rolling back interrupted transaction\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no interrupted transaction available\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rolling back last transaction\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Named branch could not be reset, current branch still is: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no rollback information available\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "waiting for lock on %s held by %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "repository %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "working directory of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " %s: searching for copy revision for %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " %s: copy %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot partially commit a merge (do not specify files or patterns)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "file not found!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no match under directory!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "file not tracked!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unresolved merge conflicts (see hg resolve)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "committing subrepository %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "trouble committing %s!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not exist!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%s: files over 10MB may cause memory and performance problems\n"
+"(use 'hg revert %s' to unadd the file)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not added: only files and symlinks supported currently\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s already tracked!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not added!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s still exists!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not tracked!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not removed!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copy failed: %s is not a file or a symbolic link\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "searching for changes\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "examining %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "branch already found\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found incomplete branch %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found new changeset %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "request %d: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "received %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "narrowing %d:%d %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found new branch changeset %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "narrowed branch search to %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "already have changeset "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "warning: repository is unrelated\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "repository is unrelated"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "found new changesets starting at "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d total queries\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "common changesets up to "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "requesting all changes\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support "
+"changegroupsubset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "abort: push creates new remote branch '%s'!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "abort: push creates new remote heads!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(did you forget to merge? use push -f to force)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "note: unsynced remote changes!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d changesets found\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "list of changesets:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "empty or missing revlog for %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "add changeset %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "adding changesets\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "received changelog group is empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "adding manifests\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "adding file changes\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "adding %s revisions\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "received file revlog group is empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " (%+d heads)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "added %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "updating the branch cache\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Unexpected response from remote server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "operation forbidden by server"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "locking the remote repository failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "the server sent an unknown error code"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "streaming all changes\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d files to transfer, %s of data\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "adding %s (%s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "transferred %s in %.1f seconds (%s/sec)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no [smtp]host in hgrc - cannot send mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "sending mail: smtp host %s, port %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can't use TLS: Python SSL support not installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "(using tls)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "(authenticating to mail server as %s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "sending mail: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "smtp specified as email transport, but no smtp host configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%r specified as email transport, but not in PATH"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring invalid sendcharset: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid email address: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid local address: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "failed to remove %s from manifest"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "diff context lines count must be an integer, not %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: "
+"'%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "case-folding collision between %s and %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" conflicting flags for %s\n"
+"(n)one, e(x)ec or sym(l)ink?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&None"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "E&xec"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Sym&link"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "resolving manifests\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " overwrite %s partial %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " ancestor %s local %s remote %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" local changed %s which remote deleted\n"
+"use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Changed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"remote changed %s which local deleted\n"
+"use (c)hanged version or leave (d)eleted?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Deleted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "preserving %s for resolve of %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "update failed to remove %s: %s!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "getting %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "getting %s to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: detected divergent renames of %s to:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "branch %s not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can't merge with ancestor"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "nothing to merge (use 'hg update' or check 'hg heads')"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "outstanding uncommitted changes (use 'hg status' to list changes)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or 'hg update -C' to discard changes)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or 'hg update -C')"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "crosses named branches (use 'hg update -C' to discard changes)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot create %s: destination already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot create %s: unable to create destination directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "found patch at byte %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patch generated by hg export\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unable to find '%s' for patching\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patching file %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d out of %d hunks FAILED -- saving rejects to file %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bad hunk #%d %s (%d %d %d %d)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "file %s already exists\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Hunk #%d succeeded at %d %s(offset %d line).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Hunk #%d succeeded at %d %s(offset %d lines).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Hunk #%d FAILED at %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bad hunk #%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bad hunk #%d old text line %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "could not extract binary patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "binary patch is %d bytes, not %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unable to strip away %d dirs from %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "undefined source and destination files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "malformed patch %s %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unsupported parser state: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "patch command failed: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unsupported line endings type: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no valid hunks found; trying with %r instead\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " %d files changed, %d insertions(+), %d deletions(-)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "exited with status %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "killed by signal %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "stopped by signal %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "invalid exit code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "saving bundle to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "adding branch\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot %s; remote repository does not support the %r capability"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown compression type %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "index %s unknown flags %#04x for format v0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "index %s unknown flags %#04x for revlogng"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "index %s unknown format %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "index %s is corrupted"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no node"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "ambiguous identifier"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no match found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "incompatible revision flag %x"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not found in the transaction"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unknown base"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "consistency error adding group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s looks like a binary file."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can only specify two labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "warning: conflicts during merge.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "couldn't parse location %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "could not create remote repo"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "remote: "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no suitable response from remote hg"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "push refused: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unsynced changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot lock static-http repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot create new static-http repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid entry in fncache, line %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "scanning\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d files, %d bytes to transfer\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "sending %s (%d bytes)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" subrepository sources for %s differ\n"
+"use (l)ocal source (%s) or (r)emote source (%s)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Remote"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" local changed subrepository %s which remote removed\n"
+"use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+" remote changed subrepository %s which local removed\n"
+"use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "removing subrepo %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pulling subrepo %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pushing subrepo %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s, line %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot parse entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "node '%s' is not well formed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unmatched quotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error expanding '%s%%%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown filter '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "style not found: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "template file %s: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot use transaction when it is already committed/aborted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "failed to truncate %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "transaction abort!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rollback completed\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rollback failed - please run hg recover\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Not trusting file %s from untrusted user %s, group %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Ignored: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring untrusted configuration option %s.%s = %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s.%s not a boolean ('%s')"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "enter a commit username:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "No username found, using '%s' instead\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Please specify a username."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "username %s contains a newline\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "response expected"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "unrecognized response\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "password: "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "edit failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "http authorization required"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "http authorization required\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "realm: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "user: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "user:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "http auth: user %s, password %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "proxying through http://%s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "command '%s' failed: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "path contains illegal component: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "path %r is inside repo %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "path %r traverses symbolic link %r"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Hardlinks not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "could not symlink to %r: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid date: %r "
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "date exceeds 32 bits: %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "impossible time zone offset: %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid day spec: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.0f GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.1f GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.2f GB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.0f MB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.1f MB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.2f MB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.0f KB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.1f KB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.2f KB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%.0f bytes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot verify bundle or remote repos"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "interrupted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "empty or missing %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "data length off by %d bytes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "index contains %d extra bytes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: `%s' uses revlog format 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: `%s' uses revlog format 0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "rev %d points to nonexistent changeset %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "rev %d points to unexpected changeset %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " (expected %s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown parent 1 %s of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown parent 2 %s of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "checking parents of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "duplicate revision %d (%d)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "repository uses revlog format %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "checking changesets\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unpacking changeset %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "checking manifests\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not in changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "file without name in manifest"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "reading manifest delta %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "crosschecking files in changesets and manifests\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "changeset refers to unknown manifest %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "in changeset but not in manifest"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "in manifest but not in changeset"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "checking files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot decode filename '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "broken revlog! (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "missing revlog!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not in manifests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unpacked size is %s, %s expected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unpacking %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "empty or missing copy source revlog %s:%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: %s@%s: copy source revision is nullid %s:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "checking rename of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s in manifests not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: orphan revlog '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d files, %d changesets, %d total revisions\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d warnings encountered!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d integrity errors encountered!\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "(first damaged changeset appears to be %d)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "user name not available - set USERNAME environment variable"
+msgstr ""
--- a/mercurial/bundlerepo.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/bundlerepo.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
localrepo.localrepository.__init__(self, ui, path)
except error.RepoError:
self._tempparent = tempfile.mkdtemp()
- localrepo.instance(ui,self._tempparent,1)
+ localrepo.instance(ui, self._tempparent, 1)
localrepo.localrepository.__init__(self, ui, self._tempparent)
if path:
--- a/mercurial/byterange.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/byterange.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
"""
def open_local_file(self, req):
import mimetypes
- import mimetools
+ import email
host = req.get_host()
file = req.get_selector()
localfile = urllib.url2pathname(file)
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@
raise RangeError('Requested Range Not Satisfiable')
size = (lb - fb)
fo = RangeableFileObject(fo, (fb, lb))
- headers = mimetools.Message(StringIO(
+ headers = email.message_from_string(
'Content-Type: %s\nContent-Length: %d\nLast-Modified: %s\n' %
- (mtype or 'text/plain', size, modified)))
+ (mtype or 'text/plain', size, modified))
return urllib.addinfourl(fo, headers, 'file:'+file)
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
import socket
import sys
import mimetypes
-import mimetools
+import email
class FTPRangeHandler(urllib2.FTPHandler):
def ftp_open(self, req):
@@ -325,8 +325,7 @@
headers += "Content-Type: %s\n" % mtype
if retrlen is not None and retrlen >= 0:
headers += "Content-Length: %d\n" % retrlen
- sf = StringIO(headers)
- headers = mimetools.Message(sf)
+ headers = email.message_from_string(headers)
return addinfourl(fp, headers, req.get_full_url())
except ftplib.all_errors, msg:
raise IOError('ftp error', msg), sys.exc_info()[2]
--- a/mercurial/changegroup.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/changegroup.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
"HG10GZ": ("HG10GZ", lambda: zlib.compressobj()),
}
-# hgweb uses this list to communicate it's preferred type
+# hgweb uses this list to communicate its preferred type
bundlepriority = ['HG10GZ', 'HG10BZ', 'HG10UN']
def writebundle(cg, filename, bundletype):
--- a/mercurial/changelog.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/changelog.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -87,25 +87,39 @@
self.data.append(str(s))
self.offset += len(s)
+def delayopener(opener, target, divert, buf):
+ def o(name, mode='r'):
+ if name != target:
+ return opener(name, mode)
+ if divert:
+ return opener(name + ".a", mode.replace('a', 'w'))
+ # otherwise, divert to memory
+ return appender(opener(name, mode), buf)
+ return o
+
class changelog(revlog.revlog):
def __init__(self, opener):
+ revlog.revlog.__init__(self, opener, "00changelog.i")
self._realopener = opener
self._delayed = False
- revlog.revlog.__init__(self, self._delayopener, "00changelog.i")
+ self._divert = False
def delayupdate(self):
"delay visibility of index updates to other readers"
self._delayed = True
- self._delaycount = len(self)
+ self._divert = (len(self) == 0)
self._delaybuf = []
- self._delayname = None
+ self.opener = delayopener(self._realopener, self.indexfile,
+ self._divert, self._delaybuf)
def finalize(self, tr):
"finalize index updates"
self._delayed = False
+ self.opener = self._realopener
# move redirected index data back into place
- if self._delayname:
- util.rename(self._delayname + ".a", self._delayname)
+ if self._divert:
+ n = self.opener(self.indexfile + ".a").name
+ util.rename(n, n[:-2])
elif self._delaybuf:
fp = self.opener(self.indexfile, 'a')
fp.write("".join(self._delaybuf))
@@ -114,21 +128,6 @@
# split when we're done
self.checkinlinesize(tr)
- def _delayopener(self, name, mode='r'):
- fp = self._realopener(name, mode)
- # only divert the index
- if not self._delayed or not name == self.indexfile:
- return fp
- # if we're doing an initial clone, divert to another file
- if self._delaycount == 0:
- self._delayname = fp.name
- if not len(self):
- # make sure to truncate the file
- mode = mode.replace('a', 'w')
- return self._realopener(name + ".a", mode)
- # otherwise, divert to memory
- return appender(fp, self._delaybuf)
-
def readpending(self, file):
r = revlog.revlog(self.opener, file)
self.index = r.index
@@ -147,17 +146,16 @@
fp2.close()
# switch modes so finalize can simply rename
self._delaybuf = []
- self._delayname = fp1.name
+ self._divert = True
- if self._delayname:
+ if self._divert:
return True
return False
def checkinlinesize(self, tr, fp=None):
- if self.opener == self._delayopener:
- return
- return revlog.revlog.checkinlinesize(self, tr, fp)
+ if not self._delayed:
+ revlog.revlog.checkinlinesize(self, tr, fp)
def read(self, node):
"""
--- a/mercurial/commands.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/commands.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -8,12 +8,13 @@
from node import hex, nullid, nullrev, short
from lock import release
from i18n import _, gettext
-import os, re, sys, subprocess, difflib, time
+import os, re, sys, subprocess, difflib, time, tempfile
import hg, util, revlog, bundlerepo, extensions, copies, context, error
-import patch, help, mdiff, tempfile, url, encoding
+import patch, help, mdiff, url, encoding
import archival, changegroup, cmdutil, sshserver, hbisect
from hgweb import server
import merge as merge_
+import minirst
# Commands start here, listed alphabetically
@@ -57,11 +58,11 @@
commit.
Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a
- parameter > 0, this compares every removed file with every added
- file and records those similar enough as renames. This option
- takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must be
- identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way can
- be expensive.
+ parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with
+ every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This
+ option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must
+ be identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way
+ can be expensive.
"""
try:
sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0)
@@ -141,14 +142,14 @@
directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.
To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid
- types are:
-
- "files" (default): a directory full of files
- "tar": tar archive, uncompressed
- "tbz2": tar archive, compressed using bzip2
- "tgz": tar archive, compressed using gzip
- "uzip": zip archive, uncompressed
- "zip": zip archive, compressed using deflate
+ types are::
+
+ "files" (default): a directory full of files
+ "tar": tar archive, uncompressed
+ "tbz2": tar archive, compressed using bzip2
+ "tgz": tar archive, compressed using gzip
+ "uzip": zip archive, uncompressed
+ "zip": zip archive, compressed using deflate
The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given
using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details.
@@ -247,7 +248,7 @@
commit_opts['addremove'] = False
if not commit_opts['message'] and not commit_opts['logfile']:
# we don't translate commit messages
- commit_opts['message'] = "Backed out changeset %s" % (short(node))
+ commit_opts['message'] = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node)
commit_opts['force_editor'] = True
commit(ui, repo, **commit_opts)
def nice(node):
@@ -397,8 +398,8 @@
while size <= changesets:
tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2
rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
- ui.write(_("Testing changeset %s:%s "
- "(%s changesets remaining, ~%s tests)\n")
+ ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s "
+ "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n")
% (rev, short(node), changesets, tests))
if not noupdate:
cmdutil.bail_if_changed(repo)
@@ -564,11 +565,11 @@
Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as
- for the export command, with the following additions:
-
- %s basename of file being printed
- %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
- %p root-relative path name of file being printed
+ for the export command, with the following additions::
+
+ %s basename of file being printed
+ %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
+ %p root-relative path name of file being printed
"""
ctx = repo[opts.get('rev')]
err = 1
@@ -617,7 +618,7 @@
avoid hardlinking.
In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files
- using full hardlinks with
+ using full hardlinks with ::
$ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE
@@ -627,7 +628,6 @@
breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,
this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their
metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.
-
"""
hg.clone(cmdutil.remoteui(ui, opts), source, dest,
pull=opts.get('pull'),
@@ -680,9 +680,9 @@
ui.status(_('created new head\n'))
if ui.debugflag:
- ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev,hex(node)))
+ ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev, hex(node)))
elif ui.verbose:
- ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev,short(node)))
+ ui.write(_('committed changeset %d:%s\n') % (rev, short(node)))
def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
"""mark files as copied for the next commit
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(sorted(cmdlist)))
def debugfsinfo(ui, path = "."):
- file('.debugfsinfo', 'w').write('')
+ open('.debugfsinfo', 'w').write('')
ui.write('exec: %s\n' % (util.checkexec(path) and 'yes' or 'no'))
ui.write('symlink: %s\n' % (util.checklink(path) and 'yes' or 'no'))
ui.write('case-sensitive: %s\n' % (util.checkcase('.debugfsinfo')
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@
if list(files) != [os.path.basename(fa)]:
ui.write(_(" unexpected patch output!\n"))
patchproblems += 1
- a = file(fa).read()
+ a = open(fa).read()
if a != b:
ui.write(_(" patch test failed!\n"))
patchproblems += 1
@@ -1116,16 +1116,16 @@
first parent only.
Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
- given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:
-
- %% literal "%" character
- %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)
- %N number of patches being generated
- %R changeset revision number
- %b basename of the exporting repository
- %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)
- %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1
- %r zero-padded changeset revision number
+ given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::
+
+ %% literal "%" character
+ %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)
+ %N number of patches being generated
+ %R changeset revision number
+ %b basename of the exporting repository
+ %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)
+ %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1
+ %r zero-padded changeset revision number
Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs
of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a
@@ -1423,6 +1423,7 @@
Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that
topic."""
option_lists = []
+ textwidth = util.termwidth() - 2
def addglobalopts(aliases):
if ui.verbose:
@@ -1449,7 +1450,10 @@
try:
aliases, i = cmdutil.findcmd(name, table, False)
except error.AmbiguousCommand, inst:
- select = lambda c: c.lstrip('^').startswith(inst.args[0])
+ # py3k fix: except vars can't be used outside the scope of the
+ # except block, nor can be used inside a lambda. python issue4617
+ prefix = inst.args[0]
+ select = lambda c: c.lstrip('^').startswith(prefix)
helplist(_('list of commands:\n\n'), select)
return
@@ -1471,8 +1475,8 @@
if not doc:
doc = _("(no help text available)")
if ui.quiet:
- doc = doc.splitlines(0)[0]
- ui.write("\n%s\n" % doc.rstrip())
+ doc = doc.splitlines()[0]
+ ui.write("\n%s\n" % minirst.format(doc, textwidth))
if not ui.quiet:
# options
@@ -1502,7 +1506,7 @@
doc = gettext(doc)
if not doc:
doc = _("(no help text available)")
- h[f] = doc.splitlines(0)[0].rstrip()
+ h[f] = doc.splitlines()[0].rstrip()
cmds[f] = c.lstrip("^")
if not h:
@@ -1521,7 +1525,9 @@
if name != 'shortlist':
exts, maxlength = extensions.enabled()
- ui.write(help.listexts(_('enabled extensions:'), exts, maxlength))
+ text = help.listexts(_('enabled extensions:'), exts, maxlength)
+ if text:
+ ui.write("\n%s\n" % minirst.format(text, textwidth))
if not ui.quiet:
addglobalopts(True)
@@ -1539,8 +1545,8 @@
if hasattr(doc, '__call__'):
doc = doc()
- ui.write("%s\n" % header)
- ui.write("%s\n" % doc.rstrip())
+ ui.write("%s\n\n" % header)
+ ui.write("%s\n" % minirst.format(doc, textwidth))
def helpext(name):
try:
@@ -1549,12 +1555,14 @@
raise error.UnknownCommand(name)
doc = gettext(mod.__doc__) or _('no help text available')
- doc = doc.splitlines(0)
- ui.write(_('%s extension - %s\n') % (name.split('.')[-1], doc[0]))
- for d in doc[1:]:
- ui.write(d, '\n')
-
- ui.status('\n')
+ if '\n' not in doc:
+ head, tail = doc, ""
+ else:
+ head, tail = doc.split('\n', 1)
+ ui.write(_('%s extension - %s\n\n') % (name.split('.')[-1], head))
+ if tail:
+ ui.write(minirst.format(tail, textwidth))
+ ui.status('\n\n')
try:
ct = mod.cmdtable
@@ -2359,15 +2367,15 @@
The following table details the behavior of remove for different
file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
- states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
- (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from
- branch) and Delete (from disk).
-
- A C M !
- none W RD W R
- -f R RD RD R
- -A W W W R
- -Af R R R R
+ states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as
+ reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)
+ and Delete (from disk)::
+
+ A C M !
+ none W RD W R
+ -f R RD RD R
+ -A W W W R
+ -Af R R R R
This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.
@@ -2442,9 +2450,10 @@
indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be
marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.
- The codes used to show the status of files are:
- U = unresolved
- R = resolved
+ The codes used to show the status of files are::
+
+ U = unresolved
+ R = resolved
"""
all, mark, unmark, show = [opts.get(o) for o in 'all mark unmark list'.split()]
@@ -2710,7 +2719,7 @@
Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands
that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a
repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,
- and their effects can be rolled back:
+ and their effects can be rolled back::
commit
import
@@ -2821,15 +2830,16 @@
If two revisions are given, the differences between them are
shown.
- The codes used to show the status of files are:
- M = modified
- A = added
- R = removed
- C = clean
- ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
- ? = not tracked
- I = ignored
- = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
+ The codes used to show the status of files are::
+
+ M = modified
+ A = added
+ R = removed
+ C = clean
+ ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
+ ? = not tracked
+ I = ignored
+ = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
"""
node1, node2 = cmdutil.revpair(repo, opts.get('rev'))
--- a/mercurial/config.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/config.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@
section = ""
item = None
line = 0
- cont = 0
+ cont = False
- for l in data.splitlines(1):
+ for l in data.splitlines(True):
line += 1
if cont:
m = contre.match(l)
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
m = itemre.match(l)
if m:
item = m.group(1)
- cont = 1
+ cont = True
if sections and section not in sections:
continue
self.set(section, item, m.group(2), "%s:%d" % (src, line))
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
del self._data[section][name]
continue
- raise error.ConfigError(_('config error at %s:%d: \'%s\'')
+ raise error.ConfigError(_("config error at %s:%d: '%s'")
% (src, line, l.rstrip()))
def read(self, path, fp=None, sections=None, remap=None):
--- a/mercurial/context.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/context.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -199,7 +199,9 @@
assert (changeid is not None
or fileid is not None
- or changectx is not None)
+ or changectx is not None), \
+ ("bad args: changeid=%r, fileid=%r, changectx=%r"
+ % (changeid, fileid, changectx))
if filelog:
self._filelog = filelog
@@ -441,7 +443,7 @@
del hist[p]
hist[f] = curr
- return zip(hist[f][0], hist[f][1].splitlines(1))
+ return zip(hist[f][0], hist[f][1].splitlines(True))
def ancestor(self, fc2):
"""
--- a/mercurial/copies.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/copies.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
seen.add(s)
if fc.path() != orig and fc.path() not in old:
old[fc.path()] = (depth, fc.path()) # remember depth
- if fc.rev() < limit and fc.rev() is not None:
+ if fc.rev() is not None and fc.rev() < limit:
continue
visit += [(p, depth - 1) for p in fc.parents()]
--- a/mercurial/extensions.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/extensions.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -166,10 +166,6 @@
def enabled():
'''return a dict of {name: desc} of extensions, and the max name length'''
-
- if not enabled:
- return {}, 0
-
exts = {}
maxlength = 0
exthelps = []
@@ -177,6 +173,6 @@
doc = (gettext(ext.__doc__) or _('(no help text available)'))
ename = ename.split('.')[-1]
maxlength = max(len(ename), maxlength)
- exts[ename] = doc.splitlines(0)[0].strip()
+ exts[ename] = doc.splitlines()[0].strip()
return exts, maxlength
--- a/mercurial/filemerge.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/filemerge.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -145,9 +145,9 @@
if not tool or tool == 'internal:prompt':
tool = "internal:local"
- if ui.prompt(_(" no tool found to merge %s\n"
- "keep (l)ocal or take (o)ther?") % fd,
- (_("&Local"), _("&Other")), _("l")) != _("l"):
+ if ui.promptchoice(_(" no tool found to merge %s\n"
+ "keep (l)ocal or take (o)ther?") % fd,
+ (_("&Local"), _("&Other")), 0):
tool = "internal:other"
if tool == "internal:local":
return 0
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@
if not r and _toolbool(ui, tool, "checkchanged"):
if filecmp.cmp(repo.wjoin(fd), back):
- if ui.prompt(_(" output file %s appears unchanged\n"
- "was merge successful (yn)?") % fd,
- (_("&Yes"), _("&No")), _("n")) != _("y"):
+ if ui.promptchoice(_(" output file %s appears unchanged\n"
+ "was merge successful (yn)?") % fd,
+ (_("&Yes"), _("&No")), 1):
r = 1
if _toolbool(ui, tool, "fixeol"):
--- a/mercurial/help.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/help.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -45,8 +45,7 @@
return ''
result = '\n%s\n\n' % header
for name, desc in sorted(exts.iteritems()):
- desc = util.wrap(desc, maxlength + 4)
- result += ' %s %s\n' % (name.ljust(maxlength), desc)
+ result += ' %-*s %s\n' % (maxlength + 2, ':%s:' % name, desc)
return result
def extshelp():
@@ -57,27 +56,27 @@
implement hooks.
Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:
- they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for
- advanced usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous
- abilities (such as letting you destroy or modify history); they
- might not be ready for prime time; or they may alter some
- usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to
- activate extensions as needed.
+ they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced
+ usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such
+ as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready
+ for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock
+ Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as
+ needed.
- To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial
- or in the Python search path, create an entry for it in your
- hgrc, like this:
+ To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in
+ the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like
+ this::
[extensions]
foo =
- You may also specify the full path to an extension:
+ You may also specify the full path to an extension::
[extensions]
myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader
- scope, prepend its path with !:
+ scope, prepend its path with !::
[extensions]
# disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py
@@ -98,40 +97,41 @@
(["dates"], _("Date Formats"),
_(r'''
Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:
- * backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
- * log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
- Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:
+ - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
+ - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
+
+ Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::
- "Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006" (local timezone assumed)
- "Dec 6 13:18 -0600" (year assumed, time offset provided)
- "Dec 6 13:18 UTC" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
- "Dec 6" (midnight)
- "13:18" (today assumed)
- "3:39" (3:39AM assumed)
- "3:39pm" (15:39)
- "2006-12-06 13:18:29" (ISO 8601 format)
- "2006-12-6 13:18"
- "2006-12-6"
- "12-6"
- "12/6"
- "12/6/6" (Dec 6 2006)
+ "Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006" (local timezone assumed)
+ "Dec 6 13:18 -0600" (year assumed, time offset provided)
+ "Dec 6 13:18 UTC" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
+ "Dec 6" (midnight)
+ "13:18" (today assumed)
+ "3:39" (3:39AM assumed)
+ "3:39pm" (15:39)
+ "2006-12-06 13:18:29" (ISO 8601 format)
+ "2006-12-6 13:18"
+ "2006-12-6"
+ "12-6"
+ "12/6"
+ "12/6/6" (Dec 6 2006)
- Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
+ Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::
- "1165432709 0" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
+ "1165432709 0" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is
the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC).
offset is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC
(negative if the timezone is east of UTC).
- The log command also accepts date ranges:
+ The log command also accepts date ranges::
- "<{datetime}" - at or before a given date/time
- ">{datetime}" - on or after a given date/time
- "{datetime} to {datetime}" - a date range, inclusive
- "-{days}" - within a given number of days of today
+ "<{datetime}" - at or before a given date/time
+ ">{datetime}" - on or after a given date/time
+ "{datetime} to {datetime}" - a date range, inclusive
+ "-{days}" - within a given number of days of today
''')),
(["patterns"], _("File Name Patterns"),
@@ -149,58 +149,58 @@
the current repository root.
To use an extended glob, start a name with "glob:". Globs are
- rooted at the current directory; a glob such as "*.c" will only
- match files in the current directory ending with ".c".
+ rooted at the current directory; a glob such as "``*.c``" will
+ only match files in the current directory ending with ".c".
- The supported glob syntax extensions are "**" to match any string
- across path separators and "{a,b}" to mean "a or b".
+ The supported glob syntax extensions are "``**``" to match any
+ string across path separators and "{a,b}" to mean "a or b".
To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with "re:".
Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.
- Plain examples:
+ Plain examples::
- path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root of
- the repository
- path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name"
+ path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root
+ of the repository
+ path:path:name a file or directory named "path:name"
- Glob examples:
+ Glob examples::
- glob:*.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
- *.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
- **.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the
- current directory including itself.
- foo/*.c any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo
- foo/**.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo
- including itself.
+ glob:*.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
+ *.c any name ending in ".c" in the current directory
+ **.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of the
+ current directory including itself.
+ foo/*.c any name ending in ".c" in the directory foo
+ foo/**.c any name ending in ".c" in any subdirectory of foo
+ including itself.
- Regexp examples:
+ Regexp examples::
- re:.*\.c$ any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository
+ re:.*\.c$ any name ending in ".c", anywhere in the repository
''')),
(['environment', 'env'], _('Environment Variables'),
_(r'''
-HG::
+HG
Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running
hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is
the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named
'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on
Windows) is searched.
-HGEDITOR::
+HGEDITOR
This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR.
(deprecated, use .hgrc)
-HGENCODING::
+HGENCODING
This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.
This setting is used to convert data including usernames,
changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can
be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.
-HGENCODINGMODE::
+HGENCODINGMODE
This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters
while transcoding user input. The default is "strict", which
causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other
@@ -208,45 +208,46 @@
"ignore", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with
the --encodingmode command-line option.
-HGMERGE::
+HGMERGE
An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program
will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,
ancestor file.
(deprecated, use .hgrc)
-HGRCPATH::
+HGRCPATH
A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item
separator is ":" on Unix, ";" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,
platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc
from the current repository is read.
For each element in HGRCPATH:
- * if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
- * otherwise, the file itself will be added
-HGUSER::
+ - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added
+ - otherwise, the file itself will be added
+
+HGUSER
This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,
available values will be considered in this order:
- * HGUSER (deprecated)
- * hgrc files from the HGRCPATH
- * EMAIL
- * interactive prompt
- * LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)
+ - HGUSER (deprecated)
+ - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH
+ - EMAIL
+ - interactive prompt
+ - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)
(deprecated, use .hgrc)
-EMAIL::
+EMAIL
May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.
-LOGNAME::
+LOGNAME
May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER.
-VISUAL::
+VISUAL
This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.
-EDITOR::
+EDITOR
Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a
user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The
editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment
@@ -254,7 +255,7 @@
non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor
defaults to 'vi'.
-PYTHONPATH::
+PYTHONPATH
This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be
set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.
''')),
@@ -321,10 +322,10 @@
While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the
following information:
- - executable status and other permission bits
- - copy or rename information
- - changes in binary files
- - creation or deletion of empty files
+ - executable status and other permission bits
+ - copy or rename information
+ - changes in binary files
+ - creation or deletion of empty files
Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS
which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not
@@ -345,7 +346,7 @@
option when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq
extension.
''')),
- (['templating'], _('Template Usage'),
+ (['templating', 'templates'], _('Template Usage'),
_(r'''
Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through
templates. You can either pass in a template from the command
@@ -357,12 +358,12 @@
Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used
when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.
- Usage:
+ Usage::
$ hg log -r1 --style changelog
A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable
- expansion:
+ expansion::
$ hg log -r1 --template "{node}\n"
b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746
@@ -371,88 +372,97 @@
keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These
keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:
- - author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.
- - branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset
- was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default.
- - date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed.
- - desc: String. The text of the changeset description.
- - diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following
- format: "modified files: +added/-removed lines"
- - files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by
- this changeset.
- - file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.
- - file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.
- - file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.
- - node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a
- 40-character hexadecimal string.
- - parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.
- - rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number.
- - tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset.
+ :author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.
+ :branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset
+ was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was
+ default.
+ :date: Date information. The date when the changeset was
+ committed.
+ :desc: String. The text of the changeset description.
+ :diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following
+ format: "modified files: +added/-removed lines"
+ :files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed
+ by this changeset.
+ :file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.
+ :file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.
+ :file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.
+ :node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a
+ 40-character hexadecimal string.
+ :parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.
+ :rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision
+ number.
+ :tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the
+ changeset.
The "date" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you
want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process
it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input
variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired
- output:
+ output::
$ hg tip --template "{date|isodate}\n"
2008-08-21 18:22 +0000
List of filters:
- - addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML "<br />" tag before the end of
- every line except the last.
- - age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference between
- the given date/time and the current date/time.
- - basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the
- last component of the path after splitting by the path
- separator (ignoring trailing separators). For example,
- "foo/bar/baz" becomes "baz" and "foo/bar//" becomes "bar".
- - stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level, if
- possible. For example, "foo" and "foo/bar" becomes "foo".
- - date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including
- the timezone: "Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700".
- - domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an
- email address, and extracts just the domain component.
- Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes 'example.com'.
- - email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like an
- email address. Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes
- 'user@example.com'.
- - escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters "&",
- "<" and ">" with XML entities.
- - fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.
- - fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.
- - firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.
- - nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
- - hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:
- "1157407993 25200" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).
- - isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format: "2009-08-18
- 13:00 +0200".
- - isodatesec: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including
- seconds: "2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200". See also the
- rfc3339date filter.
- - localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.
- - obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a
- sequence of XML entities.
- - person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.
- - rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used
- in email headers: "Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200".
- - rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format
- specified in RFC 3339: "2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00".
- - short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset
- hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.
- - shortdate: Date. Returns a date like "2006-09-18".
- - strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.
- - tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except
- the first starting with a tab character.
- - urlescape: Any text. Escapes all "special" characters. For
- example, "foo bar" becomes "foo%20bar".
- - user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.
+ :addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML "<br />" tag before the end of
+ every line except the last.
+ :age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference
+ between the given date/time and the current
+ date/time.
+ :basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the
+ last component of the path after splitting by the
+ path separator (ignoring trailing separators). For
+ example, "foo/bar/baz" becomes "baz" and "foo/bar//"
+ becomes "bar".
+ :stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level,
+ if possible. For example, "foo" and "foo/bar" becomes
+ "foo".
+ :date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including
+ the timezone: "Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700".
+ :domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an
+ email address, and extracts just the domain
+ component. Example: 'User <user@example.com>' becomes
+ 'example.com'.
+ :email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like
+ an email address. Example: 'User <user@example.com>'
+ becomes 'user@example.com'.
+ :escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters
+ "&", "<" and ">" with XML entities.
+ :fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.
+ :fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.
+ :firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.
+ :nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
+ :hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:
+ "1157407993 25200" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).
+ :isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format:
+ "2009-08-18 13:00 +0200".
+ :isodatesec: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including
+ seconds: "2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200". See also the
+ rfc3339date filter.
+ :localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date.
+ :obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a
+ sequence of XML entities.
+ :person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.
+ :rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in
+ email headers: "Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200".
+ :rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format
+ specified in RFC 3339: "2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00".
+ :short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset
+ hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.
+ :shortdate: Date. Returns a date like "2006-09-18".
+ :strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.
+ :tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except
+ the first starting with a tab character.
+ :urlescape: Any text. Escapes all "special" characters. For
+ example, "foo bar" becomes "foo%20bar".
+ :user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email
+ address.
''')),
(['urls'], _('URL Paths'),
_(r'''
- Valid URLs are of the form:
+ Valid URLs are of the form::
local/filesystem/path[#revision]
file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]
@@ -461,8 +471,8 @@
ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]
Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial
- repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or
- 'hg incoming --bundle').
+ repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg
+ incoming --bundle').
An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,
or changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help
@@ -473,27 +483,34 @@
Mercurial server.
Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:
+
- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination
machine and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as
remotecmd.
- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.
- Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path:
+ Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute
+ path::
+
ssh://example.com//tmp/repository
+
- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right
- thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.:
+ thing to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::
+
Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com
Compression no
Host *
Compression yes
+
Alternatively specify "ssh -C" as your ssh command in your hgrc
or with the --ssh command line option.
These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under
- the [paths] section like so:
- [paths]
- alias1 = URL1
- alias2 = URL2
- ...
+ the [paths] section like so::
+
+ [paths]
+ alias1 = URL1
+ alias2 = URL2
+ ...
You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for
example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).
--- a/mercurial/hg.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/hg.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -283,9 +283,9 @@
revs = None
if rev:
if 'lookup' not in src_repo.capabilities:
- raise util.Abort(_("src repository does not support revision "
- "lookup and so doesn't support clone by "
- "revision"))
+ raise util.Abort(_("src repository does not support "
+ "revision lookup and so doesn't "
+ "support clone by revision"))
revs = [src_repo.lookup(r) for r in rev]
checkout = revs[0]
if dest_repo.local():
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/common.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/common.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
os.stat(path)
ct = mimetypes.guess_type(path)[0] or "text/plain"
req.respond(HTTP_OK, ct, length = os.path.getsize(path))
- return file(path, 'rb').read()
+ return open(path, 'rb').read()
except TypeError:
raise ErrorResponse(HTTP_SERVER_ERROR, 'illegal filename')
except OSError, err:
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/protocol.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/protocol.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
try:
r = hex(repo.lookup(req.form['key'][0]))
success = 1
- except Exception,inst:
+ except Exception, inst:
r = str(inst)
success = 0
resp = "%s %s\n" % (success, r)
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/server.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/server.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
for msg in seq:
self.handler.log_error("HG error: %s", msg)
-class _hgwebhandler(object, BaseHTTPServer.BaseHTTPRequestHandler):
+class _hgwebhandler(BaseHTTPServer.BaseHTTPRequestHandler):
url_scheme = 'http'
--- a/mercurial/hgweb/webcommands.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/hgweb/webcommands.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
text = '(binary:%s)' % mt
def lines():
- for lineno, t in enumerate(text.splitlines(1)):
+ for lineno, t in enumerate(text.splitlines(True)):
yield {"line": t,
"lineid": "l%d" % (lineno + 1),
"linenumber": "% 6d" % (lineno + 1),
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
i.reverse()
parity = paritygen(web.stripecount)
- def entries(notip=False,limit=0, **map):
+ def entries(notip=False, limit=0, **map):
count = 0
for k, n in i:
if notip and k == "tip":
--- a/mercurial/i18n.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/i18n.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -36,12 +36,16 @@
if message is None:
return message
- # We cannot just run the text through encoding.tolocal since that
- # leads to infinite recursion when encoding._encoding is invalid.
+ u = t.ugettext(message)
try:
- u = t.ugettext(message)
+ # encoding.tolocal cannot be used since it will first try to
+ # decode the Unicode string. Calling u.decode(enc) really
+ # means u.encode(sys.getdefaultencoding()).decode(enc). Since
+ # the Python encoding defaults to 'ascii', this fails if the
+ # translated string use non-ASCII characters.
return u.encode(encoding.encoding, "replace")
except LookupError:
+ # An unknown encoding results in a LookupError.
return message
_ = gettext
--- a/mercurial/ignore.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/ignore.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -11,8 +11,16 @@
_commentre = None
-def _parselines(fp):
- for line in fp:
+def ignorepats(lines):
+ '''parse lines (iterable) of .hgignore text, returning a tuple of
+ (patterns, parse errors). These patterns should be given to compile()
+ to be validated and converted into a match function.'''
+ syntaxes = {'re': 'relre:', 'regexp': 'relre:', 'glob': 'relglob:'}
+ syntax = 'relre:'
+ patterns = []
+ warnings = []
+
+ for line in lines:
if "#" in line:
global _commentre
if not _commentre:
@@ -22,11 +30,30 @@
# fixup properly escaped comments that survived the above
line = line.replace("\\#", "#")
line = line.rstrip()
- if line:
- yield line
+ if not line:
+ continue
+
+ if line.startswith('syntax:'):
+ s = line[7:].strip()
+ try:
+ syntax = syntaxes[s]
+ except KeyError:
+ warnings.append(_("ignoring invalid syntax '%s'") % s)
+ continue
+ pat = syntax + line
+ for s, rels in syntaxes.iteritems():
+ if line.startswith(rels):
+ pat = line
+ break
+ elif line.startswith(s+':'):
+ pat = rels + line[len(s)+1:]
+ break
+ patterns.append(pat)
+
+ return patterns, warnings
def ignore(root, files, warn):
- '''return the contents of .hgignore files as a list of patterns.
+ '''return matcher covering patterns in 'files'.
the files parsed for patterns include:
.hgignore in the repository root
@@ -45,30 +72,14 @@
glob:pattern # non-rooted glob
pattern # pattern of the current default type'''
- syntaxes = {'re': 'relre:', 'regexp': 'relre:', 'glob': 'relglob:'}
pats = {}
for f in files:
try:
pats[f] = []
fp = open(f)
- syntax = 'relre:'
- for line in _parselines(fp):
- if line.startswith('syntax:'):
- s = line[7:].strip()
- try:
- syntax = syntaxes[s]
- except KeyError:
- warn(_("%s: ignoring invalid syntax '%s'\n") % (f, s))
- continue
- pat = syntax + line
- for s, rels in syntaxes.iteritems():
- if line.startswith(rels):
- pat = line
- break
- elif line.startswith(s+':'):
- pat = rels + line[len(s)+1:]
- break
- pats[f].append(pat)
+ pats[f], warnings = ignorepats(fp)
+ for warning in warnings:
+ warn("%s: %s\n" % (f, warning))
except IOError, inst:
if f != files[0]:
warn(_("skipping unreadable ignore file '%s': %s\n") %
--- a/mercurial/localrepo.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/localrepo.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
import util, extensions, hook, error
import match as match_
import merge as merge_
+import tags as tags_
from lock import release
import weakref, stat, errno, os, time, inspect
propertycache = util.propertycache
@@ -89,8 +90,14 @@
self.sjoin = self.store.join
self.opener.createmode = self.store.createmode
- self.tagscache = None
- self._tagstypecache = None
+ # These two define the set of tags for this repository. _tags
+ # maps tag name to node; _tagtypes maps tag name to 'global' or
+ # 'local'. (Global tags are defined by .hgtags across all
+ # heads, and local tags are defined in .hg/localtags.) They
+ # constitute the in-memory cache of tags.
+ self._tags = None
+ self._tagtypes = None
+
self.branchcache = None
self._ubranchcache = None # UTF-8 version of branchcache
self._branchcachetip = None
@@ -160,8 +167,8 @@
fp.write('\n')
for name in names:
m = munge and munge(name) or name
- if self._tagstypecache and name in self._tagstypecache:
- old = self.tagscache.get(name, nullid)
+ if self._tagtypes and name in self._tagtypes:
+ old = self._tags.get(name, nullid)
fp.write('%s %s\n' % (hex(old), m))
fp.write('%s %s\n' % (hex(node), m))
fp.close()
@@ -233,100 +240,43 @@
def tags(self):
'''return a mapping of tag to node'''
- if self.tagscache:
- return self.tagscache
+ if self._tags is None:
+ (self._tags, self._tagtypes) = self._findtags()
+
+ return self._tags
- globaltags = {}
+ def _findtags(self):
+ '''Do the hard work of finding tags. Return a pair of dicts
+ (tags, tagtypes) where tags maps tag name to node, and tagtypes
+ maps tag name to a string like \'global\' or \'local\'.
+ Subclasses or extensions are free to add their own tags, but
+ should be aware that the returned dicts will be retained for the
+ duration of the localrepo object.'''
+
+ # XXX what tagtype should subclasses/extensions use? Currently
+ # mq and bookmarks add tags, but do not set the tagtype at all.
+ # Should each extension invent its own tag type? Should there
+ # be one tagtype for all such "virtual" tags? Or is the status
+ # quo fine?
+
+ alltags = {} # map tag name to (node, hist)
tagtypes = {}
- def readtags(lines, fn, tagtype):
- filetags = {}
- count = 0
-
- def warn(msg):
- self.ui.warn(_("%s, line %s: %s\n") % (fn, count, msg))
-
- for l in lines:
- count += 1
- if not l:
- continue
- s = l.split(" ", 1)
- if len(s) != 2:
- warn(_("cannot parse entry"))
- continue
- node, key = s
- key = encoding.tolocal(key.strip()) # stored in UTF-8
- try:
- bin_n = bin(node)
- except TypeError:
- warn(_("node '%s' is not well formed") % node)
- continue
- if bin_n not in self.changelog.nodemap:
- # silently ignore as pull -r might cause this
- continue
-
- h = []
- if key in filetags:
- n, h = filetags[key]
- h.append(n)
- filetags[key] = (bin_n, h)
-
- for k, nh in filetags.iteritems():
- if k not in globaltags:
- globaltags[k] = nh
- tagtypes[k] = tagtype
- continue
+ tags_.findglobaltags(self.ui, self, alltags, tagtypes)
+ tags_.readlocaltags(self.ui, self, alltags, tagtypes)
- # we prefer the global tag if:
- # it supercedes us OR
- # mutual supercedes and it has a higher rank
- # otherwise we win because we're tip-most
- an, ah = nh
- bn, bh = globaltags[k]
- if (bn != an and an in bh and
- (bn not in ah or len(bh) > len(ah))):
- an = bn
- ah.extend([n for n in bh if n not in ah])
- globaltags[k] = an, ah
- tagtypes[k] = tagtype
-
- seen = set()
- f = None
- ctxs = []
- for node in self.heads():
- try:
- fnode = self[node].filenode('.hgtags')
- except error.LookupError:
- continue
- if fnode not in seen:
- seen.add(fnode)
- if not f:
- f = self.filectx('.hgtags', fileid=fnode)
- else:
- f = f.filectx(fnode)
- ctxs.append(f)
-
- # read the tags file from each head, ending with the tip
- for f in reversed(ctxs):
- readtags(f.data().splitlines(), f, "global")
-
- try:
- data = encoding.fromlocal(self.opener("localtags").read())
- # localtags are stored in the local character set
- # while the internal tag table is stored in UTF-8
- readtags(data.splitlines(), "localtags", "local")
- except IOError:
- pass
-
- self.tagscache = {}
- self._tagstypecache = {}
- for k, nh in globaltags.iteritems():
- n = nh[0]
- if n != nullid:
- self.tagscache[k] = n
- self._tagstypecache[k] = tagtypes[k]
- self.tagscache['tip'] = self.changelog.tip()
- return self.tagscache
+ # Build the return dicts. Have to re-encode tag names because
+ # the tags module always uses UTF-8 (in order not to lose info
+ # writing to the cache), but the rest of Mercurial wants them in
+ # local encoding.
+ tags = {}
+ for (name, (node, hist)) in alltags.iteritems():
+ if node != nullid:
+ tags[encoding.tolocal(name)] = node
+ tags['tip'] = self.changelog.tip()
+ tagtypes = dict([(encoding.tolocal(name), value)
+ for (name, value) in tagtypes.iteritems()])
+ return (tags, tagtypes)
def tagtype(self, tagname):
'''
@@ -339,7 +289,7 @@
self.tags()
- return self._tagstypecache.get(tagname)
+ return self._tagtypes.get(tagname)
def tagslist(self):
'''return a list of tags ordered by revision'''
@@ -668,6 +618,7 @@
% encoding.tolocal(self.dirstate.branch()))
self.invalidate()
self.dirstate.invalidate()
+ self.destroyed()
else:
self.ui.warn(_("no rollback information available\n"))
finally:
@@ -677,8 +628,8 @@
for a in "changelog manifest".split():
if a in self.__dict__:
delattr(self, a)
- self.tagscache = None
- self._tagstypecache = None
+ self._tags = None
+ self._tagtypes = None
self.nodetagscache = None
self.branchcache = None
self._ubranchcache = None
@@ -700,6 +651,9 @@
return l
def lock(self, wait=True):
+ '''Lock the repository store (.hg/store) and return a weak reference
+ to the lock. Use this before modifying the store (e.g. committing or
+ stripping). If you are opening a transaction, get a lock as well.)'''
l = self._lockref and self._lockref()
if l is not None and l.held:
l.lock()
@@ -711,6 +665,9 @@
return l
def wlock(self, wait=True):
+ '''Lock the non-store parts of the repository (everything under
+ .hg except .hg/store) and return a weak reference to the lock.
+ Use this before modifying files in .hg.'''
l = self._wlockref and self._wlockref()
if l is not None and l.held:
l.lock()
@@ -966,6 +923,25 @@
del tr
lock.release()
+ def destroyed(self):
+ '''Inform the repository that nodes have been destroyed.
+ Intended for use by strip and rollback, so there's a common
+ place for anything that has to be done after destroying history.'''
+ # XXX it might be nice if we could take the list of destroyed
+ # nodes, but I don't see an easy way for rollback() to do that
+
+ # Ensure the persistent tag cache is updated. Doing it now
+ # means that the tag cache only has to worry about destroyed
+ # heads immediately after a strip/rollback. That in turn
+ # guarantees that "cachetip == currenttip" (comparing both rev
+ # and node) always means no nodes have been added or destroyed.
+
+ # XXX this is suboptimal when qrefresh'ing: we strip the current
+ # head, refresh the tag cache, then immediately add a new head.
+ # But I think doing it this way is necessary for the "instant
+ # tag cache retrieval" case to work.
+ tags_.findglobaltags(self.ui, self, {}, {})
+
def walk(self, match, node=None):
'''
walk recursively through the directory tree or a given
@@ -1708,24 +1684,13 @@
def identity(x):
return x
- # A function generating function. Sets up an environment for the
- # inner function.
- def cmp_by_rev_func(revlog):
- # Compare two nodes by their revision number in the environment's
- # revision history. Since the revision number both represents the
- # most efficient order to read the nodes in, and represents a
- # topological sorting of the nodes, this function is often useful.
- def cmp_by_rev(a, b):
- return cmp(revlog.rev(a), revlog.rev(b))
- return cmp_by_rev
-
# If we determine that a particular file or manifest node must be a
# node that the recipient of the changegroup will already have, we can
# also assume the recipient will have all the parents. This function
# prunes them from the set of missing nodes.
def prune_parents(revlog, hasset, msngset):
haslst = list(hasset)
- haslst.sort(cmp_by_rev_func(revlog))
+ haslst.sort(key=revlog.rev)
for node in haslst:
parentlst = [p for p in revlog.parents(node) if p != nullid]
while parentlst:
@@ -1875,7 +1840,7 @@
add_extra_nodes(1, msng_mnfst_set)
msng_mnfst_lst = msng_mnfst_set.keys()
# Sort the manifestnodes by revision number.
- msng_mnfst_lst.sort(cmp_by_rev_func(mnfst))
+ msng_mnfst_lst.sort(key=mnfst.rev)
# Create a generator for the manifestnodes that calls our lookup
# and data collection functions back.
group = mnfst.group(msng_mnfst_lst, lookup_manifest_link,
@@ -1913,7 +1878,7 @@
yield changegroup.chunkheader(len(fname))
yield fname
# Sort the filenodes by their revision #
- msng_filenode_lst.sort(cmp_by_rev_func(filerevlog))
+ msng_filenode_lst.sort(key=filerevlog.rev)
# Create a group generator and only pass in a changenode
# lookup function as we need to collect no information
# from filenodes.
--- a/mercurial/lock.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/lock.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# lock.py - simple locking scheme for mercurial
+# lock.py - simple advisory locking scheme for mercurial
#
# Copyright 2005, 2006 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
#
@@ -10,6 +10,15 @@
import warnings
class lock(object):
+ '''An advisory lock held by one process to control access to a set
+ of files. Non-cooperating processes or incorrectly written scripts
+ can ignore Mercurial's locking scheme and stomp all over the
+ repository, so don't do that.
+
+ Typically used via localrepository.lock() to lock the repository
+ store (.hg/store/) or localrepository.wlock() to lock everything
+ else under .hg/.'''
+
# lock is symlink on platforms that support it, file on others.
# symlink is used because create of directory entry and contents
--- a/mercurial/lsprof.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/lsprof.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -26,12 +26,10 @@
"""XXX docstring"""
if crit not in profiler_entry.__dict__:
raise ValueError("Can't sort by %s" % crit)
- self.data.sort(lambda b, a: cmp(getattr(a, crit),
- getattr(b, crit)))
+ self.data.sort(key=lambda x: getattr(x, crit), reverse=True)
for e in self.data:
if e.calls:
- e.calls.sort(lambda b, a: cmp(getattr(a, crit),
- getattr(b, crit)))
+ e.calls.sort(key=lambda x: getattr(x, crit), reverse=True)
def pprint(self, top=None, file=None, limit=None, climit=None):
"""XXX docstring"""
--- a/mercurial/match.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/match.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -5,7 +5,8 @@
# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
# GNU General Public License version 2, incorporated herein by reference.
-import util, re
+import re
+import util
class match(object):
def __init__(self, root, cwd, patterns, include=[], exclude=[],
--- a/mercurial/merge.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/merge.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -131,11 +131,13 @@
if m == n: # flags agree
return m # unchanged
if m and n and not a: # flags set, don't agree, differ from parent
- r = repo.ui.prompt(
+ r = repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(" conflicting flags for %s\n"
"(n)one, e(x)ec or sym(l)ink?") % f,
- (_("&None"), _("E&xec"), _("Sym&link")), _("n"))
- return r != _("n") and r or ''
+ (_("&None"), _("E&xec"), _("Sym&link")), 0)
+ if r == 1: return "x" # Exec
+ if r == 2: return "l" # Symlink
+ return ""
if m and m != a: # changed from a to m
return m
if n and n != a: # changed from a to n
@@ -191,10 +193,10 @@
f, f2, f, fmerge(f, f2, f2), False)
elif f in ma: # clean, a different, no remote
if n != ma[f]:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(" local changed %s which remote deleted\n"
"use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?") % f,
- (_("&Changed"), _("&Delete")), _("c")) == _("d"):
+ (_("&Changed"), _("&Delete")), 0):
act("prompt delete", "r", f)
else:
act("prompt keep", "a", f)
@@ -222,10 +224,10 @@
elif f not in ma:
act("remote created", "g", f, m2.flags(f))
elif n != ma[f]:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_("remote changed %s which local deleted\n"
"use (c)hanged version or leave (d)eleted?") % f,
- (_("&Changed"), _("&Deleted")), _("c")) == _("c"):
+ (_("&Changed"), _("&Deleted")), 0) == 0:
act("prompt recreating", "g", f, m2.flags(f))
return action
@@ -288,7 +290,7 @@
continue
f2, fd, flags, move = a[2:]
r = ms.resolve(fd, wctx, mctx)
- if r > 0:
+ if r is not None and r > 0:
unresolved += 1
else:
if r is None:
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/mercurial/minirst.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+# minirst.py - minimal reStructuredText parser
+#
+# Copyright 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others
+#
+# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
+# GNU General Public License version 2, incorporated herein by reference.
+
+"""simplified reStructuredText parser.
+
+This parser knows just enough about reStructuredText to parse the
+Mercurial docstrings.
+
+It cheats in a major way: nested blocks are not really nested. They
+are just indented blocks that look like they are nested. This relies
+on the user to keep the right indentation for the blocks.
+
+It only supports a small subset of reStructuredText:
+
+- paragraphs
+
+- definition lists (must use ' ' to indent definitions)
+
+- lists (items must start with '-')
+
+- field lists (colons cannot be escaped)
+
+- literal blocks
+
+- option lists (supports only long options without arguments)
+
+- inline markup is not recognized at all.
+"""
+
+import re, sys, textwrap
+
+
+def findblocks(text):
+ """Find continuous blocks of lines in text.
+
+ Returns a list of dictionaries representing the blocks. Each block
+ has an 'indent' field and a 'lines' field.
+ """
+ blocks = [[]]
+ lines = text.splitlines()
+ for line in lines:
+ if line.strip():
+ blocks[-1].append(line)
+ elif blocks[-1]:
+ blocks.append([])
+ if not blocks[-1]:
+ del blocks[-1]
+
+ for i, block in enumerate(blocks):
+ indent = min((len(l) - len(l.lstrip())) for l in block)
+ blocks[i] = dict(indent=indent, lines=[l[indent:] for l in block])
+ return blocks
+
+
+def findliteralblocks(blocks):
+ """Finds literal blocks and adds a 'type' field to the blocks.
+
+ Literal blocks are given the type 'literal', all other blocks are
+ given type the 'paragraph'.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a block that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +------------------------------+
+ # | paragraph |
+ # | (ends with "::") |
+ # +------------------------------+
+ # +---------------------------+
+ # | indented literal block |
+ # +---------------------------+
+ blocks[i]['type'] = 'paragraph'
+ if blocks[i]['lines'][-1].endswith('::') and i+1 < len(blocks):
+ indent = blocks[i]['indent']
+ adjustment = blocks[i+1]['indent'] - indent
+
+ if blocks[i]['lines'] == ['::']:
+ # Expanded form: remove block
+ del blocks[i]
+ i -= 1
+ elif blocks[i]['lines'][-1].endswith(' ::'):
+ # Partially minimized form: remove space and both
+ # colons.
+ blocks[i]['lines'][-1] = blocks[i]['lines'][-1][:-3]
+ else:
+ # Fully minimized form: remove just one colon.
+ blocks[i]['lines'][-1] = blocks[i]['lines'][-1][:-1]
+
+ # List items are formatted with a hanging indent. We must
+ # correct for this here while we still have the original
+ # information on the indentation of the subsequent literal
+ # blocks available.
+ if blocks[i]['lines'][0].startswith('- '):
+ indent += 2
+ adjustment -= 2
+
+ # Mark the following indented blocks.
+ while i+1 < len(blocks) and blocks[i+1]['indent'] > indent:
+ blocks[i+1]['type'] = 'literal'
+ blocks[i+1]['indent'] -= adjustment
+ i += 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+def findsections(blocks):
+ """Finds sections.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ for block in blocks:
+ # Searching for a block that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +------------------------------+
+ # | Section title |
+ # | ------------- |
+ # +------------------------------+
+ if (block['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ len(block['lines']) == 2 and
+ block['lines'][1] == '-' * len(block['lines'][0])):
+ block['type'] = 'section'
+ return blocks
+
+
+def findbulletlists(blocks):
+ """Finds bullet lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +------+-----------------------+
+ # | "- " | list item |
+ # +------| (body elements)+ |
+ # +-----------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ blocks[i]['lines'][0].startswith('- ')):
+ items = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ if line.startswith('- '):
+ items.append(dict(type='bullet', lines=[],
+ indent=blocks[i]['indent']))
+ line = line[2:]
+ items[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ blocks[i:i+1] = items
+ i += len(items) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+_optionre = re.compile(r'^(--[a-z-]+)((?:[ =][a-zA-Z][\w-]*)? +)(.*)$')
+def findoptionlists(blocks):
+ """Finds option lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +----------------------------+-------------+
+ # | "--" option " " | description |
+ # +-------+--------------------+ |
+ # | (body elements)+ |
+ # +----------------------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ _optionre.match(blocks[i]['lines'][0])):
+ options = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ m = _optionre.match(line)
+ if m:
+ option, arg, rest = m.groups()
+ width = len(option) + len(arg)
+ options.append(dict(type='option', lines=[],
+ indent=blocks[i]['indent'],
+ width=width))
+ options[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ blocks[i:i+1] = options
+ i += len(options) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+_fieldre = re.compile(r':(?![: ])([^:]*)(?<! ):( +)(.*)')
+def findfieldlists(blocks):
+ """Finds fields lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ #
+ # +--------------------+----------------------+
+ # | ":" field name ":" | field body |
+ # +-------+------------+ |
+ # | (body elements)+ |
+ # +-----------------------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ _fieldre.match(blocks[i]['lines'][0])):
+ indent = blocks[i]['indent']
+ fields = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ m = _fieldre.match(line)
+ if m:
+ key, spaces, rest = m.groups()
+ width = 2 + len(key) + len(spaces)
+ fields.append(dict(type='field', lines=[],
+ indent=indent, width=width))
+ # Turn ":foo: bar" into "foo bar".
+ line = '%s %s%s' % (key, spaces, rest)
+ fields[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ blocks[i:i+1] = fields
+ i += len(fields) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+def finddefinitionlists(blocks):
+ """Finds definition lists.
+
+ The blocks must have a 'type' field, i.e., they should have been
+ run through findliteralblocks first.
+ """
+ i = 0
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ # Searching for a paragraph that looks like this:
+ #
+ # +----------------------------+
+ # | term |
+ # +--+-------------------------+--+
+ # | definition |
+ # | (body elements)+ |
+ # +----------------------------+
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == 'paragraph' and
+ len(blocks[i]['lines']) > 1 and
+ not blocks[i]['lines'][0].startswith(' ') and
+ blocks[i]['lines'][1].startswith(' ')):
+ definitions = []
+ for line in blocks[i]['lines']:
+ if not line.startswith(' '):
+ definitions.append(dict(type='definition', lines=[],
+ indent=blocks[i]['indent']))
+ definitions[-1]['lines'].append(line)
+ definitions[-1]['hang'] = len(line) - len(line.lstrip())
+ blocks[i:i+1] = definitions
+ i += len(definitions) - 1
+ i += 1
+ return blocks
+
+
+def addmargins(blocks):
+ """Adds empty blocks for vertical spacing.
+
+ This groups bullets, options, and definitions together with no vertical
+ space between them, and adds an empty block between all other blocks.
+ """
+ i = 1
+ while i < len(blocks):
+ if (blocks[i]['type'] == blocks[i-1]['type'] and
+ blocks[i]['type'] in ('bullet', 'option', 'field', 'definition')):
+ i += 1
+ else:
+ blocks.insert(i, dict(lines=[''], indent=0, type='margin'))
+ i += 2
+ return blocks
+
+
+def formatblock(block, width):
+ """Format a block according to width."""
+ indent = ' ' * block['indent']
+ if block['type'] == 'margin':
+ return ''
+ elif block['type'] == 'literal':
+ indent += ' '
+ return indent + ('\n' + indent).join(block['lines'])
+ elif block['type'] == 'section':
+ return indent + ('\n' + indent).join(block['lines'])
+ elif block['type'] == 'definition':
+ term = indent + block['lines'][0]
+ defindent = indent + block['hang'] * ' '
+ text = ' '.join(map(str.strip, block['lines'][1:]))
+ return "%s\n%s" % (term, textwrap.fill(text, width=width,
+ initial_indent=defindent,
+ subsequent_indent=defindent))
+ else:
+ initindent = subindent = indent
+ text = ' '.join(map(str.strip, block['lines']))
+ if block['type'] == 'bullet':
+ initindent = indent + '- '
+ subindent = indent + ' '
+ elif block['type'] in ('option', 'field'):
+ subindent = indent + block['width'] * ' '
+
+ return textwrap.fill(text, width=width,
+ initial_indent=initindent,
+ subsequent_indent=subindent)
+
+
+def format(text, width):
+ """Parse and format the text according to width."""
+ blocks = findblocks(text)
+ blocks = findliteralblocks(blocks)
+ blocks = findsections(blocks)
+ blocks = findbulletlists(blocks)
+ blocks = findoptionlists(blocks)
+ blocks = findfieldlists(blocks)
+ blocks = finddefinitionlists(blocks)
+ blocks = addmargins(blocks)
+ return '\n'.join(formatblock(b, width) for b in blocks)
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+ from pprint import pprint
+
+ def debug(func, blocks):
+ blocks = func(blocks)
+ print "*** after %s:" % func.__name__
+ pprint(blocks)
+ print
+ return blocks
+
+ text = open(sys.argv[1]).read()
+ blocks = debug(findblocks, text)
+ blocks = debug(findliteralblocks, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findsections, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findbulletlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findoptionlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(findfieldlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(finddefinitionlists, blocks)
+ blocks = debug(addmargins, blocks)
+ print '\n'.join(formatblock(b, 30) for b in blocks)
--- a/mercurial/patch.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/patch.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
from i18n import _
from node import hex, nullid, short
import base85, cmdutil, mdiff, util, diffhelpers, copies
-import cStringIO, email.Parser, os, re, math
+import cStringIO, email.Parser, os, re
import sys, tempfile, zlib
gitre = re.compile('diff --git a/(.*) b/(.*)')
@@ -326,10 +326,6 @@
# looks through the hash and finds candidate lines. The
# result is a list of line numbers sorted based on distance
# from linenum
- def sorter(a, b):
- vala = abs(a - linenum)
- valb = abs(b - linenum)
- return cmp(vala, valb)
try:
cand = self.hash[l]
@@ -338,7 +334,7 @@
if len(cand) > 1:
# resort our list of potentials forward then back.
- cand.sort(sorter)
+ cand.sort(key=lambda x: abs(x - linenum))
return cand
def hashlines(self):
@@ -797,6 +793,17 @@
if reverse:
createfunc = hunk.rmfile
missing = not goodb and not gooda and not createfunc()
+
+ # some diff programs apparently produce create patches where the
+ # afile is not /dev/null, but rather the same name as the bfile
+ if missing and afile == bfile:
+ # this isn't very pretty
+ hunk.create = True
+ if createfunc():
+ missing = False
+ else:
+ hunk.create = False
+
# If afile is "a/b/foo" and bfile is "a/b/foo.orig" we assume the
# diff is between a file and its backup. In this case, the original
# file should be patched (see original mpatch code).
@@ -1140,7 +1147,7 @@
raise util.Abort(_('Unsupported line endings type: %s') % eolmode)
try:
- fp = file(patchobj, 'rb')
+ fp = open(patchobj, 'rb')
except TypeError:
fp = patchobj
if cwd:
@@ -1422,23 +1429,26 @@
maxtotal = max(maxtotal, adds+removes)
countwidth = len(str(maxtotal))
- graphwidth = width - countwidth - maxname
+ graphwidth = width - countwidth - maxname - 6
if graphwidth < 10:
graphwidth = 10
- factor = max(int(math.ceil(float(maxtotal) / graphwidth)), 1)
+ def scale(i):
+ if maxtotal <= graphwidth:
+ return i
+ # If diffstat runs out of room it doesn't print anything,
+ # which isn't very useful, so always print at least one + or -
+ # if there were at least some changes.
+ return max(i * graphwidth // maxtotal, int(bool(i)))
for filename, adds, removes in stats:
- # If diffstat runs out of room it doesn't print anything, which
- # isn't very useful, so always print at least one + or - if there
- # were at least some changes
- pluses = '+' * max(adds/factor, int(bool(adds)))
- minuses = '-' * max(removes/factor, int(bool(removes)))
+ pluses = '+' * scale(adds)
+ minuses = '-' * scale(removes)
output.append(' %-*s | %*.d %s%s\n' % (maxname, filename, countwidth,
adds+removes, pluses, minuses))
if stats:
- output.append(' %d files changed, %d insertions(+), %d deletions(-)\n'
+ output.append(_(' %d files changed, %d insertions(+), %d deletions(-)\n')
% (len(stats), totaladds, totalremoves))
return ''.join(output)
--- a/mercurial/posix.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/posix.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
from i18n import _
import osutil
-import os, sys, errno, stat, getpass, pwd, grp
+import os, sys, errno, stat, getpass, pwd, grp, fcntl
-posixfile = file
+posixfile = open
nulldev = '/dev/null'
normpath = os.path.normpath
samestat = os.path.samestat
@@ -70,20 +70,20 @@
if l:
if not stat.S_ISLNK(s):
# switch file to link
- data = file(f).read()
+ data = open(f).read()
os.unlink(f)
try:
os.symlink(data, f)
except:
# failed to make a link, rewrite file
- file(f, "w").write(data)
+ open(f, "w").write(data)
# no chmod needed at this point
return
if stat.S_ISLNK(s):
# switch link to file
data = os.readlink(f)
os.unlink(f)
- file(f, "w").write(data)
+ open(f, "w").write(data)
s = 0666 & ~umask # avoid restatting for chmod
sx = s & 0100
@@ -104,6 +104,44 @@
def localpath(path):
return path
+if sys.platform == 'darwin':
+ def realpath(path):
+ '''
+ Returns the true, canonical file system path equivalent to the given
+ path.
+
+ Equivalent means, in this case, resulting in the same, unique
+ file system link to the path. Every file system entry, whether a file,
+ directory, hard link or symbolic link or special, will have a single
+ path preferred by the system, but may allow multiple, differing path
+ lookups to point to it.
+
+ Most regular UNIX file systems only allow a file system entry to be
+ looked up by its distinct path. Obviously, this does not apply to case
+ insensitive file systems, whether case preserving or not. The most
+ complex issue to deal with is file systems transparently reencoding the
+ path, such as the non-standard Unicode normalisation required for HFS+
+ and HFSX.
+ '''
+ # Constants copied from /usr/include/sys/fcntl.h
+ F_GETPATH = 50
+ O_SYMLINK = 0x200000
+
+ try:
+ fd = os.open(path, O_SYMLINK)
+ except OSError, err:
+ if err.errno is errno.ENOENT:
+ return path
+ raise
+
+ try:
+ return fcntl.fcntl(fd, F_GETPATH, '\0' * 1024).rstrip('\0')
+ finally:
+ os.close(fd)
+else:
+ # Fallback to the likely inadequate Python builtin function.
+ realpath = os.path.realpath
+
def shellquote(s):
if os.sys.platform == 'OpenVMS':
return '"%s"' % s
--- a/mercurial/pure/base85.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/pure/base85.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
longs = len(text) >> 2
words = struct.unpack('>%dL' % (longs), text)
- out = ''.join(_b85chars[(word / 52200625) % 85] +
- _b85chars2[(word / 7225) % 7225] +
+ out = ''.join(_b85chars[(word // 52200625) % 85] +
+ _b85chars2[(word // 7225) % 7225] +
_b85chars2[word % 7225]
for word in words)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
olen = l % 4
if olen:
olen += 1
- olen += l / 4 * 5
+ olen += l // 4 * 5
return out[:olen]
def b85decode(text):
--- a/mercurial/pure/osutil.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/pure/osutil.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
import os
import stat as _stat
-posixfile = file
+posixfile = open
def _mode_to_kind(mode):
if _stat.S_ISREG(mode): return _stat.S_IFREG
--- a/mercurial/repair.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/repair.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -142,3 +142,4 @@
if backup != "strip":
os.unlink(chgrpfile)
+ repo.destroyed()
--- a/mercurial/revlog.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/revlog.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@
if len(id) < 40:
try:
# hex(node)[:...]
- l = len(id) / 2 # grab an even number of digits
+ l = len(id) // 2 # grab an even number of digits
bin_id = bin(id[:l*2])
nl = [n for n in self.nodemap if n[:l] == bin_id]
nl = [n for n in nl if hex(n).startswith(id)]
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@
f.seek(0, 2)
actual = f.tell()
s = self._io.size
- i = max(0, actual / s)
+ i = max(0, actual // s)
di = actual - (i * s)
if self._inline:
databytes = 0
--- a/mercurial/sshserver.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/sshserver.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
try:
r = hex(self.repo.lookup(key))
success = 1
- except Exception,inst:
+ except Exception, inst:
r = str(inst)
success = 0
self.respond("%s %s\n" % (success, r))
--- a/mercurial/statichttprepo.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/statichttprepo.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
self.manifest = manifest.manifest(self.sopener)
self.changelog = changelog.changelog(self.sopener)
- self.tagscache = None
+ self._tags = None
self.nodetagscache = None
self.encodepats = None
self.decodepats = None
--- a/mercurial/subrepo.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/subrepo.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
import errno, os
from i18n import _
import config, util, node, error
-localrepo = hg = None
+hg = None
nullstate = ('', '')
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
elif l[0] != r[0]: # sources differ
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(' subrepository sources for %s differ\n'
'use (l)ocal source (%s) or (r)emote source (%s)?')
% (s, l[0], r[0]),
- (_('&Local'), _('&Remote')), _('l')) == _('r'):
+ (_('&Local'), _('&Remote')), 0):
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
elif l[1] == a[1]: # local side is unchanged
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
elif l == a: # remote removed, local unchanged
wctx.sub(s).remove()
else:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(' local changed subrepository %s which remote removed\n'
'use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?') % s,
- (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), _('c')) == _('d'):
+ (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), 0):
wctx.sub(s).remove()
for s, r in s2.items():
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
elif r != sa[s]:
- if repo.ui.prompt(
+ if repo.ui.promptchoice(
_(' remote changed subrepository %s which local removed\n'
'use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?') % s,
- (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), _('c')) == _('c'):
+ (_('&Changed'), _('&Delete')), 0) == 0:
wctx.sub(s).get(r)
sm[s] = r
@@ -122,9 +122,8 @@
# because it wants to make repo objects from deep inside the stack
# so we manually delay the circular imports to not break
# scripts that don't use our demand-loading
- global localrepo, hg
- import localrepo as l, hg as h
- localrepo = l
+ global hg
+ import hg as h
hg = h
util.path_auditor(ctx._repo.root)(path)
@@ -140,10 +139,10 @@
r = ctx._repo
root = r.wjoin(path)
if os.path.exists(os.path.join(root, '.hg')):
- self._repo = localrepo.localrepository(r.ui, root)
+ self._repo = hg.repository(r.ui, root)
else:
util.makedirs(root)
- self._repo = localrepo.localrepository(r.ui, root, create=True)
+ self._repo = hg.repository(r.ui, root, create=True)
self._repo._subparent = r
self._repo._subsource = state[0]
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/mercurial/tags.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+# tags.py - read tag info from local repository
+#
+# Copyright 2009 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
+# Copyright 2009 Greg Ward <greg@gerg.ca>
+#
+# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
+# GNU General Public License version 2, incorporated herein by reference.
+
+# Currently this module only deals with reading and caching tags.
+# Eventually, it could take care of updating (adding/removing/moving)
+# tags too.
+
+import os
+from node import nullid, bin, hex, short
+from i18n import _
+import encoding
+import error
+
+def _debugalways(ui, *msg):
+ ui.write(*msg)
+
+def _debugconditional(ui, *msg):
+ ui.debug(*msg)
+
+def _debugnever(ui, *msg):
+ pass
+
+_debug = _debugalways
+_debug = _debugnever
+
+def findglobaltags1(ui, repo, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Find global tags in repo by reading .hgtags from every head that
+ has a distinct version of it. Updates the dicts alltags, tagtypes
+ in place: alltags maps tag name to (node, hist) pair (see _readtags()
+ below), and tagtypes maps tag name to tag type ('global' in this
+ case).'''
+
+ seen = set()
+ fctx = None
+ ctxs = [] # list of filectx
+ for node in repo.heads():
+ try:
+ fnode = repo[node].filenode('.hgtags')
+ except error.LookupError:
+ continue
+ if fnode not in seen:
+ seen.add(fnode)
+ if not fctx:
+ fctx = repo.filectx('.hgtags', fileid=fnode)
+ else:
+ fctx = fctx.filectx(fnode)
+ ctxs.append(fctx)
+
+ # read the tags file from each head, ending with the tip
+ for fctx in reversed(ctxs):
+ filetags = _readtags(
+ ui, repo, fctx.data().splitlines(), fctx)
+ _updatetags(filetags, "global", alltags, tagtypes)
+
+def findglobaltags2(ui, repo, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Same as findglobaltags1(), but with caching.'''
+ # This is so we can be lazy and assume alltags contains only global
+ # tags when we pass it to _writetagcache().
+ assert len(alltags) == len(tagtypes) == 0, \
+ "findglobaltags() should be called first"
+
+ (heads, tagfnode, cachetags, shouldwrite) = _readtagcache(ui, repo)
+ if cachetags is not None:
+ assert not shouldwrite
+ # XXX is this really 100% correct? are there oddball special
+ # cases where a global tag should outrank a local tag but won't,
+ # because cachetags does not contain rank info?
+ _updatetags(cachetags, 'global', alltags, tagtypes)
+ return
+
+ _debug(ui, "reading tags from %d head(s): %s\n"
+ % (len(heads), map(short, reversed(heads))))
+ seen = set() # set of fnode
+ fctx = None
+ for head in reversed(heads): # oldest to newest
+ assert head in repo.changelog.nodemap, \
+ "tag cache returned bogus head %s" % short(head)
+
+ fnode = tagfnode.get(head)
+ if fnode and fnode not in seen:
+ seen.add(fnode)
+ if not fctx:
+ fctx = repo.filectx('.hgtags', fileid=fnode)
+ else:
+ fctx = fctx.filectx(fnode)
+
+ filetags = _readtags(ui, repo, fctx.data().splitlines(), fctx)
+ _updatetags(filetags, 'global', alltags, tagtypes)
+
+ # and update the cache (if necessary)
+ if shouldwrite:
+ _writetagcache(ui, repo, heads, tagfnode, alltags)
+
+# Set this to findglobaltags1 to disable tag caching.
+findglobaltags = findglobaltags2
+
+def readlocaltags(ui, repo, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Read local tags in repo. Update alltags and tagtypes.'''
+ try:
+ # localtags is in the local encoding; re-encode to UTF-8 on
+ # input for consistency with the rest of this module.
+ data = repo.opener("localtags").read()
+ filetags = _readtags(
+ ui, repo, data.splitlines(), "localtags",
+ recode=encoding.fromlocal)
+ _updatetags(filetags, "local", alltags, tagtypes)
+ except IOError:
+ pass
+
+def _readtags(ui, repo, lines, fn, recode=None):
+ '''Read tag definitions from a file (or any source of lines).
+ Return a mapping from tag name to (node, hist): node is the node id
+ from the last line read for that name, and hist is the list of node
+ ids previously associated with it (in file order). All node ids are
+ binary, not hex.'''
+
+ filetags = {} # map tag name to (node, hist)
+ count = 0
+
+ def warn(msg):
+ ui.warn(_("%s, line %s: %s\n") % (fn, count, msg))
+
+ for line in lines:
+ count += 1
+ if not line:
+ continue
+ try:
+ (nodehex, name) = line.split(" ", 1)
+ except ValueError:
+ warn(_("cannot parse entry"))
+ continue
+ name = name.strip()
+ if recode:
+ name = recode(name)
+ try:
+ nodebin = bin(nodehex)
+ except TypeError:
+ warn(_("node '%s' is not well formed") % nodehex)
+ continue
+ if nodebin not in repo.changelog.nodemap:
+ # silently ignore as pull -r might cause this
+ continue
+
+ # update filetags
+ hist = []
+ if name in filetags:
+ n, hist = filetags[name]
+ hist.append(n)
+ filetags[name] = (nodebin, hist)
+ return filetags
+
+def _updatetags(filetags, tagtype, alltags, tagtypes):
+ '''Incorporate the tag info read from one file into the two
+ dictionaries, alltags and tagtypes, that contain all tag
+ info (global across all heads plus local).'''
+
+ for name, nodehist in filetags.iteritems():
+ if name not in alltags:
+ alltags[name] = nodehist
+ tagtypes[name] = tagtype
+ continue
+
+ # we prefer alltags[name] if:
+ # it supercedes us OR
+ # mutual supercedes and it has a higher rank
+ # otherwise we win because we're tip-most
+ anode, ahist = nodehist
+ bnode, bhist = alltags[name]
+ if (bnode != anode and anode in bhist and
+ (bnode not in ahist or len(bhist) > len(ahist))):
+ anode = bnode
+ ahist.extend([n for n in bhist if n not in ahist])
+ alltags[name] = anode, ahist
+ tagtypes[name] = tagtype
+
+
+# The tag cache only stores info about heads, not the tag contents
+# from each head. I.e. it doesn't try to squeeze out the maximum
+# performance, but is simpler has a better chance of actually
+# working correctly. And this gives the biggest performance win: it
+# avoids looking up .hgtags in the manifest for every head, and it
+# can avoid calling heads() at all if there have been no changes to
+# the repo.
+
+def _readtagcache(ui, repo):
+ '''Read the tag cache and return a tuple (heads, fnodes, cachetags,
+ shouldwrite). If the cache is completely up-to-date, cachetags is a
+ dict of the form returned by _readtags(); otherwise, it is None and
+ heads and fnodes are set. In that case, heads is the list of all
+ heads currently in the repository (ordered from tip to oldest) and
+ fnodes is a mapping from head to .hgtags filenode. If those two are
+ set, caller is responsible for reading tag info from each head.'''
+
+ try:
+ cachefile = repo.opener('tags.cache', 'r')
+ _debug(ui, 'reading tag cache from %s\n' % cachefile.name)
+ except IOError:
+ cachefile = None
+
+ # The cache file consists of lines like
+ # <headrev> <headnode> [<tagnode>]
+ # where <headrev> and <headnode> redundantly identify a repository
+ # head from the time the cache was written, and <tagnode> is the
+ # filenode of .hgtags on that head. Heads with no .hgtags file will
+ # have no <tagnode>. The cache is ordered from tip to oldest (which
+ # is part of why <headrev> is there: a quick visual check is all
+ # that's required to ensure correct order).
+ #
+ # This information is enough to let us avoid the most expensive part
+ # of finding global tags, which is looking up <tagnode> in the
+ # manifest for each head.
+ cacherevs = [] # list of headrev
+ cacheheads = [] # list of headnode
+ cachefnode = {} # map headnode to filenode
+ if cachefile:
+ for line in cachefile:
+ if line == "\n":
+ break
+ line = line.rstrip().split()
+ cacherevs.append(int(line[0]))
+ headnode = bin(line[1])
+ cacheheads.append(headnode)
+ if len(line) == 3:
+ fnode = bin(line[2])
+ cachefnode[headnode] = fnode
+
+ tipnode = repo.changelog.tip()
+ tiprev = len(repo.changelog) - 1
+
+ # Case 1 (common): tip is the same, so nothing has changed.
+ # (Unchanged tip trivially means no changesets have been added.
+ # But, thanks to localrepository.destroyed(), it also means none
+ # have been destroyed by strip or rollback.)
+ if cacheheads and cacheheads[0] == tipnode and cacherevs[0] == tiprev:
+ _debug(ui, "tag cache: tip unchanged\n")
+ tags = _readtags(ui, repo, cachefile, cachefile.name)
+ cachefile.close()
+ return (None, None, tags, False)
+ if cachefile:
+ cachefile.close() # ignore rest of file
+
+ repoheads = repo.heads()
+ # Case 2 (uncommon): empty repo; get out quickly and don't bother
+ # writing an empty cache.
+ if repoheads == [nullid]:
+ return ([], {}, {}, False)
+
+ # Case 3 (uncommon): cache file missing or empty.
+ if not cacheheads:
+ _debug(ui, 'tag cache: cache file missing or empty\n')
+
+ # Case 4 (uncommon): tip rev decreased. This should only happen
+ # when we're called from localrepository.destroyed(). Refresh the
+ # cache so future invocations will not see disappeared heads in the
+ # cache.
+ elif cacheheads and tiprev < cacherevs[0]:
+ _debug(ui,
+ 'tag cache: tip rev decremented (from %d to %d), '
+ 'so we must be destroying nodes\n'
+ % (cacherevs[0], tiprev))
+
+ # Case 5 (common): tip has changed, so we've added/replaced heads.
+ else:
+ _debug(ui,
+ 'tag cache: tip has changed (%d:%s); must find new heads\n'
+ % (tiprev, short(tipnode)))
+
+ # Luckily, the code to handle cases 3, 4, 5 is the same. So the
+ # above if/elif/else can disappear once we're confident this thing
+ # actually works and we don't need the debug output.
+
+ # N.B. in case 4 (nodes destroyed), "new head" really means "newly
+ # exposed".
+ newheads = [head
+ for head in repoheads
+ if head not in set(cacheheads)]
+ _debug(ui, 'tag cache: found %d head(s) not in cache: %s\n'
+ % (len(newheads), map(short, newheads)))
+
+ # Now we have to lookup the .hgtags filenode for every new head.
+ # This is the most expensive part of finding tags, so performance
+ # depends primarily on the size of newheads. Worst case: no cache
+ # file, so newheads == repoheads.
+ for head in newheads:
+ cctx = repo[head]
+ try:
+ fnode = cctx.filenode('.hgtags')
+ cachefnode[head] = fnode
+ except error.LookupError:
+ # no .hgtags file on this head
+ pass
+
+ # Caller has to iterate over all heads, but can use the filenodes in
+ # cachefnode to get to each .hgtags revision quickly.
+ return (repoheads, cachefnode, None, True)
+
+def _writetagcache(ui, repo, heads, tagfnode, cachetags):
+
+ cachefile = repo.opener('tags.cache', 'w', atomictemp=True)
+ _debug(ui, 'writing cache file %s\n' % cachefile.name)
+
+ realheads = repo.heads() # for sanity checks below
+ for head in heads:
+ # temporary sanity checks; these can probably be removed
+ # once this code has been in crew for a few weeks
+ assert head in repo.changelog.nodemap, \
+ 'trying to write non-existent node %s to tag cache' % short(head)
+ assert head in realheads, \
+ 'trying to write non-head %s to tag cache' % short(head)
+ assert head != nullid, \
+ 'trying to write nullid to tag cache'
+
+ # This can't fail because of the first assert above. When/if we
+ # remove that assert, we might want to catch LookupError here
+ # and downgrade it to a warning.
+ rev = repo.changelog.rev(head)
+
+ fnode = tagfnode.get(head)
+ if fnode:
+ cachefile.write('%d %s %s\n' % (rev, hex(head), hex(fnode)))
+ else:
+ cachefile.write('%d %s\n' % (rev, hex(head)))
+
+ # Tag names in the cache are in UTF-8 -- which is the whole reason
+ # we keep them in UTF-8 throughout this module. If we converted
+ # them local encoding on input, we would lose info writing them to
+ # the cache.
+ cachefile.write('\n')
+ for (name, (node, hist)) in cachetags.iteritems():
+ cachefile.write("%s %s\n" % (hex(node), name))
+
+ cachefile.rename()
+ cachefile.close()
--- a/mercurial/templatefilters.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/templatefilters.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
delta = max(1, int(now - then))
for t, s in agescales:
- n = delta / s
+ n = delta // s
if n >= 2 or s == 1:
return fmt(t, n)
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
def firstline(text):
'''return the first line of text'''
try:
- return text.splitlines(1)[0].rstrip('\r\n')
+ return text.splitlines(True)[0].rstrip('\r\n')
except IndexError:
return ''
--- a/mercurial/transaction.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/transaction.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -118,6 +118,7 @@
@active
def close(self):
+ '''commit the transaction'''
self.count -= 1
if self.count != 0:
return
@@ -131,6 +132,9 @@
@active
def abort(self):
+ '''abort the transaction (generally called on error, or when the
+ transaction is not explicitly committed before going out of
+ scope)'''
self._abort()
def _abort(self):
--- a/mercurial/ui.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/ui.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -269,30 +269,35 @@
line = line[:-1]
return line
- def prompt(self, msg, choices=None, default="y"):
- """Prompt user with msg, read response, and ensure it matches
- one of the provided choices. choices is a sequence of acceptable
- responses with the format: ('&None', 'E&xec', 'Sym&link')
- No sequence implies no response checking. Responses are case
- insensitive. If ui is not interactive, the default is returned.
+ def prompt(self, msg, default="y"):
+ """Prompt user with msg, read response.
+ If ui is not interactive, the default is returned.
"""
if not self.interactive():
self.write(msg, ' ', default, "\n")
return default
+ try:
+ r = self._readline(msg + ' ')
+ if not r:
+ return default
+ return r
+ except EOFError:
+ raise util.Abort(_('response expected'))
+
+ def promptchoice(self, msg, choices, default=0):
+ """Prompt user with msg, read response, and ensure it matches
+ one of the provided choices. The index of the choice is returned.
+ choices is a sequence of acceptable responses with the format:
+ ('&None', 'E&xec', 'Sym&link') Responses are case insensitive.
+ If ui is not interactive, the default is returned.
+ """
+ resps = [s[s.index('&')+1].lower() for s in choices]
while True:
- try:
- r = self._readline(msg + ' ')
- if not r:
- return default
- if not choices:
- return r
- resps = [s[s.index('&')+1].lower() for s in choices]
- if r.lower() in resps:
- return r.lower()
- else:
- self.write(_("unrecognized response\n"))
- except EOFError:
- raise util.Abort(_('response expected'))
+ r = self.prompt(msg, resps[default])
+ if r.lower() in resps:
+ return resps.index(r.lower())
+ self.write(_("unrecognized response\n"))
+
def getpass(self, prompt=None, default=None):
if not self.interactive(): return default
@@ -344,3 +349,33 @@
self.config("ui", "editor") or
os.environ.get("VISUAL") or
os.environ.get("EDITOR", "vi"))
+
+ def progress(self, topic, pos, item="", unit="", total=None):
+ '''show a progress message
+
+ With stock hg, this is simply a debug message that is hidden
+ by default, but with extensions or GUI tools it may be
+ visible. 'topic' is the current operation, 'item' is a
+ non-numeric marker of the current position (ie the currently
+ in-process file), 'pos' is the current numeric position (ie
+ revision, bytes, etc.), units is a corresponding unit label,
+ and total is the highest expected pos.
+
+ Multiple nested topics may be active at a time. All topics
+ should be marked closed by setting pos to None at termination.
+ '''
+
+ if pos == None or not self.debugflag:
+ return
+
+ if units:
+ units = ' ' + units
+ if item:
+ item = ' ' + item
+
+ if total:
+ pct = 100.0 * pos / total
+ ui.debug('%s:%s %s/%s%s (%4.2g%%)\n'
+ % (topic, item, pos, total, units, pct))
+ else:
+ ui.debug('%s:%s %s%s\n' % (topic, item, pos, units))
--- a/mercurial/util.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/util.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -842,11 +842,9 @@
self.audit_path = always
self.createmode = None
- def __getattr__(self, name):
- if name == '_can_symlink':
- self._can_symlink = checklink(self.base)
- return self._can_symlink
- raise AttributeError(name)
+ @propertycache
+ def _can_symlink(self):
+ return checklink(self.base)
def _fixfilemode(self, name):
if self.createmode is None:
@@ -969,8 +967,8 @@
t, tz = date or makedate()
if "%1" in format or "%2" in format:
sign = (tz > 0) and "-" or "+"
- minutes = abs(tz) / 60
- format = format.replace("%1", "%c%02d" % (sign, minutes / 60))
+ minutes = abs(tz) // 60
+ format = format.replace("%1", "%c%02d" % (sign, minutes // 60))
format = format.replace("%2", "%02d" % (minutes % 60))
s = time.strftime(format, time.gmtime(float(t) - tz))
return s
@@ -1274,7 +1272,9 @@
pass
return 80
-def wrap(line, hangindent, width=78):
+def wrap(line, hangindent, width=None):
+ if width is None:
+ width = termwidth() - 2
padding = '\n' + ' ' * hangindent
return padding.join(textwrap.wrap(line, width=width - hangindent))
--- a/mercurial/verify.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/verify.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
msg = _("rev %d points to unexpected changeset %d")
err(None, msg % (i, lr), f)
if linkrevs:
- warn(_(" (expected %s)") % " ".join(map(str,linkrevs)))
+ warn(_(" (expected %s)") % " ".join(map(str, linkrevs)))
lr = None # can't be trusted
try:
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
if havemf:
for c,m in sorted([(c, m) for m in mflinkrevs for c in mflinkrevs[m]]):
err(c, _("changeset refers to unknown manifest %s") % short(m))
- del mflinkrevs
+ mflinkrevs = None # del is bad here due to scope issues
for f in sorted(filelinkrevs):
if f not in filenodes:
--- a/mercurial/win32.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/win32.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
import errno, os, sys, pywintypes, win32con, win32file, win32process
import winerror
import osutil, encoding
-from win32com.shell import shell,shellcon
+from win32com.shell import shell, shellcon
def os_link(src, dst):
try:
--- a/mercurial/windows.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/mercurial/windows.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -126,6 +126,15 @@
def normpath(path):
return pconvert(os.path.normpath(path))
+def realpath(path):
+ '''
+ Returns the true, canonical file system path equivalent to the given
+ path.
+ '''
+ # TODO: There may be a more clever way to do this that also handles other,
+ # less common file systems.
+ return os.path.normpath(os.path.normcase(os.path.realpath(path)))
+
def samestat(s1, s2):
return False
--- a/setup.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/setup.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
break
if version:
- f = file("mercurial/__version__.py", "w")
+ f = open("mercurial/__version__.py", "w")
f.write('# this file is autogenerated by setup.py\n')
f.write('version = "%s"\n' % version)
f.close()
--- a/templates/paper/notfound.tmpl Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/templates/paper/notfound.tmpl Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,6 +7,6 @@
The specified repository "{repo|escape}" is unknown, sorry.
-Please go back to the main repository list page.
+Please go back to the <a href="{url}">main repository list page</a>.
{footer}
--- a/templates/spartan/notfound.tmpl Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/templates/spartan/notfound.tmpl Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,6 +7,6 @@
The specified repository "{repo|escape}" is unknown, sorry.
-Please go back to the main repository list page.
+Please go back to the <a href="{url}">main repository list page</a>.
{footer}
--- a/tests/hghave Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/hghave Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
return matchoutput('cvsps -h -q 2>&1', r'cvsps version', True)
def has_darcs():
- return matchoutput('darcs', r'darcs version', True)
+ return matchoutput('darcs --version', r'2\.[2-9]', True)
def has_mtn():
return matchoutput('mtn --version', r'monotone', True) and not matchoutput(
--- a/tests/killdaemons.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/killdaemons.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
# Kill off any leftover daemon processes
try:
- fp = file(os.environ['DAEMON_PIDS'])
+ fp = open(os.environ['DAEMON_PIDS'])
for line in fp:
try:
pid = int(line)
--- a/tests/run-tests.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/run-tests.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -119,6 +119,8 @@
help="shortcut for --with-hg=<testdir>/../hg")
parser.add_option("--pure", action="store_true",
help="use pure Python code instead of C extensions")
+ parser.add_option("-3", "--py3k-warnings", action="store_true",
+ help="enable Py3k warnings on Python 2.6+")
for option, default in defaults.items():
defaults[option] = int(os.environ.get(*default))
@@ -171,6 +173,10 @@
if options.interactive and options.jobs > 1:
print '(--interactive overrides --jobs)'
options.jobs = 1
+ if options.py3k_warnings:
+ if sys.version_info[:2] < (2, 6) or sys.version_info[:2] >= (3, 0):
+ print 'ERROR: Py3k warnings switch can only be used on Python 2.6+'
+ sys.exit(1)
return (options, args)
@@ -299,6 +305,17 @@
f.close()
os.chmod(os.path.join(BINDIR, 'diffstat'), 0700)
+ if options.py3k_warnings and not options.anycoverage:
+ vlog("# Updating hg command to enable Py3k Warnings switch")
+ f = open(os.path.join(BINDIR, 'hg'), 'r')
+ lines = [line.rstrip() for line in f]
+ lines[0] += ' -3'
+ f.close()
+ f = open(os.path.join(BINDIR, 'hg'), 'w')
+ for line in lines:
+ f.write(line + '\n')
+ f.close()
+
if options.anycoverage:
vlog("# Installing coverage wrapper")
os.environ['COVERAGE_FILE'] = COVERAGE_FILE
@@ -402,7 +419,7 @@
vlog("# Test", test)
# create a fresh hgrc
- hgrc = file(HGRCPATH, 'w+')
+ hgrc = open(HGRCPATH, 'w+')
hgrc.write('[ui]\n')
hgrc.write('slash = True\n')
hgrc.write('[defaults]\n')
@@ -432,7 +449,8 @@
lctest = test.lower()
if lctest.endswith('.py') or firstline == '#!/usr/bin/env python':
- cmd = '%s "%s"' % (PYTHON, testpath)
+ py3kswitch = options.py3k_warnings and ' -3' or ''
+ cmd = '%s%s "%s"' % (PYTHON, py3kswitch, testpath)
elif lctest.endswith('.bat'):
# do not run batch scripts on non-windows
if os.name != 'nt':
@@ -507,7 +525,7 @@
# Kill off any leftover daemon processes
try:
- fp = file(DAEMON_PIDS)
+ fp = open(DAEMON_PIDS)
for line in fp:
try:
pid = int(line)
--- a/tests/test-add Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-add Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
hg add b
hg st
-hg ci -m 0
+hg ci -m 0 --traceback
echo % should fail
hg add a
--- a/tests/test-churn Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-churn Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -28,11 +28,13 @@
hg ci -Am "add d/g/f2.txt" -u user1 -d 13:00 d/g/f2.txt
echo % churn separate directories
-hg churn d/e
+cd d
+hg churn e
echo % churn all
hg churn
echo % churn up to rev 2
hg churn -r :2
+cd ..
echo % churn with aliases
cat > ../aliases <<EOF
user1 alias1
--- a/tests/test-clone-failure Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-clone-failure Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -62,4 +62,7 @@
test -d d && echo "dir is still here" || echo "dir is gone"
test -d d/.hg && echo "repo is still here" || echo "repo is gone"
+# reenable perm to allow deletion
+chmod +rx c/.hg/store/data
+
true
--- a/tests/test-context.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-context.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
os.chdir('test1')
# create 'foo' with fixed time stamp
-f = file('foo', 'w')
+f = open('foo', 'w')
f.write('foo\n')
f.close()
os.utime('foo', (1000, 1000))
--- a/tests/test-convert-cvs-branch Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-convert-cvs-branch Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -83,7 +83,8 @@
cvscall -Q -d `pwd`/cvsmaster2 init >/dev/null 2>&1
cd cvsmaster2
-export CVSROOT=`pwd`
+CVSROOT=`pwd`
+export CVSROOT
mkdir foo
cd ..
cvscall -Q co -d cvswork2 foo
--- a/tests/test-convert-darcs Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-convert-darcs Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,19 +1,13 @@
#!/bin/sh
"$TESTDIR/hghave" darcs || exit 80
-if darcs --version 2>&1 | grep '^2\.' > /dev/null; then
- # FIXME: darcs 2 will fail with
- ### Abort: timeout after 180 seconds.
- echo 'skipped: test currently disabled for darcs 2'
- exit 80
-fi
echo "[extensions]" >> $HGRCPATH
echo "convert=" >> $HGRCPATH
echo 'hgext.graphlog =' >> $HGRCPATH
DARCS_EMAIL='test@example.org'; export DARCS_EMAIL
-HOME=do_not_use_HOME_darcs; export HOME
+HOME=`pwd`/do_not_use_HOME_darcs; export HOME
# skip if we can't import elementtree
mkdir dummy
@@ -47,6 +41,7 @@
echo % merge branch
darcs pull -a ../darcs-clone
+sleep 1
echo e > a
darcs record -a -l -m p2
cd ..
@@ -56,7 +51,7 @@
hg glog --template '{rev} "{desc|firstline}" files: {files}\n' "$@"
}
-hg convert darcs-repo darcs-repo-hg 2>&1 | grep -v hGetLine | grep -v '^$'
+hg convert darcs-repo darcs-repo-hg
# The converter does not currently handle patch conflicts very well.
# When they occur, it reverts *all* changes and moves forward,
# letting the conflict resolving patch fix collisions.
--- a/tests/test-convert-darcs.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-convert-darcs.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
% update source
Finished recording patch 'p1.2'
% merge branch
+Backing up ./a(-darcs-backup0)
We have conflicts in the following files:
./a
Finished pulling and applying.
--- a/tests/test-convert.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-convert.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.
Accepted source formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- CVS [cvs]
- Darcs [darcs]
@@ -14,48 +15,50 @@
- Perforce [p4]
Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:
+
- Mercurial [hg]
- Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)
- If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted.
- Otherwise, convert will only import up to the named revision
- (given in a format understood by the source).
+ If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted. Otherwise,
+ convert will only import up to the named revision (given in a format
+ understood by the source).
- If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
- basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination
- repository doesn't exist, it will be created.
+ If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the basename
+ of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination repository doesn't
+ exist, it will be created.
- By default, all sources except Mercurial will use
- --branchsort. Mercurial uses --sourcesort to preserve original
- revision numbers order. Sort modes have the following effects:
- --branchsort: convert from parent to child revision when
- possible, which means branches are usually converted one after
- the other. It generates more compact repositories.
- --datesort: sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have
- good-looking changelogs but are often an order of magnitude
- larger than the same ones generated by --branchsort.
- --sourcesort: try to preserve source revisions order, only
- supported by Mercurial sources.
+ By default, all sources except Mercurial will use --branchsort. Mercurial
+ uses --sourcesort to preserve original revision numbers order. Sort modes
+ have the following effects:
+
+ --branchsort convert from parent to child revision when possible, which
+ means branches are usually converted one after the other. It
+ generates more compact repositories.
+ --datesort sort revisions by date. Converted repositories have good-
+ looking changelogs but are often an order of magnitude
+ larger than the same ones generated by --branchsort.
+ --sourcesort try to preserve source revisions order, only supported by
+ Mercurial sources.
If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location
- (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file
- that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that
- revision, like so:
- <source ID> <destination ID>
+ (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text file that
+ maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for that revision, like
+ so:
- If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's
- updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted
- and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits.
+ <source ID> <destination ID>
- The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each
- source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy
- for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:
- CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:
- srcauthor=whatever string you want
+ If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's updated on
+ each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted and can be run
+ repeatedly to copy new commits.
- The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files
- and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can
- contain one of the following directives:
+ The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each source
+ commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy for source SCMs
+ that use unix logins to identify authors (eg: CVS). One line per author
+ mapping and the line format is: srcauthor=whatever string you want
+
+ The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files and
+ directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can contain one of
+ the following directives:
include path/to/file
@@ -63,113 +66,109 @@
rename from/file to/file
- The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a
- directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the
- exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly included.
- The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to be omitted.
- The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To rename from
- a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use '.' as the
- path to rename to.
+ The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a directory, to
+ be included in the destination repository, and the exclusion of all other
+ files and directories not explicitly included. The 'exclude' directive
+ causes files or directories to be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames
+ a file or directory. To rename from a subdirectory into the root of the
+ repository, use '.' as the path to rename to.
- The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic
- history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is
- useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or
- graft two disconnected series of history together. Each entry
- contains a key, followed by a space, followed by one or two
- comma-separated values. The key is the revision ID in the source
- revision control system whose parents should be modified (same
- format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs
- (in either the source or destination revision control system) that
+ The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic history,
+ letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is useful if you want
+ to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or graft two disconnected
+ series of history together. Each entry contains a key, followed by a
+ space, followed by one or two comma-separated values. The key is the
+ revision ID in the source revision control system whose parents should be
+ modified (same format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision
+ IDs (in either the source or destination revision control system) that
should be used as the new parents for that node.
The branchmap is a file that allows you to rename a branch when it is
being brought in from whatever external repository. When used in
- conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination
- to help fix even the most badly mismanaged repositories and turn them
- into nicely structured Mercurial repositories. The branchmap contains
- lines of the form "original_branch_name new_branch_name".
- "original_branch_name" is the name of the branch in the source
- repository, and "new_branch_name" is the name of the branch is the
- destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code
- in one repository from "default" to a named branch.
+ conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination to help
+ fix even the most badly mismanaged repositories and turn them into nicely
+ structured Mercurial repositories. The branchmap contains lines of the
+ form "original_branch_name new_branch_name". "original_branch_name" is the
+ name of the branch in the source repository, and "new_branch_name" is the
+ name of the branch is the destination repository. This can be used to (for
+ instance) move code in one repository from "default" to a named branch.
Mercurial Source
- -----------------
+ ----------------
--config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)
ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial
repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to
Mercurial.
--config convert.hg.saverev=False (boolean)
- store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to
- change)
+ store original revision ID in changeset (forces target IDs to change)
--config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)
convert start revision and its descendants
CVS Source
----------
- CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS
- to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct
- access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course the
- repository is :local:. The conversion uses the top level directory
- in the sandbox to find the CVS repository, and then uses CVS rlog
- commands to find files to convert. This means that unless a
- filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be
- converted, and that any directory reorganization in the CVS
- sandbox is ignored.
+ CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS to
+ indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct access to
+ the repository files is not needed, unless of course the repository is
+ :local:. The conversion uses the top level directory in the sandbox to
+ find the CVS repository, and then uses CVS rlog commands to find files to
+ convert. This means that unless a filemap is given, all files under the
+ starting directory will be converted, and that any directory
+ reorganization in the CVS sandbox is ignored.
Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect
- individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS
- source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can
- be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:
- --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+ individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS source uses
+ its internal changeset merging code by default but can be configured to
+ call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:
+
+ --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'
+
This option is deprecated and will be removed in Mercurial 1.4.
The options shown are the defaults.
Internal cvsps is selected by setting
- --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+
+ --config convert.cvsps=builtin
+
and has a few more configurable options:
- --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
- Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and
- debugging purposes.
- --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
- Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed
- between commits with identical user and log message in a
- single changeset. When very large files were checked in as
- part of a changeset then the default may not be long
- enough.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will insert a dummy revision merging the branch on
- which this log message occurs to the branch indicated in
- the regex.
- --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\w]+)}}'
- Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages
- are matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion
- process will add the most recent revision on the branch
- indicated in the regex as the second parent of the
- changeset.
- The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin
- changeset merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its
- parameters and output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.
+ --config convert.cvsps.cache=True (boolean)
+ Set to False to disable remote log caching, for testing and debugging
+ purposes.
+ --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)
+ Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed between commits
+ with identical user and log message in a single changeset. When very
+ large files were checked in as part of a changeset then the default
+ may not be long enough.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are matched.
+ If a match occurs, then the conversion process will insert a dummy
+ revision merging the branch on which this log message occurs to the
+ branch indicated in the regex.
+ --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\w]+)}}'
+ Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are matched.
+ If a match occurs, then the conversion process will add the most
+ recent revision on the branch indicated in the regex as the second
+ parent of the changeset.
+
+ The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin changeset
+ merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its parameters and
+ output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.
Subversion Source
-----------------
- Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.
- By default, the supplied "svn://repo/path/" source URL is
- converted as a single branch. If "svn://repo/path/trunk" exists it
- replaces the default branch. If "svn://repo/path/branches" exists,
- its subdirectories are listed as possible branches. If
- "svn://repo/path/tags" exists, it is looked for tags referencing
- converted branches. Default "trunk", "branches" and "tags" values
- can be overridden with following options. Set them to paths
- relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable auto
- detection.
+ Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts. By
+ default, the supplied "svn://repo/path/" source URL is converted as a
+ single branch. If "svn://repo/path/trunk" exists it replaces the default
+ branch. If "svn://repo/path/branches" exists, its subdirectories are
+ listed as possible branches. If "svn://repo/path/tags" exists, it is
+ looked for tags referencing converted branches. Default "trunk",
+ "branches" and "tags" values can be overridden with following options. Set
+ them to paths relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable
+ auto detection.
--config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)
specify the directory containing branches
@@ -178,9 +177,9 @@
--config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)
specify the name of the trunk branch
- Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,
- instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch
- conversions are supported.
+ Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision, instead
+ of being integrally converted. Only single branch conversions are
+ supported.
--config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)
specify start Subversion revision.
@@ -188,20 +187,18 @@
Perforce Source
---------------
- The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a
- client specification as source. It will convert all files in the
- source to a flat Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches
- and integrations. Note that when a depot path is given you then
- usually should specify a target directory, because otherwise the
- target may be named ...-hg.
+ The Perforce (P4) importer can be given a p4 depot path or a client
+ specification as source. It will convert all files in the source to a flat
+ Mercurial repository, ignoring labels, branches and integrations. Note
+ that when a depot path is given you then usually should specify a target
+ directory, because otherwise the target may be named ...-hg.
- It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be
- converted by specifying an initial Perforce revision.
+ It is possible to limit the amount of source history to be converted by
+ specifying an initial Perforce revision.
--config convert.p4.startrev=0 (perforce changelist number)
specify initial Perforce revision.
-
Mercurial Destination
---------------------
--- a/tests/test-dispatch.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-dispatch.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
output the current or given revision of files
- Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If
- no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,
- or tip if no revision is checked out.
+ Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If no
+ revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used, or tip if
+ no revision is checked out.
- Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
- given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as
- for the export command, with the following additions:
+ Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is given using
+ a format string. The formatting rules are the same as for the export
+ command, with the following additions:
- %s basename of file being printed
- %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
- %p root-relative path name of file being printed
+ %s basename of file being printed
+ %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
+ %p root-relative path name of file being printed
options:
--- a/tests/test-dispatch.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-dispatch.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@
os.chdir('test1')
# create file 'foo', add and commit
-f = file('foo', 'wb')
+f = open('foo', 'wb')
f.write('foo\n')
f.close()
testdispatch("add foo")
testdispatch("commit -m commit1 -d 2000-01-01 foo")
# append to file 'foo' and commit
-f = file('foo', 'ab')
+f = open('foo', 'ab')
f.write('bar\n')
f.close()
testdispatch("commit -m commit2 -d 2000-01-02 foo")
--- a/tests/test-extdiff.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-extdiff.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -7,14 +7,13 @@
use 'echo' to diff repository (or selected files)
- Show differences between revisions for the specified
- files, using the 'echo' program.
+ Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the
+ 'echo' program.
- When two revision arguments are given, then changes are
- shown between those revisions. If only one revision is
- specified then that revision is compared to the working
- directory, and, when no revisions are specified, the
- working directory files are compared to its parent.
+ When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
+ those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
+ compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
+ the working directory files are compared to its parent.
options:
--- a/tests/test-help.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-help.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -170,11 +170,10 @@
add the specified files on the next commit
- Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
- repository.
+ Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
- The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
- undo an add before that, see hg forget.
+ The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
+ add before that, see hg forget.
If no names are given, add all files to the repository.
@@ -190,11 +189,10 @@
add the specified files on the next commit
- Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
- repository.
+ Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
- The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
- undo an add before that, see hg forget.
+ The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
+ add before that, see hg forget.
If no names are given, add all files to the repository.
@@ -213,22 +211,21 @@
Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
- NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
- default to comparing against the working directory's first parent
- changeset if no revisions are specified.
+ NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will default
+ to comparing against the working directory's first parent changeset if no
+ revisions are specified.
- When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown
- between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then
- that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no
- revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared
- to its parent.
+ When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
+ those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
+ compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
+ the working directory files are compared to its parent.
- Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of
- files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff
- anyway, probably with undesirable results.
+ Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it
+ detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably
+ with undesirable results.
- Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
- format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.
+ Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format.
+ For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.
options:
@@ -252,34 +249,33 @@
show changed files in the working directory
- Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only
- files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or
- the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless
- -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.
- Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the
- options -mardu are used.
+ Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files
+ that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a
+ copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored,
+ -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show
+ only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used.
- Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files
- unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
+ Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless
+ explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
- NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
- changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not
- report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative
- to one merge parent.
+ NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have changed
+ or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not report
+ permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one merge
+ parent.
- If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.
- If two revisions are given, the differences between them are
- shown.
+ If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two
+ revisions are given, the differences between them are shown.
The codes used to show the status of files are:
- M = modified
- A = added
- R = removed
- C = clean
- ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
- ? = not tracked
- I = ignored
- = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
+
+ M = modified
+ A = added
+ R = removed
+ C = clean
+ ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
+ ? = not tracked
+ I = ignored
+ = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)
options:
--- a/tests/test-hook Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-hook Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -230,4 +230,22 @@
hg showconfig hooks | sed -e 's/ at .*>/>/'
+echo '# test python hook configured with python:[file]:[hook] syntax'
+cd ..
+mkdir d
+cd d
+hg init repo
+mkdir hooks
+
+cd hooks
+cat > testhooks.py <<EOF
+def testhook(**args):
+ print 'hook works'
+EOF
+echo '[hooks]' > ../repo/.hg/hgrc
+echo "pre-commit.test = python:`pwd`/testhooks.py:testhook" >> ../repo/.hg/hgrc
+
+cd ../repo
+hg commit
+
exit 0
--- a/tests/test-hook.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-hook.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -160,3 +160,6 @@
Automatically installed hook
committed changeset 1:52998019f6252a2b893452765fcb0a47351a5708
hooks.commit.auto=<function autohook>
+# test python hook configured with python:[file]:[hook] syntax
+hook works
+nothing changed
--- a/tests/test-import Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-import Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -332,3 +332,16 @@
EOF
hg import --no-commit a.patch
cd ..
+
+echo '% create file when source is not /dev/null'
+cat > create.patch <<EOF
+diff -Naur proj-orig/foo proj-new/foo
+--- proj-orig/foo 1969-12-31 16:00:00.000000000 -0800
++++ proj-new/foo 2009-07-17 16:50:45.801368000 -0700
+@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@
++a
+EOF
+hg init oddcreate
+cd oddcreate
+hg import --no-commit ../create.patch
+cat foo
--- a/tests/test-import.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-import.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -292,3 +292,6 @@
% add empty file from the end of patch (issue 1495)
adding a
applying a.patch
+% create file when source is not /dev/null
+applying ../create.patch
+a
--- a/tests/test-inotify Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-inotify Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -35,4 +35,39 @@
hg status .
cd ..
+#issue 1375
+#Testing that we can remove a folder and then add a file with the same name
+echo % issue 1375
+
+mkdir h
+echo h > h/h
+hg ci -Am t
+hg rm h
+
+echo h >h
+hg add h
+
+hg status
+hg ci -m0
+
+# Test for issue1735: inotify watches files in .hg/merge
+hg st
+
+echo a > a
+
+hg ci -Am a
+hg st
+
+echo b >> a
+hg ci -m ab
+hg st
+
+echo c >> a
+hg st
+
+hg up 0
+hg st
+
+HGMERGE=internal:local hg up
+hg st
kill `cat hg.pid`
--- a/tests/test-inotify.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-inotify.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -32,3 +32,15 @@
? hg.pid
M dir/x
M x
+% issue 1375
+adding h/h
+adding hg.pid
+removing h/h
+A h
+R h/h
+M a
+merging a
+1 files updated, 1 files merged, 2 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+M a
+3 files updated, 1 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+M a
--- a/tests/test-keyword Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-keyword Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -13,9 +13,6 @@
commit.test=cp a hooktest
EOF
-echo % help
-hg help keyword
-
echo % hg kwdemo
hg --quiet kwdemo --default \
| sed -e 's![^ ][^ ]*demo.txt,v!/TMP/demo.txt,v!' \
--- a/tests/test-keyword.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-keyword.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,65 +1,3 @@
-% help
-keyword extension - expand keywords in tracked files
-
-This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$ in
-tracked text files selected by your configuration.
-
-Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the
-change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the
-current user or for archive distribution.
-
-Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of
-hgrc files.
-
-Example:
-
- [keyword]
- # expand keywords in every python file except those matching "x*"
- **.py =
- x* = ignore
-
-Note: the more specific you are in your filename patterns
- the less you lose speed in huge repositories.
-
-For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and
-control run "hg kwdemo".
-
-An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided.
-
-The default template mappings (view with "hg kwdemo -d") can be
-replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run "hg
-kwdemo" to control the results of your config changes.
-
-Before changing/disabling active keywords, run "hg kwshrink" to avoid
-the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change
-history.
-
-To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run
-"hg kwexpand".
-
-Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,
-be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run "hg kwexpand" on
-the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes
-have been checked in.
-
-Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,
-like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map
-"Log = {desc}" expands to the first line of the changeset description.
-
-list of commands:
-
- kwdemo print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example
- kwexpand expand keywords in the working directory
- kwfiles show files configured for keyword expansion
- kwshrink revert expanded keywords in the working directory
-
-enabled extensions:
-
- keyword expand keywords in tracked files
- mq manage a stack of patches
- notify hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time
-
-use "hg -v help keyword" to show aliases and global options
% hg kwdemo
[extensions]
hgext.keyword =
@@ -211,6 +149,7 @@
+$Id$
+tests for different changenodes
% qpop
+popping mqtest.diff
patch queue now empty
% qgoto - should imply qpush
applying mqtest.diff
@@ -219,6 +158,7 @@
$Id: c,v 40a904bbbe4c 1970/01/01 00:00:01 user $
tests for different changenodes
% qpop and move on
+popping mqtest.diff
patch queue now empty
% copy
% kwfiles added
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/tests/test-minirst.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+from mercurial import minirst
+
+def debugformat(title, text, width):
+ print "%s formatted to fit within %d characters:" % (title, width)
+ print "-" * 70
+ print minirst.format(text, width)
+ print "-" * 70
+ print
+
+paragraphs = """
+This is some text in the first paragraph.
+
+ An indented paragraph
+ with just two lines.
+
+
+The third paragraph. It is followed by some
+random lines with spurious spaces.
+
+
+
+
+
+No indention
+ here, despite
+the uneven left
+ margin.
+
+ Only the
+ left-most line
+ (this line!)
+ is significant
+ for the indentation
+
+"""
+
+debugformat('paragraphs', paragraphs, 60)
+debugformat('paragraphs', paragraphs, 30)
+
+
+definitions = """
+A Term
+ Definition. The indented
+ lines make up the definition.
+Another Term
+ Another definition. The final line in the
+ definition determines the indentation, so
+ this will be indented with four spaces.
+
+ A Nested/Indented Term
+ Definition.
+"""
+
+debugformat('definitions', definitions, 60)
+debugformat('definitions', definitions, 30)
+
+
+literals = r"""
+The fully minimized form is the most
+convenient form::
+
+ Hello
+ literal
+ world
+
+In the partially minimized form a paragraph
+simply ends with space-double-colon. ::
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////
+ long un-wrapped line in a literal block
+ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
+
+::
+
+ This literal block is started with '::',
+ the so-called expanded form. The paragraph
+ with '::' disappears in the final output.
+"""
+
+debugformat('literals', literals, 60)
+debugformat('literals', literals, 30)
+
+
+lists = """
+- This is the first list item.
+
+ Second paragraph in the first list item.
+
+- List items need not be separated
+ by a blank line.
+- And will be rendered without
+ one in any case.
+
+We can have indented lists:
+
+ - This is an indented list item
+
+ - Another indented list item::
+
+ - A literal block in the middle
+ of an indented list.
+
+ (The above is not a list item since we are in the literal block.)
+
+::
+
+ Literal block with no indentation (apart from
+ the two spaces added to all literal blocks).
+"""
+
+debugformat('lists', lists, 60)
+debugformat('lists', lists, 30)
+
+
+options = """
+There is support for simple option lists,
+but only with long options:
+
+--all Output all.
+--both Output both (this description is
+ quite long).
+--long Output all day long.
+
+--par This option has two paragraphs in its description.
+ This is the first.
+
+ This is the second. Blank lines may be omitted between
+ options (as above) or left in (as here).
+
+The next paragraph looks like an option list, but lacks the two-space
+marker after the option. It is treated as a normal paragraph:
+
+--foo bar baz
+"""
+
+debugformat('options', options, 60)
+debugformat('options', options, 30)
+
+
+fields = """
+Field lists give a simple two-column layout:
+
+:key: The whitespace following the key is
+ significant for the wrapping of this text.
+:another key: More text.
+ The indentation on the following
+ lines is not significant.
+"""
+
+debugformat('fields', fields, 60)
+debugformat('fields', fields, 30)
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/tests/test-minirst.py.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+paragraphs formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is some text in the first paragraph.
+
+ An indented paragraph with just two lines.
+
+The third paragraph. It is followed by some random lines
+with spurious spaces.
+
+No indention here, despite the uneven left margin.
+
+ Only the left-most line (this line!) is significant for
+ the indentation
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+paragraphs formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is some text in the first
+paragraph.
+
+ An indented paragraph with
+ just two lines.
+
+The third paragraph. It is
+followed by some random lines
+with spurious spaces.
+
+No indention here, despite the
+uneven left margin.
+
+ Only the left-most line
+ (this line!) is significant
+ for the indentation
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+definitions formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+A Term
+ Definition. The indented lines make up the definition.
+Another Term
+ Another definition. The final line in the definition
+ determines the indentation, so this will be indented
+ with four spaces.
+ A Nested/Indented Term
+ Definition.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+definitions formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+A Term
+ Definition. The indented
+ lines make up the
+ definition.
+Another Term
+ Another definition. The
+ final line in the
+ definition determines the
+ indentation, so this will
+ be indented with four
+ spaces.
+ A Nested/Indented Term
+ Definition.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+literals formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+The fully minimized form is the most convenient form:
+
+ Hello
+ literal
+ world
+
+In the partially minimized form a paragraph simply ends with
+space-double-colon.
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////
+ long un-wrapped line in a literal block
+ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
+
+ This literal block is started with '::',
+ the so-called expanded form. The paragraph
+ with '::' disappears in the final output.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+literals formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+The fully minimized form is
+the most convenient form:
+
+ Hello
+ literal
+ world
+
+In the partially minimized
+form a paragraph simply ends
+with space-double-colon.
+
+ ////////////////////////////////////////
+ long un-wrapped line in a literal block
+ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
+
+ This literal block is started with '::',
+ the so-called expanded form. The paragraph
+ with '::' disappears in the final output.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+lists formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+- This is the first list item.
+
+ Second paragraph in the first list item.
+
+- List items need not be separated by a blank line.
+- And will be rendered without one in any case.
+
+We can have indented lists:
+
+ - This is an indented list item
+ - Another indented list item:
+
+ - A literal block in the middle
+ of an indented list.
+
+ (The above is not a list item since we are in the literal block.)
+
+ Literal block with no indentation (apart from
+ the two spaces added to all literal blocks).
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+lists formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+- This is the first list item.
+
+ Second paragraph in the
+ first list item.
+
+- List items need not be
+ separated by a blank line.
+- And will be rendered without
+ one in any case.
+
+We can have indented lists:
+
+ - This is an indented list
+ item
+ - Another indented list
+ item:
+
+ - A literal block in the middle
+ of an indented list.
+
+ (The above is not a list item since we are in the literal block.)
+
+ Literal block with no indentation (apart from
+ the two spaces added to all literal blocks).
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+options formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+There is support for simple option lists, but only with long
+options:
+
+--all Output all.
+--both Output both (this description is quite long).
+--long Output all day long.
+--par This option has two paragraphs in its
+ description. This is the first.
+
+ This is the second. Blank lines may be omitted
+ between options (as above) or left in (as here).
+
+The next paragraph looks like an option list, but lacks the
+two-space marker after the option. It is treated as a normal
+paragraph:
+
+--foo bar baz
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+options formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+There is support for simple
+option lists, but only with
+long options:
+
+--all Output all.
+--both Output both (this
+ description is
+ quite long).
+--long Output all day
+ long.
+--par This option has two
+ paragraphs in its
+ description. This
+ is the first.
+
+ This is the second.
+ Blank lines may be
+ omitted between
+ options (as above)
+ or left in (as
+ here).
+
+The next paragraph looks like
+an option list, but lacks the
+two-space marker after the
+option. It is treated as a
+normal paragraph:
+
+--foo bar baz
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+fields formatted to fit within 60 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Field lists give a simple two-column layout:
+
+key The whitespace following the key is
+ significant for the wrapping of this text.
+another key More text. The indentation on the following
+ lines is not significant.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+fields formatted to fit within 30 characters:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Field lists give a simple two-
+column layout:
+
+key The whitespace
+ following the
+ key is
+ significant for
+ the wrapping of
+ this text.
+another key More text. The
+ indentation on
+ the following
+ lines is not
+ significant.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
--- a/tests/test-mq Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -107,9 +107,18 @@
hg qpop
checkundo qpop
-echo % qpush
+echo % qpush with dump of tag cache
+# Dump the tag cache to ensure that it has exactly one head after qpush.
+rm -f .hg/tags.cache
+hg tags > /dev/null
+echo ".hg/tags.cache (pre qpush):"
+sed 's/ [0-9a-f]*//' .hg/tags.cache
hg qpush
+hg tags > /dev/null
+echo ".hg/tags.cache (post qpush):"
+sed 's/ [0-9a-f]*//' .hg/tags.cache
+
checkundo qpush
cd ..
--- a/tests/test-mq-caches.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-caches.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
No branch cache
# some regular revisions
+popping p1
patch queue now empty
tip: 1
3f910abad313ff802d3a23a7529433872df9b3ae 1
@@ -43,6 +44,9 @@
qbase: 1
# detect an invalid cache
+popping p2
+popping p1
+popping p0
patch queue now empty
applying p0
applying p1
--- a/tests/test-mq-eol.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-eol.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -9,12 +9,14 @@
patch failed, unable to continue (try -v)
patch failed, rejects left in working dir
errors during apply, please fix and refresh eol.diff
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% invalid eol
applying eol.diff
patch failed, unable to continue (try -v)
patch failed, rejects left in working dir
errors during apply, please fix and refresh eol.diff
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% force LF
applying eol.diff
@@ -42,6 +44,7 @@
c<CR><LF>
d<CR><LF>
z
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% push again forcing LF and compare revisions
applying eol.diff
@@ -51,6 +54,7 @@
c<CR><LF>
d<CR><LF>
z
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
% push again without LF and compare revisions
applying eol.diff
@@ -60,4 +64,5 @@
c<CR><LF>
d<CR><LF>
z
+popping eol.diff
patch queue now empty
--- a/tests/test-mq-guards.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-guards.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,4 +1,7 @@
adding x
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
% should fail
abort: no patch named does-not-exist.patch
@@ -9,6 +12,7 @@
% should guard a.patch
% should print +a
a.patch: +a
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
% should fail
cannot push 'a.patch' - guarded by ['+a']
@@ -16,6 +20,7 @@
% should push b.patch
applying b.patch
now at: b.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
% test selection of an empty guard
abort: guard cannot be an empty string
@@ -34,6 +39,9 @@
% should push c.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
guards deactivated
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 3 to 2
@@ -41,6 +49,8 @@
applying b.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 1 to 2
% should push a.patch, not b.patch
@@ -48,6 +58,8 @@
now at: a.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
% should push b.patch
applying b.patch
@@ -55,6 +67,8 @@
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
c.patch
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 2 to 3
% should push a.patch, b.patch
@@ -62,6 +76,8 @@
now at: a.patch
applying b.patch
now at: b.patch
+popping b.patch
+popping a.patch
patch queue now empty
number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from 3 to 2
% list patches and guards
@@ -83,6 +99,8 @@
now at: c.patch
guards deactivated
popping guarded patches
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
patch queue now empty
reapplying unguarded patches
applying c.patch
@@ -100,6 +118,7 @@
new.patch: +1 +2 -3
b.patch: +2
c.patch: unguarded
+popping d.patch
now at: c.patch
% should show new.patch and b.patch as Guarded, c.patch as Applied
% and d.patch as Unapplied
@@ -112,6 +131,7 @@
1 G b.patch
2 A c.patch
3 G d.patch
+popping c.patch
patch queue now empty
new.patch: +1 +2 -3
b.patch: +2
--- a/tests/test-mq-header-date.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-header-date.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -35,6 +35,10 @@
1: [mq]: 2.patch - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
==== qref -d
+# HG changeset patch
+# Date 5 0
+
+
diff -r ... 2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/2
@@ -42,6 +46,7 @@
+2
1: [mq]: 2.patch - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 2.patch
now at: 1.patch
==== qnew -d -m
# HG changeset patch
@@ -117,6 +122,9 @@
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
==== qref -d
+# HG changeset patch
+# Date 9 0
+
Four
diff -r ... 4
@@ -127,8 +135,10 @@
2: Four - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 4.patch
now at: 3.patch
==== qnew with HG header
+popping 5.patch
now at: 3.patch
# HG changeset patch
# Date 10 0
@@ -174,6 +184,7 @@
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
==== qref -d
+Date: 12 0
From: jane
diff -r ... 6
@@ -185,6 +196,7 @@
2: [mq]: 5.patch - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 6.patch
now at: 5.patch
==== qnew -d
adding 7
@@ -227,7 +239,9 @@
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
==== qref -u -d
-From: john
+# HG changeset patch
+# Date 14 0
+# User john
diff -r ... 8
@@ -240,6 +254,7 @@
2: [mq]: 5.patch - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 8.patch
now at: 7.patch
==== qnew -m
adding 9
@@ -256,7 +271,9 @@
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
==== qref -u -d
-From: john
+# HG changeset patch
+# Date 15 0
+# User john
Nine
@@ -270,8 +287,13 @@
2: [mq]: 5.patch - test
1: Three (again) - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - test
+popping 9.patch
now at: 7.patch
==== qpop -a / qpush -a
+popping 7.patch
+popping 5.patch
+popping 3.patch
+popping 1.patch
patch queue now empty
applying 1.patch
applying 3.patch
--- a/tests/test-mq-header-from.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-header-from.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -32,7 +32,8 @@
1: [mq]: 2.patch - test
0: [mq]: 1.patch - mary
==== qref -u
-From: jane
+# HG changeset patch
+# User jane
diff -r ... 2
@@ -117,7 +118,8 @@
1: [mq]: 2.patch - jane
0: [mq]: 1.patch - mary
==== qref -u
-From: jane
+# HG changeset patch
+# User jane
Four
@@ -131,6 +133,7 @@
1: [mq]: 2.patch - jane
0: [mq]: 1.patch - mary
==== qnew with HG header
+popping 5.patch
now at: 4.patch
now at: 5.patch
# HG changeset patch
@@ -184,6 +187,11 @@
1: [mq]: 2.patch - jane
0: [mq]: 1.patch - mary
==== qpop -a / qpush -a
+popping 5.patch
+popping 4.patch
+popping 3.patch
+popping 2.patch
+popping 1.patch
patch queue now empty
applying 1.patch
applying 2.patch
--- a/tests/test-mq-merge.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-merge.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
applying rm_a
now at: rm_a
b
+popping rm_a
+popping .hg.patches.merge.marker
patch queue now empty
% init t2
--- a/tests/test-mq-missingfiles.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-missingfiles.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
adding b
+popping changeb
patch queue now empty
% push patch with missing target
applying changeb
@@ -26,6 +27,7 @@
+c
+c
adding b
+popping changeb
patch queue now empty
% push git patch with missing target
applying changeb
@@ -48,6 +50,7 @@
% test push creating directory during git copy or rename
adding a
+popping patch
patch queue now empty
applying patch
now at: patch
--- a/tests/test-mq-pull-from-bundle.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-pull-from-bundle.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
1: main: one updated.
====== Setup queue
adding two
+popping two.patch
patch queue now empty
====== Bundle queue
1 changesets found
--- a/tests/test-mq-qdelete.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qdelete.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
adding base
abort: qdelete requires at least one revision or patch name
abort: cannot delete applied patch c
+popping c
now at: b
a
b
@@ -8,6 +9,7 @@
b
series
status
+popping b
now at: a
a
b
@@ -30,6 +32,7 @@
no patches applied
abort: revision 0 is not managed
abort: cannot delete revision 2 above applied patches
+popping c
now at: b
abort: unknown revision 'c'!
applying c
--- a/tests/test-mq-qdiff.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qdiff.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
+patched
% revert
% qpop
+popping mqbase
patch queue now empty
% qdelete mqbase
% commit 2
--- a/tests/test-mq-qfold.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qfold.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
% init
adding a
% fold in the middle of the queue
+popping p3
+popping p2
now at: p1
--- a/a
+++ b/a
--- a/tests/test-mq-qgoto.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qgoto.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,17 +1,24 @@
adding a
+popping c.patch
+popping b.patch
now at: a.patch
applying b.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
+popping c.patch
now at: b.patch
% Using index
+popping b.patch
now at: a.patch
applying b.patch
applying c.patch
now at: c.patch
% No warnings when using index
+popping bug141421
+popping bug314159
+popping c.patch
now at: b.patch
applying c.patch
applying bug314159
--- a/tests/test-mq-qimport.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qimport.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
More text in commit message.
+popping email
patch queue now empty
% import URL
adding url.diff to series file
@@ -28,12 +29,14 @@
applying url.diff
now at: url.diff
foo
+popping url.diff
patch queue now empty
% qimport -f
adding url.diff to series file
applying url.diff
now at: url.diff
foo2
+popping url.diff
patch queue now empty
% build diff with CRLF
adding b
--- a/tests/test-mq-qnew.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qnew.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -20,6 +20,9 @@
abort: patch "first.patch" already exists
abort: patch "first.patch" already exists
% qnew -f from a subdirectory
+popping first.patch
+popping mtest.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
adding d/b
M d/b
--- a/tests/test-mq-qpush-fail.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-qpush-fail.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
adding foo
% test qpush on empty series
no patches in series
+popping bad-patch
+popping patch2
+popping patch1
patch queue now empty
applying patch1
applying patch2
--- a/tests/test-mq-symlinks.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq-symlinks.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
a -> a not a symlink
a -> b
+popping symlink.patch
now at: base.patch
applying symlink.patch
now at: symlink.patch
a -> b
+popping removesl.patch
now at: symlink.patch
applying removesl.patch
now at: removesl.patch
--- a/tests/test-mq.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-mq.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -2,25 +2,25 @@
mq extension - manage a stack of patches
This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial
-repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and
-applied patches (subset of known patches).
+repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and applied
+patches (subset of known patches).
-Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches
-directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
+Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches directory.
+Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.
Common tasks (use "hg help command" for more details):
-prepare repository to work with patches qinit
-create new patch qnew
-import existing patch qimport
+ prepare repository to work with patches qinit
+ create new patch qnew
+ import existing patch qimport
-print patch series qseries
-print applied patches qapplied
-print name of top applied patch qtop
+ print patch series qseries
+ print applied patches qapplied
+ print name of top applied patch qtop
-add known patch to applied stack qpush
-remove patch from applied stack qpop
-refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
+ add known patch to applied stack qpush
+ remove patch from applied stack qpop
+ refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh
list of commands:
@@ -108,16 +108,26 @@
a
+a
% qpop
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
-% qpush
+% qpush with dump of tag cache
+.hg/tags.cache (pre qpush):
+1
+
applying test.patch
now at: test.patch
+.hg/tags.cache (post qpush):
+2
+
% pop/push outside repo
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
applying test.patch
now at: test.patch
% qrefresh in subdir
% pop/push -a in subdir
+popping test2.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
applying test.patch
applying test2.patch
@@ -125,6 +135,7 @@
% qseries
test.patch
test2.patch
+popping test2.patch
now at: test.patch
0 A test.patch: foo bar
1 U test2.patch:
@@ -140,6 +151,7 @@
% qnext
all patches applied
% pop, qnext, qprev, qapplied
+popping test2.patch
now at: test.patch
test2.patch
only one patch applied
@@ -156,17 +168,24 @@
% qpush/qpop with index
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
+popping test2.patch
+popping test1b.patch
now at: test.patch
applying test1b.patch
now at: test1b.patch
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
+popping test2.patch
now at: test1b.patch
+popping test1b.patch
now at: test.patch
applying test1b.patch
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
% push should succeed
+popping test2.patch
+popping test1b.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
pushing to ../../k
searching for changes
@@ -180,6 +199,9 @@
applying test2.patch
now at: test2.patch
% pops all patches and succeeds
+popping test2.patch
+popping test1b.patch
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
qpop -a succeeds
% does nothing and succeeds
@@ -193,6 +215,7 @@
now at: test.patch
qpush succeeds
% pops a patch and succeeds
+popping test.patch
patch queue now empty
qpop succeeds
% pushes up to test1b.patch and succeeds
@@ -213,6 +236,7 @@
abort: patch test2.patch is not applied
qpop test2.patch fails
% pops up to test.patch and succeeds
+popping test1b.patch
now at: test.patch
qpop test.patch succeeds
% pushes all patches and succeeds
@@ -269,6 +293,8 @@
+f
M a
% qpush failure
+popping bar
+popping foo
patch queue now empty
applying foo
applying bar
@@ -284,6 +310,7 @@
1 qbase foo
2 qtip bar tip
% bad node in status
+popping bar
now at: foo
changeset: 0:cb9a9f314b8b
mq status file refers to unknown node
@@ -308,6 +335,7 @@
diff --git a/new b/copy
copy from new
copy to copy
+popping copy
now at: new
applying copy
now at: copy
@@ -320,6 +348,7 @@
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 2 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
2 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+popping bar
adding branch
adding changesets
adding manifests
@@ -354,6 +383,7 @@
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 2 files removed, 0 files unresolved
2 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+popping bar
adding branch
adding changesets
adding manifests
@@ -386,6 +416,7 @@
% refresh omitting an added file
C newfile
A newfile
+popping baz
now at: bar
% create a git patch
diff --git a/alexander b/alexander
@@ -393,6 +424,7 @@
8ba2a2f3e77b55d03051ff9c24ad65e7 bucephalus
diff --git a/bucephalus b/bucephalus
% check binary patches can be popped and pushed
+popping addbucephalus
now at: addalexander
applying addbucephalus
now at: addbucephalus
@@ -461,6 +493,7 @@
rev 0: add foo
patch repo:
rev 0: checkpoint
+popping patch1
patch queue now empty
main repo:
rev 0: add foo
@@ -475,12 +508,14 @@
rev 0: checkpoint
% test applying on an empty file (issue 1033)
adding a
+popping changea
patch queue now empty
applying changea
now at: changea
% test qpush with --force, issue1087
adding bye.txt
adding hello.txt
+popping empty
patch queue now empty
% qpush should fail, local changes
abort: local changes found, refresh first
@@ -510,6 +545,7 @@
summary: imported patch empty
+popping empty
patch queue now empty
% qpush should fail, local changes
abort: local changes found, refresh first
@@ -539,4 +575,5 @@
% test popping revisions not in working dir ancestry
0 A empty
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
+popping empty
patch queue now empty
--- a/tests/test-notify.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-notify.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,61 +1,60 @@
notify extension - hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time
-Subscriptions can be managed through hgrc. Default mode is to print
+Subscriptions can be managed through a hgrc file. Default mode is to print
messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.
-To use, configure notify extension and enable in hgrc like this:
+To use, configure the notify extension and enable it in hgrc like this:
- [extensions]
- hgext.notify =
+ [extensions]
+ hgext.notify =
- [hooks]
- # one email for each incoming changeset
- incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
- changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ [hooks]
+ # one email for each incoming changeset
+ incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
+ # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time
+ changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook
- [notify]
- # config items go in here
+ [notify]
+ # config items go here
- config items:
+Required configuration items:
- REQUIRED:
- config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+ config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions
+
+Optional configuration items:
- OPTIONAL:
- test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
- strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
- domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
- style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
- template = ... # template to use when formatting email
- incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
- changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
- maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
- maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
- diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
- sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
- # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
- [email]
- from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
- [web]
- baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
+ test = True # print messages to stdout for testing
+ strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths
+ domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain
+ style = ... # style file to use when formatting email
+ template = ... # template to use when formatting email
+ incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook
+ changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook
+ maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)
+ maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this
+ diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content
+ sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this list
+ # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)
+ [email]
+ from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given
+ [web]
+ baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits
- notify config file has same format as regular hgrc. it has two
- sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier
- for you.
+The notify config file has same format as a regular hgrc file. It has two
+sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier for you.
- [usersubs]
- # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
- user@host = pattern
+ [usersubs]
+ # key is subscriber email, value is ","-separated list of glob patterns
+ user@host = pattern
- [reposubs]
- # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
- pattern = user@host
+ [reposubs]
+ # key is glob pattern, value is ","-separated list of subscriber emails
+ pattern = user@host
- glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
+Glob patterns are matched against path to repository root.
- if you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users
- can push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.
+If you like, you can put notify config file in repository that users can push
+changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions.
no commands defined
% commit
--- a/tests/test-patchbomb.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-patchbomb.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: 8580ff50825a50c8f716709acdf8de0deddcd6ab
Message-Id: <8580ff50825a50c8f716.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.120@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.120@
References: <patchbomb.120@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.120@
References: <patchbomb.120@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:02:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
Subject: test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.180@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:03:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:03:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@
adding utf
% no mime encoding for email --test
% md5sum of 8-bit output
-1b28ee86c937a1f9e2bf6fc5eabd00a5 mailtest
+e726c29b3008e77994c7572563e57c34 mailtest
% mime encoded mbox (base64)
This patch series consists of 1 patches.
Writing [PATCH] charset=utf-8; content-transfer-encoding: base64 ...
-From quux Thu Jan 01 00:04:01 1970
+From quux Thu Jan 1 00:04:01 1970
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="utf-8"
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c3c9e37db9f4fe4882cda39baf42fed6bad8b15a
Message-Id: <c3c9e37db9f4fe4882cd.240@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -192,13 +192,13 @@
adding qp
% no mime encoding for email --test
% md5sum of qp output
-7b5f11d50349b32eff4a9b2daaa82e7f mailtest
+0402c7d033e04044e423bb04816f9dae mailtest
% mime encoded mbox (quoted-printable)
This patch series consists of 1 patches.
Writing [PATCH] charset=utf-8; content-transfer-encoding: quoted-printable ...
-From quux Thu Jan 01 00:04:01 1970
+From quux Thu Jan 1 00:04:01 1970
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c655633f8c87700bb38cc6a59a2753bdc5a6c376
Message-Id: <c655633f8c87700bb38c.240@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:04:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
Writing [PATCH] charset=us-ascii; content-transfer-encoding: 8bit ...
% md5sum of 8-bit output
-e61684fc0bcccba4204714be37951893 mboxfix
+0920ef519c29b6a1742047ad9f203fc5 mboxfix
% test diffstat for single patch
This patch series consists of 1 patches.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c655633f8c87700bb38cc6a59a2753bdc5a6c376
Message-Id: <c655633f8c87700bb38c.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 3] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: c655633f8c87700bb38cc6a59a2753bdc5a6c376
Message-Id: <c655633f8c87700bb38c.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 3] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:03 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 1] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
X-Mercurial-Node: ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b33363bda9527323e2a99f
Message-Id: <ff2c9fa2018b15fa74b3.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@
Subject: [PATCH 0 of 2] test
Message-Id: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <baz>
References: <baz>
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <baz>
References: <baz>
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:00 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:01 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@
In-Reply-To: <patchbomb.60@
References: <patchbomb.60@
User-Agent: Mercurial-patchbomb
-Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 -0000
+Date: Thu, 01 Jan 1970 00:01:02 +0000
From: quux
To: foo
Cc: bar
--- a/tests/test-qrecord.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-qrecord.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -28,8 +28,7 @@
interactively record a new patch
- See 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and
- usage.
+ See 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and usage.
options:
--- a/tests/test-rebase-mq.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-rebase-mq.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -79,6 +79,8 @@
+mq1r1mq2
% Adding one git-style patch and one normal
+popping f2.patch
+popping f.patch
patch queue now empty
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
% Git patch
--- a/tests/test-rebase-parameters.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-rebase-parameters.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@
move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch
- Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of
- history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local
- changes relative to a master development tree.
+ Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of history
+ onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative to
+ a master development tree.
If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be
continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.
--- a/tests/test-record.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-record.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -3,27 +3,26 @@
interactively select changes to commit
- If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by "hg status"
- will be candidates for recording.
+ If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by "hg status" will be
+ candidates for recording.
See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
- You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each
- modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each
- change to use. For each query, the following responses are
- possible:
+ You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each modified file,
+ and for files with multiple changes, for each change to use. For each
+ query, the following responses are possible:
- y - record this change
- n - skip this change
+ y - record this change
+ n - skip this change
- s - skip remaining changes to this file
- f - record remaining changes to this file
+ s - skip remaining changes to this file
+ f - record remaining changes to this file
- d - done, skip remaining changes and files
- a - record all changes to all remaining files
- q - quit, recording no changes
+ d - done, skip remaining changes and files
+ a - record all changes to all remaining files
+ q - quit, recording no changes
- ? - display help
+ ? - display help
options:
--- a/tests/test-revlog-ancestry.py Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-revlog-ancestry.py Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
repo.commit(text=text, date="%d 0" % time)
def addcommit(name, time):
- f = file(name, 'w')
+ f = open(name, 'w')
f.write('%s\n' % name)
f.close()
repo.add([name])
--- a/tests/test-tags Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-tags Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,24 +1,46 @@
#!/bin/sh
+cacheexists() {
+ [ -f .hg/tags.cache ] && echo "tag cache exists" || echo "no tag cache"
+}
+
+# XXX need to test that the tag cache works when we strip an old head
+# and add a new one rooted off non-tip: i.e. node and rev of tip are the
+# same, but stuff has changed behind tip.
+
+echo "% setup"
mkdir t
cd t
hg init
+cacheexists
hg id
+cacheexists
echo a > a
hg add a
-hg commit -m "test" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "test"
hg co
hg identify
-T=`hg tip --debug | head -n 1 | cut -d : -f 3`
+cacheexists
+
+echo "% create local tag with long name"
+T=`hg identify --debug --id`
hg tag -l "This is a local tag with a really long name!"
hg tags
rm .hg/localtags
+
+echo "% create a tag behind hg's back"
echo "$T first" > .hgtags
cat .hgtags
hg add .hgtags
-hg commit -m "add tags" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "add tags"
hg tags
hg identify
+
+# repeat with cold tag cache
+rm -f .hg/tags.cache
+hg identify
+
+echo "% create a branch"
echo bb > a
hg status
hg identify
@@ -28,89 +50,126 @@
hg status
echo 1 > b
hg add b
-hg commit -m "branch" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "branch"
hg id
+
+echo "% merge the two heads"
hg merge 1
hg id
hg status
-hg commit -m "merge" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "merge"
-# create fake head, make sure tag not visible afterwards
+echo "% create fake head, make sure tag not visible afterwards"
cp .hgtags tags
-hg tag -d "1000000 0" last
+hg tag last
hg rm .hgtags
-hg commit -m "remove" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "remove"
mv tags .hgtags
hg add .hgtags
-hg commit -m "readd" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "readd"
hg tags
-# invalid tags
+echo "% add invalid tags"
echo "spam" >> .hgtags
echo >> .hgtags
echo "foo bar" >> .hgtags
echo "$T invalid" | sed "s/..../a5a5/" >> .hg/localtags
-hg commit -m "tags" -d "1000000 0"
+echo "committing .hgtags:"
+cat .hgtags
+hg commit -m "tags"
-# report tag parse error on other head
+echo "% report tag parse error on other head"
hg up 3
echo 'x y' >> .hgtags
-hg commit -m "head" -d "1000000 0"
+hg commit -m "head"
hg tags
hg tip
-# test tag precedence rules
+echo "% test tag precedence rules"
cd ..
hg init t2
cd t2
echo foo > foo
hg add foo
-hg ci -m 'add foo' -d '1000000 0' # rev 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' bar # rev 1
+hg ci -m 'add foo' # rev 0
+hg tag bar # rev 1
echo >> foo
-hg ci -m 'change foo 1' -d '1000000 0' # rev 2
+hg ci -m 'change foo 1' # rev 2
hg up -C 1
-hg tag -r 1 -d '1000000 0' -f bar # rev 3
+hg tag -r 1 -f bar # rev 3
hg up -C 1
echo >> foo
-hg ci -m 'change foo 2' -d '1000000 0' # rev 4
+hg ci -m 'change foo 2' # rev 4
+hg tags
+hg tags # repeat in case of cache effects
+
+dumptags() {
+ rev=$1
+ echo "rev $rev: .hgtags:"
+ hg cat -r$rev .hgtags
+}
+
+echo "% detailed dump of tag info"
+echo "heads:"
+hg heads -q # expect 4, 3, 2
+dumptags 2
+dumptags 3
+dumptags 4
+echo ".hg/tags.cache:"
+[ -f .hg/tags.cache ] && cat .hg/tags.cache || echo "no such file"
+
+echo "% test tag removal"
+hg tag --remove bar # rev 5
+hg tip -vp
+hg tags
+hg tags # again, try to expose cache bugs
+
+echo '% remove nonexistent tag'
+hg tag --remove foobar
+hg tip
+
+echo "% rollback undoes tag operation"
+hg rollback # destroy rev 5 (restore bar)
+hg tags
hg tags
-# test tag removal
-hg tag --remove -d '1000000 0' bar
-hg tip
-hg tags
-
-echo '% remove nonexistent tag'
-hg tag --remove -d '1000000 0' foobar
-hg tip
-
-# test tag rank
+echo "% test tag rank"
cd ..
hg init t3
cd t3
echo foo > foo
hg add foo
-hg ci -m 'add foo' -d '1000000 0' # rev 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -f bar # rev 1 bar -> 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -f bar # rev 2 bar -> 1
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -fr 0 bar # rev 3 bar -> 0
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -fr 1 bar # rev 3 bar -> 1
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -fr 0 bar # rev 4 bar -> 0
+hg ci -m 'add foo' # rev 0
+hg tag -f bar # rev 1 bar -> 0
+hg tag -f bar # rev 2 bar -> 1
+hg tag -fr 0 bar # rev 3 bar -> 0
+hg tag -fr 1 bar # rev 4 bar -> 1
+hg tag -fr 0 bar # rev 5 bar -> 0
hg tags
hg co 3
echo barbar > foo
-hg ci -m 'change foo' -d '1000000 0' # rev 0
+hg ci -m 'change foo' # rev 6
+hg tags
+
+echo "% don't allow moving tag without -f"
+hg tag -r 3 bar
hg tags
-hg tag -d '1000000 0' -r 3 bar # should complain
-hg tags
+echo "% strip 1: expose an old head"
+hg --config extensions.mq= strip 5 > /dev/null 2>&1
+hg tags # partly stale cache
+hg tags # up-to-date cache
+echo "% strip 2: destroy whole branch, no old head exposed"
+hg --config extensions.mq= strip 4 > /dev/null 2>&1
+hg tags # partly stale
+rm -f .hg/tags.cache
+hg tags # cold cache
-# test tag rank with 3 heads
+echo "% test tag rank with 3 heads"
cd ..
hg init t4
cd t4
@@ -124,10 +183,11 @@
hg tags
hg up -qC 0
hg tag -m 'retag rev 0' -fr 0 bar # rev 4 bar -> 0, but bar stays at 2
-echo % bar should still point to rev 2
+echo "% bar should still point to rev 2"
hg tags
+echo "% remove local as global and global as local"
# test that removing global/local tags does not get confused when trying
# to remove a tag of type X which actually only exists as a type Y
cd ..
--- a/tests/test-tags.out Tue Sep 08 18:11:11 2009 -0300
+++ b/tests/test-tags.out Tue Sep 08 19:46:20 2009 -0300
@@ -1,78 +1,147 @@
+% setup
+no tag cache
000000000000 tip
+no tag cache
0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
-0acdaf898367 tip
-tip 0:0acdaf898367
-This is a local tag with a really long name! 0:0acdaf898367
-0acdaf8983679e0aac16e811534eb49d7ee1f2b4 first
-tip 1:8a3ca90d111d
-first 0:0acdaf898367
-8a3ca90d111d tip
+acb14030fe0a tip
+tag cache exists
+% create local tag with long name
+tip 0:acb14030fe0a
+This is a local tag with a really long name! 0:acb14030fe0a
+% create a tag behind hg's back
+acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376 first
+tip 1:b9154636be93
+first 0:acb14030fe0a
+b9154636be93 tip
+b9154636be93 tip
+% create a branch
M a
-8a3ca90d111d+ tip
+b9154636be93+ tip
0 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved
-0acdaf898367+ first
-0acdaf898367+ first
+acb14030fe0a+ first
+acb14030fe0a+ first
M a
created new head
-8216907a933d tip
+c8edf04160c7 tip
+% merge the two heads
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
(branch merge, don't forget to commit)
-8216907a933d+8a3ca90d111d+ tip
+c8edf04160c7+b9154636be93+ tip
M .hgtags
-tip 6:e2174d339386
-first 0:0acdaf898367
+% create fake head, make sure tag not visible afterwards
+tip 6:35ff301afafe
+first 0:acb14030fe0a
+% add invalid tags
+committing .hgtags:
+acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376 first
+spam
+
+foo bar
+% report tag parse error on other head
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 2: cannot parse entry
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 4: node 'foo' is not well formed
-.hgtags@4ca6f1b1a68c, line 2: node 'x' is not well formed
-tip 8:4ca6f1b1a68c
-first 0:0acdaf898367
-changeset: 8:4ca6f1b1a68c
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 2: cannot parse entry
-.hgtags@c071f74ab5eb, line 4: node 'foo' is not well formed
-.hgtags@4ca6f1b1a68c, line 2: node 'x' is not well formed
+.hgtags@75d9f02dfe28, line 2: cannot parse entry
+.hgtags@75d9f02dfe28, line 4: node 'foo' is not well formed
+.hgtags@c4be69a18c11, line 2: node 'x' is not well formed
+tip 8:c4be69a18c11
+first 0:acb14030fe0a
+changeset: 8:c4be69a18c11
tag: tip
-parent: 3:b2ef3841386b
+parent: 3:ac5e980c4dc0
user: test
-date: Mon Jan 12 13:46:40 1970 +0000
+date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
summary: head
+% test tag precedence rules
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
-tip 4:36195b728445
-bar 1:b204a97e6e8d
-changeset: 5:1f98c77278de
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+% detailed dump of tag info
+heads:
+4:0c192d7d5e6b
+3:6fa450212aeb
+2:7a94127795a3
+rev 2: .hgtags:
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+rev 3: .hgtags:
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+78391a272241d70354aa14c874552cad6b51bb42 bar
+rev 4: .hgtags:
+bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
+.hg/tags.cache:
+4 0c192d7d5e6b78a714de54a2e9627952a877e25a 0c04f2a8af31de17fab7422878ee5a2dadbc943d
+3 6fa450212aeb2a21ed616a54aea39a4a27894cd7 7d3b718c964ef37b89e550ebdafd5789e76ce1b0
+2 7a94127795a33c10a370c93f731fd9fea0b79af6 0c04f2a8af31de17fab7422878ee5a2dadbc943d
+
+78391a272241d70354aa14c874552cad6b51bb42 bar
+% test tag removal
+changeset: 5:5f6e8655b1c7
tag: tip
user: test
-date: Mon Jan 12 13:46:40 1970 +0000
-summary: Removed tag bar
+date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+files: .hgtags
+description:
+Removed tag bar
+
-tip 5:1f98c77278de
+diff -r 0c192d7d5e6b -r 5f6e8655b1c7 .hgtags
+--- a/.hgtags Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
++++ b/.hgtags Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+@@ -1,1 +1,3 @@
+ bbd179dfa0a71671c253b3ae0aa1513b60d199fa bar
++78391a272241d70354aa14c874552cad6b51bb42 bar
++0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 bar
+
+tip 5:5f6e8655b1c7
+tip 5:5f6e8655b1c7
% remove nonexistent tag
abort: tag 'foobar' does not exist
-changeset: 5:1f98c77278de
+changeset: 5:5f6e8655b1c7
tag: tip
user: test
-date: Mon Jan 12 13:46:40 1970 +0000
+date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
summary: Removed tag bar
-tip 5:e86d7ed95fd3
-bar 0:b409d9da318e
+% rollback undoes tag operation
+rolling back last transaction
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+tip 4:0c192d7d5e6b
+bar 1:78391a272241
+% test tag rank
+tip 5:85f05169d91d
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
created new head
-tip 6:b744fbe1f6dd
-bar 0:b409d9da318e
+tip 6:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+% don't allow moving tag without -f
abort: tag 'bar' already exists (use -f to force)
-tip 6:b744fbe1f6dd
-bar 0:b409d9da318e
+tip 6:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+% strip 1: expose an old head
+tip 5:735c3ca72986
+bar 1:78391a272241
+tip 5:735c3ca72986
+bar 1:78391a272241
+% strip 2: destroy whole branch, no old head exposed
+tip 4:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+tip 4:735c3ca72986
+bar 0:bbd179dfa0a7
+% test tag rank with 3 heads
adding foo
tip 3:197c21bbbf2c
bar 2:6fa450212aeb
% bar should still point to rev 2
tip 4:3b4b14ed0202
bar 2:6fa450212aeb
+% remove local as global and global as local
adding foo
abort: tag 'localtag' is not a global tag
abort: tag 'globaltag' is not a local tag